GIFT  OF 


Building  Code 

of  the 

City  of  Pasadena 


ORDINANCE  No.  1312 


An  Ordinance  of  the  City  of  Pasadena  Regulating  the  Con- 
struction, Alteration,  Repair,  Moving  and  Demolition  of 
Buildings  and  Structures,  and  the  Use  Thereof,  Providing 
for  the  Issuing  of  Permits  for  the  Same,  Establishing  Fire 
Limits  and  Providing  for  the  Demolition  of  Buildings  and 
Other  Structures  Dangerous  to  Life  or  Property. 


The  Mayor  and  City  Council  of  the  City  of  Pasadena  do  ordain  as 
follows : 

PART  I. 

A  REMEDIAL  ORDINANCE. 

Section  1.  THIS  ORDINANCE  TO  BE  KNOWN  AND  CITED  AS  How  Cited 
THE  "BUILDING  CODE."  This  ordinance  shall  be  known  as  the 
"Building  Code"  and  may  be  cited  as  such  and  presumptively  it  pro- 
vides for  all  matters  concerning,  affecting  or  relating  to  the  erection, 
construction,  occupancy,  alteration,  repair,  demolition  or  removal  of 
buildings  or  structures  or  any  part  thereof,  erected  or  which  may  be 
erected  in  the  City  of  Pasadena. 

Section  2.     BUILDING  CODE,  A  REMEDIAL  ORDINANCE.     This  Remedial 
ordinance  is  hereby  declared  to  be  remedial  and  is  intended  to  secure  Ordinance 
the  beneficial  interests  and  purposes  thereof. 

PART  II. 

PRELIMINARY  PROVISIONS. 

Section  3.   CONSTRUCTION  AND  ALTERATION  OF  BUILDINGS.  Construction 
It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  as  principal,  and  Alteration 
agent,  officer,  clerk  or  employee,  for  himself  or  itself,  or  for  another 
person,  firm  or  corporation,  hereafter  to  erect,  construct,  alter,  repair, 
raise,  build  upon,  move,  demolish,  maintain  or  use,  or  to  cause,  permit 
or  suffer  to  be  erected,  constructed,  altered,  repaired,  raised,  built  upon, 
moved  or  demolished,  maintained  or  used  within  the  City  of  Pasadena 
any  building  or  structure  or  part  thereof,  in  a  manner  that  shall  violate 
my  of  the  provisions  of  this  Code. 

Section  4.     UNSAFE  OR  DANGEROUS  CONSTRUCTION.     When- Unsafe  and 
^ver  the  Building  Inspector  shall  find  that  any  building  or  structure  or  Dangerous 
mrt  thereof,  heretofore  or  which  may  hereafter  be  erected,  does  not 
onform  to  the  provisions  and  requirements  of  this  Code  or  is  danger- 
jus  to  persons  or  porperty  or  is  unsafe  for  the  purpose  for  which  it  is 
ised.or  is  in  danger  of  fire  from  any  defect  in  its  construction,  he  shall 
lotify  the  owner,  person  in  charge  or  occupant  thereof  in  writing,  spe- 
••.ifying  wherein  such  structure  does  not  conform  with  the  provisions  xotice  to  owners 
ind  requirements  of  this  Code  or  wherein  it  is  dangerous,  unsafe,  or  or  others 
lefective   and  requiring   such   owner,   person   in   charge   or  occupant 
orthwith  to  remove,  demolish  or  repair  the  same,  or  to  make  such 
alterations  therein  as  may  be  necessary  to  make  such  structure  con- 
'orm  to  the  provisions  and  requirements  of  this  Code,  and  to  render 
he  same  safe  to  life  and  property  and  specifying  with  reasonable  cer-  Make  Safe 
ainty  the  work  necessary  to  this  end. 


293047 


ie  owner^  person  in  charge  or  occupant  of  any  such  building,  or 
Ir3"4if  i£ic£  IhejeeX  uppn  whom  notice  has  been  served  as  herein 
ety*  isftefll,  •wJttiin"*'6e<v^nty-two    (72)    hours   after   receiving   said 
notice,  or,  in  case  an  appeal  is  taken  from  the  determination  of  the 
Building  Inspector,  according  to  Section  14  of  this  Code,  then  within 
Time  Limit  seventy-two  (72)  hours  of  notice  of  the  decision  of  said  Board  of  Ap- 

•  peal,  commence  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  the  order  contained  in  the 
notice  provided  for,  or  if  by  the  said  Board  of  Appeal  modified,  then 
with  the  terms  of  said  order  as  so  modified.  Work  to  comply  with  the 
terms  of  any  order  given  pursuant  to  this  section  shall  be  prosecuted 
diligently  to  completion  and  shall  be  completed  within  the  time  speci- 
fied in  the  order  given  by  the  said  Building  Inspector,  or  by  said  Board 
of  Appeal  if  a  time  for  completion  be  fixed  in  such  order. 

Unlawful  to  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation  to  use  or 

Use  Building  permit  to  be  used  any  building  or  structure  or  part  thereof,  respecting 

which  any  work  is  ordered  done  as  herein  provided,  before  or  during 

the  time  of  performance  of  said  work,  unless  permission  in  writing 

therefor  is  given  by  the  Building  Inspector. 

Destruction  of  Section  5.     DESTRUCTION  OF  BUILDINGS  IN  CASE  OF  EMER- 

Buiidings  GENCY.     The  Building  Inspector  shall  have  authority,  if  he  finds  any 

in  Case  of  building  or  structure  or  part  thereof  in  such  condition  as  to  endanger 

Emergency  life,  and  the  danger  may  be  averted  by  the  immediate  application  of 

precautionary  measures,  to  cause  such  precautionary  measures  to  bo 
taken  and  all  work  to  be  done  necessary  to  render  said  building  or 
structure  or  part  thereof  safe,  or  if  necessary  he  may  cause  the  demoli- 
tion of  such  building  or  structure  or  part  thereof,  after  having  given 
written  notice  to  the  owner,  person  in  charge  or  occupant  thereof, 
specifying  the  time  when  said  work  or  demolition  shall  be  commenced 
by  him. 

At  Cost  of  City  rpne  Building  Inspector  shall  cause  all  work  done  under  authority 

of  this  section  to  be  done  at  the  expense  of  the  City  of  Pasadena  and 
the  owner,  person  in  charge  or  occupant  of  such  building  or  structure 
or  part  thereof  shall  be  liable  for  the  cost  of  said  work  or  of  said  de- 
molition, and  upon  failure  to  pay  the  amount  of  said  cost  to  said  Build- 
ing Inspector  upon  demand,  the  City  Attorney  shall  institute  and  prose- 
cute an  action  against  the  owner,  person  in  charge  or  occupant  of  said 
building  or  structure  or  part  thereof  in  the  name  of  the  City  of  Pasa- 
dena for  the  recovery  of  such  costs,  together  with  costs  of  suit. 

Posting  Notice  The  notice  herein  required  to  be  given  by  the  Building  Inspector 

may,  in  case  such  Building  Inspector,  is,  after  diligent  search  and  in- 
quiry, unable  to  find  in  the  City  of  Pasadena  any  owner,  person  in 
charge  or  occupant  of  said  building  or  structure  or  part  thereof,  be 
served  by  posting  such  notice  in  writing  for  six  (6)  hours  immediately 
preceding  the  commencement  of  the  work  or  demolition  specified  there- 
in, in  a  conspicuous  place  upon  the  premises  upon  which  such  building 
or  structure  or  part  thereof  may  be  located,  directed  to  the  owner,  per- 
son in  charge  or  occupant  of  said  premises,  describing  them,  and  such 
service  shall  have  the  same  force  and  effect  as  a  personal  service  of 
said  notice. 

Repair  of  Damaged  Section  6.     REPAIR  OF  DAMAGED  BUILDINGS.     It  shall  be  un- 

Buiidings  lawful  to  repair  any  frame  or  wooden  building  or  structure  in  Fire 

District  No.  1,  of  the  City  of  Pasadena,  as  the  same  is  now  or  may  here- 
after be  established,  that  has  been  injured  more  than  40%  of  its  orig- 
inal value  by  wear  and  tear  or  by  action  of  the  elements  or  by  fire. 

Notice  in  Writing  Whenever  the  City  Council  shall  find  that  any  such  building  or 

structure  is  injured  more  than  40</e  of  its  original  value  by  wear  and 
tear  or  by  the  action  of  the  elements,  or  by  fire,  the  Building  Inspector 
shall,  in  writing,  notify  the  owner  or  person  in  charge,  and  the  occu- 
pant thereof,  of  such  finding,  and  shall  require  such  owner,  person  in 
charge  or  occupant  to  cease  the  use,  maintenance  and  occupancy  of 
such  building  and  to  demolish  such  building  or  remove  the  same  out- 
side of  said  Fire  District  No.  1,  within  such  time  not  less  than  ten  (10J 
days  as  may  be  fixed  by  the  City  Council,  and  specified  in  such  notice. 
True  copies  of  such  notice  shall  be  served  upon  the  owner,  or  in  case 


2 


he  is  absent  from  the  county,  or  cannot  after  due  diligence  be  found 
therein,  upon  the  person  in  immediate  control  of  such  building,  if  such 
person  can  be  found  in  the  county,  and  upon  the  occupant  thereof,  if 
any  there  be,  personally,  and  shall  be  posted  in  a  conspicuous  place  on 
such  building  not  less  than  ten  (10)  days  immediately  before  the  time 
therein  specified  for  the  completion  or  the  demolition  or  removal  of 
such  building. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  to  maintain,  occupy,  use  or  to  permit  or  suffer  Unlawful 
the  maintenance,  occupancy,  or  use  of  any  such  building  after  the  time  Occupancy 
specified  in  said  notice  lor  the  demolition  or  removal  of  such  building. 

Section  7.     ALTERATION  OF  EXISTING  BUILDING.     It  shall  be  ™'»vful    to 
unlawful  to  enlarge,  alter,  raise,  buiid  upon  or  move  from  one  place  to  Enlarge,  Etc. 
another  in  Fire  District  No.  1  in  the  City  of  Pasadena,  any  frame  or 
wooden  building  or  other  wooden  structure,  or  to  move  any  frame  or  Move  into 
wooden  building  from  a  place  without  such  fire  district  to  a  place  with-  wist  rift  NO.  i 
in  such  fire  district;    provided,  however,  that  when  any  part  of  any 
existing  building  within  the  fire  district  is  taken  for  the  public  use  by 
condemnation,  for  street  or  other  purposes,  it  shall  be  lawful  to  repair  Tilken   for   street 
the  remaining  portion  of  such  building  with  the  same  material  or  ma- 
terials, or  the  same  or  similar  kind  as  those  of  which  the  remaining 
portion  of  such  building  is  constructed;  or  if  there  be  sufficient  ground 
in  the  same  lot  or  premises  upon  which  such  building  exists,  said  build- 
ing may  be  moved  as  far  as  may  be  necessary  to  clear  that  portion  of 
the  lot  or  premises  taken  for  such  public  use;  and  if  there  is  not  suffi- 
cient ground  for  such  purpose  said  building  may  be  moved  elsewhere 
outside  of  Fire  District  No.  1;    and  provided  lurther,  that  when  any 
existing  wooden  building  in  Fire  District  No.  1  is  altered,  or  repaired  Alter  street  Front 
as  to  the  street  front  or  as  to  the  interior  of  such  building  only,  it  shall 
be  lawful  to  make  such  alterations  or  repairs  to  the  satisfaction  of  and 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Building  Inspector,  with  materials  of  the 
same  kind  as  those  of  which  the  remaining  portion  of  such  building  is 
constructed. 

Except  as  provided  in  the  above  paragraph,  (when  condemned  for  Repairs   Over 
street  purposes)  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or  corpora-  $2*>-oo 
tion,  as  principal,  agent,  officer,  clerk  or  employee,  for  himself  or  itself 
or  for  another  person,  firm  or  corporation  to  make  any  alteration  or  re- 
pair exceeding  in  cost  the  amount  of  $25.00  to  the  exterior  wall  or  roof 
of  any  wooden  or  frame  building  in  the  City  of  Pasadena,  and  situated 
within  the  limits  of  the  following  described  district: 

Beginning  at  a  point  which  is  the  intersection  of  the  center  lines  inner  District 
of  Colorado  and  Delacy  Streets;  thence  north  along  the  center  line  of 
Delacy  Street  to  a  point  one  hundred  seventeen  and  ninety-three  one- 
hundredths  (117.93)  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  Union  Street; 
thence  east  to  the  east  line  of  Masonic  Court;  thence  north  along  the 
line  of  Masonic  Court  to  the  point  of  intersection  with  the  south  line 
of  Holly  Street  produced  west;  thence  east  to  the  west  line  of  the 
Santa  Fe  rightofway;  thence  south  to  a  point  one  hundred  seventy- 
three  (173)  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  Union  Street;  thence  east  to 
the  center  line  of  Marengo  Avenue;  thence  south  to  a  point  one  hun- 
drd  twenty-eight  (128)  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of  Colorado  Street; 
thence  west  to  the  west  line  of  the  Santa  Fe  rightofway;  thence  south 
to  the  center  line  of  Green  Street;  thence  west  to  a  point  one  hundred 
eight  (108)  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of  Fair  Oaks  Avenue;  thence 
north  to  a  point  one  hundred  (100)  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of  Colo- 
rado Street;  thence  west  to  the  center  line  of  Delacy  Street;  thence 
north  to  point  of  beginning. 

Section  8.     The  provisions  of  this  Code  shall  apply  to  buildings  Provisions  DO 
existing  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  Code,  only  to  such  extent  as  Not  Apply 
provided  in  this  Section,  except  when  specially  mentioned  in   other 
sections. 

Alterations  to  existing  buildings  shall  be  made  to  comply  with  the  Alterations   to 
provisions  of  this  Code  as  follows:  Existing  Buildings 

(a)  Fire  stops  shall  be  put  in  in  all  parts  of  the  structure  exposed  rire  stops 
by  remodeling. 

(b)  All  rooms  in  Class  "B"  and  "C"  buildings,  when  relathed  shall  Re-inthing 
be  lathed  and  plastered  in  accordance  with  this  Code. 


Structural    Parts 

Elevator    Shafts 

Etc. 

Light    Courts 


New     Skylights 


Cornices 

Repairs     to     Hotels 
Halls,    Etc. 


Openings     in    Walls 


Chimneys   and 
Vents 


Tents,   Etc.,   in 
Districts    1    and   2 


Power    to     Stop 
Work 


Entering   JHiring 
Business   Hours 


Not   to   Enter 
Provided,    Etc. 

Inspection    of 
Trenches 


Lathing  Inspection 


(c)  All  material  for  structural  parts  shall  be  of  the  kind,  size  or 
strength  required  by  the  provisions  of  this  Code. 

(d)  All  elevator  shafts,  dumb  waiters  and  chutes,  hereafter  put 
in  existing  buildings  shall  conform  to  the  provisions  of  this  Code. 

(e)  Where  the  height  of  existing  buildings  is  increased,  all  exist- 
ing light  courts  shall  be  made  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  this 
Code. 

(f )  All  new  skylights  on  existing  buildings,  and  all  repairs  when 
such  repairs  exceed  40%  of  the  value  of  the  old  skylight  shall  be  put  in 
according  to  the  provisions  of  this  Code. 

(g)  Cornices    and    appendages    where    rebuilt,    shall    be    in    ac- 
cordance with  the  provisions  of  this  Code. 

(h)  Any  building  containing  a  hotel,  room  used  for  church  or  pub- 
lic worship,  school  room,  public  music  room,  moving  picture  room, 
theater,  or  other  place  of  instruction,  or  any  room  or  hall  used  whplly 
or  partially  as  a  place  for  public  assembly,  when  repaired  or  remodeled, 
shall  be  repaired  or  remodeled  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of 
this  Code.  - 

(i)  All  windows,  doors  and  other  openings  hereafter  made  in  out- 
er, party  or  division  walls  in  existing  buildings,  shall  be  made  to  con- 
form to  the  provisions  of  this  Code. 

(j)  All  chimneys  and  vents  when  constructed  and  reconstructed 
shall  be  made  to  conform  to  the  provisions  of  this  Code. 

NOTE — For  most  of  the  sections  where  special  mention  is  made, 
see  Sections  21,  22,  23,  24,  29,  30,  117,  150,  151,  152,  153,  156,  157,  160, 
161,  162,  163,  168,  169,  174,  176,  177,  178,  180,  181,  193. 

Section  9.  TENTS  AND  MOVABLE  STRUCTURES.  It  shall  be 
unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  as  principal,  agent,  officer, 
clerk  or  employee,  for  himself  or  itself,  or  for  another  person,  firm,  or 
corporation,  to  erect,  maintain  or  occupy  any  tent,  canvas  house  or 
movable  structure  of  any  kind  whatsoever  in  Fire  Districts  Nos.  1  and 
2;  except  that  this  section  shall  apply  to  such  tent  or  structure  erected 
in  Fire  District  No.  2  only  when  same  is  intended  for  and  occupied  as 
a  dwelling.  Tents  may  be  erected  in  Fire  District  No.  1  for  a  period 
not  exceeding  ten  (10)  days,  for  the  purpose  of  holding  exhibitions, 
public  speaking  or  other  public  gatherings,  by  first  obtaining  special 
permission  from  the  Mayor  and  City  Council  so  to  do. 

Section  10.  POWER  OF  BUILDING  INSPECTOR  TO  STOP  WORK. 
Whenever  the  Building  Inspector  shall  find  that  any  building  is  being 
constructed,  altered,  repaired,  raised,  built  upon,  moved,  occupied,  or 
demolished  contrary  to  or  in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  Code, 
the  said  Building  Inspector  shall  have  power  and  is  hereby  authorized 
to  order  the  construction,  alteration,  repair,  raising,  building  upon, 
moving,  occupation  or  demolition  of  such  building  or  other  structure  to 
be  stopped  and  to  notify  in  writing  any  persons  in  any  manner  engaged 
in  or  causing  any  such  work  to  be  done,  to  forthwith  desist  therefrom; 
and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  continue  or  further  prosecute, 
or  to  cause  the  continuance  or  further  prosecution  of  any  such  work  in 
any  manner  after  service  of  such  notice,  unless  a  permit  therefor  shall 
be  granted  by  the  said  Building  Inspector. 

Section  11.  INTERFERENCE  WITH  BUILDING  INSPECTOR.  It 
shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  in  any  way  to  hinder  or  prevent  the 
Building  Inspector  or  any  of  his  deputies,  or  any  other  duly  authorized 
officer,  from  entering  or  inspecting,  during  business  hours,  any  build- 
ing or  other  structure  already  erected  or  any  building  or  other  struc- 
ture in  course  of  construction,  alteration,  repair,  removal  or  demoli- 
tion; provided  that  such  officers  shall  not  be  authorized  to  enter  any 
dwelling  house  after  the  same  is  legally  occupied  without  the  consent 
of  the  occupant  thereof. 

Section  12.  NOTICE  OF  INSPECTION.  Trenches— All  excava- 
tions made  for  purposes  of  construction  shall  be  inspected  by  the  Build- 
ing Inspector  before  any  masonry  work  is  started  therein.  Such  in- 
spection shall  be  made  within  one  working  day  of  the  time  of  notice  to 
the  Building  Inspector  that  such  excavation  is  ready  for  inspection. 

Lathing  Inspection — There  shall  be  no  lathing,  ceiling  or  other 
interior  covering  of  the  studding  or  joist  done  on  any  building  until 


said  building  is  inspected  and  approved  by  the  Building  Inspector.  Such 
inspection  shall  be  made  within  one  working  day  of  the  time  of  notice 
to  the  Building  Inspector  that  such  building  is  ready  for  inspection. 

Finish   Inspection — It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Building  Inspector  Finish  inspection 
after  notification  to  make  or  cause  to  be  made  a  final  inspection  and 
examination  of  all  buildings  or  other  structures,  and 'if  such  buildings, 
additions  or  improvements  thereto  are  found  to  have  been  erected  and 
constructed  in  conformity  to  all  the  provisions  and  requirements  of 
this  ordinance  said  Building  Inspector  shall  issue  a  certificate  thereof  certificate 
to  the  owner  or  person  in  charge. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm,  or  corporation  to  occupy  Unlawful  to 
any  building  or  structure  or  addition  thereto,  until  such  certificate  has  occupy 
been  issued. 

Temporary  Permit  to  Occupy.    The  Building  Inspector  may  issue  a  Temporary   Permit 
permit  to  occupy,  prior  to  his  final  certificate,  allowing  the  use  of  a  to  Occupy 
portion  or  portions  of  any  building,  in  cases  where  the  portion  or  por- 
tions of  said  building  so  used  have  been  erected  and  constructed  in  ac- 
cordance with  all  the  requirements  of  this  ordinance  governing  the 
erection  and  construction  of  such  buildings.     When  such  permit  is  so 
issued  it  shall  be  lawful  to  occupy  premises  according  to  the  terms  of 
the  permit. 

Section  13.     NOTICE  AS  TO  HEATING  APPARATUS.     Before  in- Notice  as  to 
stalling  any  hot  water,  steam,  hot  air  or  other  heating  appliances  or  Heating  Apparatus 
furnaces,  or  restaurant  or  hotel  ranges,  in  any  building,  the  owner  of 
such  building,  or  the  person  installing  the  same,  shall  first  give  notice 
of  the  intention  so  to  do  to  the  Building  Inspector. 

Section  14.  BOARD  OF  APPEAL.  The  City  Council  shall  consti-  Board  of  Appeal 
tute  a  Board  of  Appeal  for  the  determination  of  all  matters  left  by  this 
Code  to  the  discretion  of  the  Building  Inspector  when  any  person  or 
persons  affected  by  any  ruling  in  such  matter,  may  feel  aggrieved  there- 
by. Such  appeal  shall  be  taken  by  filing  with  the  City  Clerk  a  petition 
stating  in  concise  terms  the  ruling  appealed  from  and  the  grievance 
complained  of.  At  the  time  of  filing  such  petition  the  sum  of  Fifteen 
Dollars  ($15.00)  shall  be  deposited  with  the  City  Clerk  and  without 
such  deposit  the  appeal  shall  have  no  effect.  The  City  Clerk  shall 
thereupon  notify  the  Building  Inspector  of  the  appeal.  After  such  peti- 
tion and  deposit  have  been  filed  with  the  City  Clerk  the  Council  shall, 
at  its  next  regular  meeting,  hear,  and  promptly  determine  all  questions 
raised  by  said  appeal.  If  the  determination  of  the  Council  is  wholly  in 
support  of  the  determination  made  by  the  Building  Inspector,  and  ap- 
pealed from,  the  said  deposit  of  Fifteen  Dollars  ($15.00)  shall  be  for- 
feited and  become  the  property  of  the  City.  If  the  determination  of 
the  Council  is  wholly  in  favor  of  the  petitioner  the  deposit  of  Fifteen 
Dollars  ($15.00)  shall  be  returned  to  the  petitioner.  It  the  determina- 
tion of  the  Council  is  a  compromise  the  deposit  of  Fifteen  Dollars 
($15.0))  shall  be  apportioned  to  the  City  and  to  the  petitioner  in  such 
proportion  as  to  the  Council  may  appear  equitable. 

The  City  Council  may  engage  the  services  of  experts  to  assist  in 
the  determination  of  such  appeals. 

Section  15.  FIRE  DISTRICTS.  The  City  of  Pasadena  is  hereby 
divided  into  three  (3)  Fire  Districts,  to  be  known  and  designated  as 
Fire  District  No.  1,  Fire  District  No.  2,  and  Fire  District  No.  3,  respec- 
tively. 

Fire  District  No.  1  shall  include  all  that  portion  of  the  City  of  Fire  District 
Pasadena  bounded  by  the  following  described  lines:  No.  1 

Beginning  at  a  point  which  is  the  intersection  of  the  center  lines 
of  Los  Robles  Avenue  and  Colorado  Street;  thence  south  along  the 
center  line  of  Los  Robles  Avenue  two  hundred  and  twenty-five  (225) 
feet;  thence  west  and  parallel  with  Colorado  Street  to  a  point  two 
hundred  thirty  (230)  feet  west  of  the  center  line  of  Euclid  Avenue; 
thence  south  parallel  with  the  center  line  of  Euclid  Avenue  to  a  point 
three  hundred  thirty  (330)  feet  south  of  the  center  line  of  Colorado 
Street;  thence  west  parallel  with  the  center  line  of  Colorado  Street  to 
a  point  one  hundred  sixty-two  and  twenty-five  one-hundredths  (162.25) 
feet  east  of  the  center  line  of  Marengo  Avenue;  thence  south  parallel 
with  the  center  line  of  Marengo  Avenue  , to  the  center  line  of  Green 

5 


Street;  thence  west  along  the  center  line  of  Green  Street  to  the  center 
line  of  Marengo  Avenue;  thence  south  along  the  center  line  of  Ma- 
rengo  Avenue  to  the  center  line  of  that  portion  of  Green  Street  west 
of  Marengo  Avenue;  thence  west  along  the  center  line  of  that  portion 
of  Green  Street  west  of  Marengo  Avenue  to  a  point  one  hundred  and 
sixty  (160)  feet  east  of  the  center  line  of  Broadway;  thence  south  and 
parallel  with  the  center  line  of  Marengo  Avenue  to  the  center  line  of 
Center  Street;  thence  west  along  the  center  line  of  Center  Street  to 
the  center  line  of  Raymond  Avenue;  thence  north  along  the  center 
line  of  Raymond  Avenue  to  the  center  line  of  Dayton  Street;  thence 
west  along  the  center  line  of  Dayton  Street  to  the  center  line  of  Fair 
Oaks  Avenue;  thence  south  along  the  center  line  of  Fair  Oaks  Avenue 
to  the  center  line  of  Valley  Street;  thence  west  along  the  center  line 
of  Valley  Street  to  the  center  of  a  certain  alley  running  between  Val- 
ley Street  and  Dayton  Street,  the  center  line  of  which  is  one  hundred 
fifty-two  and  five-tenths  (152.5)  feet  west  of  the  center  line  of  Fair 
Oaks  Avenue;  thence  north  along  the  center  line  of  said  alley  to  the 
center  line  of  Dayton  Street;  thence  west  along  the  center  line  of  Day- 
ton Street  to  the  center  line  of  Delacy  Street;  thence  north  along  the 
center  line  of  Delacy  Street  to  the  center  line  of  Green  Street;  thence 
west  along  the  center  line  of  Green  Street  to  the  center  line  of  Vernon 
Avenue;  thence  north  along  the  center  line  of  Vernon  Avenue  to  the 
production  west  of  the  north  line  of  Lot  Number  Seven  (7),  Amended 
Map  of  Colorado  Street,  Subdivision,  as  per  map  recorded  in  Book  83, 
page  31,  Miscellaneous  Records  of  Los  Angeles  County;  thence  east  to 
the  northeast  corner  of  said  Lot  Numbered  Seven  (7) ;  thence  south 
along  the  east  line  of  said  Lot  Numbered  Seven  (7),  to  a  point  three 
hundred  seven  and  seven-tenths  (307.7)  feet  north  of  the  center  line  of 
Colorado  Street;  thence  east  parallel  with  and  distant  three 
hundred  seven  and  seven-tenths  (307.7)  feet  north  of  the  cen- 
ter line  of  Colorado  Street,  to  the  center  line  of  Pasaden  i 
Avenue;  thence  north  along  the  center  line  of  Pasadena  Ave- 
nue to  the  center  line  of  Union  Street;  thence  east  along  the 
center  line  of  Union  Street  to  the  east  line  of  Carr  Alley;  thence  north 
along  the  east  line  of  Carr  Alley  to  the  south  line  of  B.  F.  Ball's  Home 
Place,  as  per  map  recorded  in  Book  9,  page  51,  Miscellaneous  Records 
of  Los  Angeles  County;  thence  east  along  the  south  line  of  said  B.  F. 
Ball's  Home  Place  to  the  center  line  of  Miller  Alley;  thence  north 
along  the  center  line  of  Miller  Alley  to  the  center  line  of  Ball  Alley; 
thence  east  along  the  center  line  of  Ball  Alley  to  a  point  two  hundred 
twenty -five  (225)  feet  west  of  the  center  line  of  Fair  Oaks  Avenue; 
thence  north  parallel  with  the  center  line  of  Fair  Oaks  Avenue  to  the 
center  line  of  Walnut  Street;  thence  northerly  to  the  southwesterly 
corner  of  Lot  Numbered  Three  (3),  Re-Sub,  of  Turner  Tract,  as  re- 
corded in  Book  10,  page  26,  Miscellaneous  Records  of  Los  Angeles 
County;  thence  easterly  to  the  intersection  of  the  center  lines  of  Fair 
Oaks  Avenue  and  Chestnut  Street;  thence  east  along  the  center  line 
of  Chestnut  Street  to  the  production  north  of  the  east  line  of  Lot  Num- 
bered Eleven  (11),  Goodwin's  Subdivision  of  the  south  one-half  (%) 
of  Lot  Eight  (8),  Block  "B,"  San  Pasqual  Tract,  as  per  map  recorded 
in  Book  9,  page  87,  Miscellaneous  Records  of  Los  Angeles  County; 
thence  south  to  the  southeast  corner  of  said  Lot  Numbered  Eleven 
(11) ;  thence  west  along  the  south  line  of  said  Lot  Numbered  Eleven 
(11),  fifteen  (15)  feet;  thence  south  parallel  with  the  east  line  of  Ray- 
mond Avenue  to  the  center  line  of  Walnut  Street;  thence  west  along 
the  center  line  of  Walnut  Street  to  the  center  line  of  Raymond  Ave- 
nue; thence  south  along  the  center  line  of  Raymond  Avenue  to  the 
center  line  of  Holly  Street;  thence  east  along  the  center  line  of  Holly 
Street  to  the  production  southerly  of  the  westerly  line  of  that  portion 
of  the  right-of-way  of  the  Atchison,  Topeka  and  Santa  Fe  Railway 
Company  between  Holly  Street  and  Walnut  Street;  thence  northerly 
along  the  westerly  line  of  said  right-of-way  of  the  Atchison,  Topeka 
and  Santa  Fe  Railway  Company  and  its  production  northerly  to  the 
center  line  of  Walnut  Street;  thence  east  along  the  center  line  of  Wal- 
nut Street  to  the  intersection  of  the  center  lines  of  Walnut  Street  and 


Broadway  between  Holly  Street  and  Walnut  Street;  thence  southerly, 
along  the  center  line  of  said  Broadway,  to  the  production  east  of  the 
north  line  of  Holly  Street;  thence  east,  along  the  production  east  of 
the  north  line  of  Holly  Street  to  the  center  line  of  Marengo  Avenue; 
thence  south  along  the  center  line  of  Marengo  Avenue  one  hundred 
ninety-eight  (198)  feet;  thence  east,  parallel  with  the  center  line  of 
Colorado  Street  to  the  center  line  of  Worcester  Avenue;  thence  south, 
along  the  center  line  of  Worcester  Avenue,  to  a  point  two  hundred 
eighty-one  and  twenty-four  one-hundredths  (281.24)  feet  north  of  the 
center  line  of  Colorado  Street;  thence  east,  parallel  with  the  center 
line  of  Colorado  Street  to  a  point  two  hundred  twenty-seven  (227)  feet 
west  of  the  center  line  of  Los  Robles  Avenue;  thence  north  parallel 
with  the  center  line  t)f  Los  Robles  Avenue  to  the  production  west  of 
the  south  line  of  Herkimer  Street;  thence  east,  along  the  production 
west  of  the  south  line  of  Herkimer  Street  to  the  center  line  of  Los 
Robles  Avenue;  thence  south  along  the  center  line  of  Los  Robles  Ave- 
nue to  the  center  line  of  Colorado  Street  and  point  of  beginning. 

Fire  District  No.  2  shall  include  all  that  portion  of  the  City  of  Fire   District 
Pasadena  bounded  by  the  following  described  lines  and  which  is  not  Xo.  3 
included  in  Fire  District  No.  1. 

Beginning  at  the  southeasterly  corner  of  Vernon  Avenue  and  Villa 
Street;  thence  easterly  along  the  southerly  line  of  Villa  Street  to  the 
west  line  of  El  Molino  Avenue;  thence  south  along  the  west  line  of  El 
Molino  Avenue  to  the  north  line  of  California  Street;  thence  west 
along  the  north  line  of  California  Street  to  a  point  on  its  north  line 
three  hundred  (300)  feet  westerly  of  the  westerly  line  of  Grand  Ave- 
nue; thence  northerly  parallel  with  and  distant  three  hundred  (300) 
feet  westerly  from  the  westerly  line  of  Grand  Avenue  to  an  intersec- 
tion with  the  south  line  of  Colorado  Street  produced  west;  thence  west 
along  the  said  south  line  of  Colorado  Street  produced  west  to  an  inter- 
section with  the  easterly  line  of  Arroyo  Drive;  thence  northerly  along 
the  easterly  line  of  Arroyo  Drive  to  the  southwesterly  corner  of  Lot 
Numbered  Nine  (9)  of  Mrs.  J.  H.  Hood's  Subdivision,  as  recorded  in 
Book  9,  page  9,  Miscellaneous  Records  of  Los  Angeles  County;  thence 
northwesterly  to  the  northwest  corner  of  Lot  Numbered  Forty  (40)  of 
Park  Place,  as  recorded  in  Book  13,  pages  61  and  62,  Miscellaneous 
Records  of  Los  Angeles  County;  thence  northerly,  easterly  and  south- 
erly along  the  easterly,  southerly  and  westerly  line  of  Arroyo  Terrace 
to  Orange  Grove  Avenue;  thence  southwesterly  along  the  northwest- 
erly line  of  Orange  Grove  Avenue  to  the  intersection  with  the  north 
line  of  Walnut  Street  produced  west;  thence  easterly  along  the  nort'i 
line  of  Walnut  Street  to  the  northeast  corner  of  Walnut  Street  anrl 
Vernon  Avenue;  thence  northwesterly  along  the  northeasterly  line  o 
Vernon  Avenue  to  the  southeast  corner  of  Vernon  Avenue  and  Villa 
Street  and  a  place  of  beginning. 

Fire  District  No.  3  shall  include  all  that  portion  of  the  City  of  Fire  District 
Pasadena  wrhich  is  not  included  in  Fire  District  Nos.  1  and  2.  NO.  3 

Section  16.     REMOVAL  OF  BUILDINGS.     It  shall  be  unlawful  for  Removal  of 
any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  as  principal,  agent,  officer,  clerk  or  Buildings 
employee,  for  himself  or  itself,  or  for  another  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion, to  move  any  frame  or  wooden  building  in,  into  or  within  Fire 
District  No.  1,  except  as  otherwise  in  this  Code  provided,  or  to  move 
any  building  or  structure  upon  or  along  any  street  in  the  City  of  Pasa- 
dena without  permission  first  obtained  from  the  City  Council. 

No  permit  shall  be  granted  by  the  City  Council  for  the  moving  of  Approval  of 
any  building  or  structure  upon  or  along  any  street  in  the  City  of  Pasa-  street  supt. 
dena,  except  upon  the  written  application  of  the  person,  firm  or  corpor- 
ation, desiring  to  move  the  same,  and  unless  such  application  is  first 
approved  by  the  Superintendent  of  Streets.    As  a  condition  of  approv- 
ing said  application,  the  Superintendent  of  Streets  may  require  such 
manner  or  mode  of  moving  said  building  or  structure  as  shall  protect 
and  conserve  in  their  then  condition,  the  streets  over  which  said  build- 
ing shall  be  moved  and  he  may  require  a  reasonable  deposit  of  money  Deposit 
to  be  made  with  him  for  the  purpose  of  repairing  any  of  said  streets 
which  may  be  injured  by  the  moving  of  the  building  or  structure  re- 
specting which  the  application  is  made. 


Fees 


Class    of   Buildings 
in    Fire    District 
No.   1 

Extensions 


Unlawful 
Construction    in 
Fire  District  No,  1 


Unlawful 
Construction   for 

Use   of 


Unlawful  to 
Establish 


Xi umber   Yard 
'Capacity 


Unlawful    to 
Erect   Buildings    in 
Lumber   Yards 

Alter    or   Add 
to   Buildings 
Distance    from 
Sidewalk 


Definitions 


Alterations 


No  permit  granted  by  the  Council  to  move  any  building  or  struc- 
ture shall  be  effective  until  the  person,  firm  or  corporation  to  whom 
same  is  granted  shall  have  paid  to  the  Building  Inspector  the  sum  of 
One  Dollar  ($1.00)  for  any  building  or  structure  to  be  moved  when 
such  building  or  structure  moved  is  of  such  a  size  that  it  can  be,  and 
in  the  moving  thereof  is  carried  on  an  ordinary  two-horse  wagon,  or  of 
Five  Dollars  ($5.00)  for  any  building  or  structure  to  be  and  which  is 
moved  on  wheels,  or  the  sum  of  Ten  Dollars  ($10.00)  for  any  building 
or  structure  to  be  and  which  is  moved  on  rollers  or  otherwise.  In  all 
cases  where  it  is  necessary  to  cut,  remove  or  displace  any  electrical 
wire  or  wires,  in  order  to  remove  any  building,  no  permit  for  such  re- 
moval shall  issue  until  the  provisions  of  Ordinance  No.  533  and  ordi- 
nances amendatory  thereto  have  been  complied  with. 

Section  17.  CLASSES  OF  BUILDINGS  IN  THE  FIRE  LIMITS. 
No  building  shall  be  erected  in  Fire  District  No.  1  of  the  City  of  Pasa- 
dena unless  said  building  shall  conform  in  all  respects  to  the  require- 
ments of  this  Code  for  a  building  of  either  Class  "A,"  Class  "B,"  or 
Class  "C"  as  the  same  are  herein  described.  Every  extension  of  any 
building  within  Fire  District  No.  1  in  the  form  of  an  addition  or  sep- 
arate structure  of  any  size  or  for  any  purpose  shall  be  constructed  in 
the  same  manner  as  buildings  of  Class  "A,"  "B"  or  "C." 

Section  18.  CERTAIN  FURTHER  CONSTRUCTION  FORBIDDEN 
IN  FIRE  DISTRICT  NO.  1.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm 
or  corporation,  as  principal,  agent,  officer,  clerk  or  employee,  for  him- 
self or  itself,  or  for  another  person,  firm  or  corporation,  (a)  to  erect, 
construct  or  establish,  or  cause,  suffer  or  permit  to  be  erected,  con- 
structed or  established  any  furnace,  mill,  planing  mill,  laundry  or  any 
manufacturing  establishment  handling  or  manufacturing  articles  desig- 
nated as  especially  hazardous  in  the  classification  of  the  Board  of  Fire 
Underwriters  of  the  Pacific  Coast,  unless  specially  provided  for  else- 
where in  this  Code,  or  any  furnace  (except  for  heating  purposes),  or 
lumber  yard,  in  Fire  District  No.  1,  or 

(b)  to  erect,  construct  or  cause,  suffer  or  permit  to  be  erected  or 
constructed  any  building  or  structure  for  the  use  of,  or  used  as  a  fur- 
nace,  mill,   planning   mill,   laundry   or   a    manufacturing   establishment 
handling  or  manufacturing  articles  designated  as  especially  hazardous 
in  the  classification  of  the  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  of  the  Pacific 
Coast,  unless  specially  provided  for  elsewhere  in  this  Code,  or  a  fur- 
nace (except  for  heating  purposes),  in  Fire  District  No.  1,  or 

(c)  to  establish  or  assist  in  establishing  any  factory,  freight  house, 
engine  room,   machine  shop,  or  manufacturing  establishment   in  any 
wooden  building  in  Fire  District  No.  1,  or 

(d)  to  increase  the  area  of  or  to  occupy  ground  not  previously  used 
for  the  piling  of  lumber,  of  any  lumber  yard  now  in  Fire  District  No.  1, 
or 

(e)  to  increase  the  capacity  for  piling  or  storing  lumber  of  any 
lumber  yard  now  in  Fire  District  No.  1,  or 

(f)  to  erect  or  construct,  or  cause,  suffer  or  permit  to  be  erected 
or  constructed,  any  building  or  structure  for  the  purpose  or  use  of 
piling  or  storing  lumber  in  any  lumber  yard  now  in  Fire  District  No.  1, 
or 

(g)  to  alter  or  add  to  any  building  or  structure  used  for  the  piling 
or  storing  of  lumber  in  any  lumber  yard  in  Fire  District  No.  1,  or 

(h)  to  pile  or  store  lumber,  parallel  to  and  within  eight  (8)  feet  of 
an  adjoining  street,  higher  than  eight  (8)  feet.  When  lumber  is  piled 
parallel  to  and  within  eight  feet  of  any  adjoining  street,  the  street 
shall  be  protected  by  a  five-foot  fence  with  posts  not  less  than  4"  by  6" 
in  size,  eight  feet  on  centers  and  set  in  ground  not  less  than  three  feet. 
All  lumber  yards  shall  be  equipped  with  proper  fire  hydrants  so  spaced 
and  equipped  as  to  afford  adequate  fire  protection.  Such  spacing  and 
equipment  shall  be  under  the  direction  and  control  of  the  Chief  of  the 
Fire  Department. 

Section  19.  DEFINITION  OF  TERMS.  For  the  purpose  of  this 
ordinance  the  following  terms  shall  have  the  meaning  attached  to  them 
by  this  section. 

"Alterations"  means  any  change  or  addition. 


"Repairs"   means  the  reconstruction   or  renewal  of  any  existing  Repairs 
part  of  a  building,  or  of  its  fixtures  or  appurtenances. 

"Party  wall"  means  a  wall  used,  or  erected  to  be  used>  in  common  Party  Wail 
as  a  structural  wall  by  two  or  more  adjoining  buildings. 

"Partition  wall"  means  any  interior  wall  in  a  building  other  than  Partition  Wail 
a  division  wall. 

'•Division  wall"  means  any  wall,  other  than  an  exterior  wall  or  a  Division  Wail 
party  wall,  which  extends  the  full  height  of  the  building  and  through 
the  roof. 

"Bearing  wall"  is  a  wall  carrying  a  portion  of  the  interior  load  of  a  Bearing  Wail 
building. 

"Exterior  wall"  means  every  outer  wall  or  vertical  enclosure  of  a  Exterior  Wail 
building,  other  than  a  party  wall. 

"Thickness  of  a  wall"  means  the  minimum  thickness  of  a  wall.      Thickness  of  Wail 

"Masonry"  means  brick,  stone  or  concrete.  Masonry 

A  "dwelling"  means  a  building  intended  for  the  residence  of  not  Dwelling: 
over  two  families. 

A  "tenement  house"  is  any  house  or  building,  or  portion  thereof,  Tenement 
of  more  than  one  story,  which  is  designed,  built,  rented,  leased,  let  or 
hired  out,  to  be  occupied  or  is  occupied  as  the  home  or  residence  of 
four  families  or  more  living  independently  of  each  other,  and  doing 
their  cooking  upon  the  premises,  or  by  three  families  so  living  and 
cooking,  and  having  a  common  right  in  the  halls,  stairways,  yards, 
water  closets,  or  some  or  any  of  them.  Provided  that  a  building  of  not 
more  than  two  stories  in  height,  which  is  designed,  built,  rented,  Exception 
leased,  let  or  hired  out,  to  be  occupied  or  is  occupied  as  the  home  or 
residence  of  not  more  than  four  families  living  independently  of  each 
other,  and  so  constructed  that  each  section  is  arranged  to  be  occupied 
as  the  home  or  residence  of  a  separate  family  and  each  section  having 
an  entirely  independent  and  separate  entrance  and  stairway  from  the 
street  or  from  an  outside  vestibule  on  the  level  of  the  first  floor  of  said 
building  and  with  no  room,  hall,  bathroom,  water  closet,  kitchen  or 
other  convenience  used  in  common  by  two  or  more  families  occupying 
said  building,  shall  not  come  within  the  definition  of  a  tenement  house 
contained  in  this  ordinance. 

An   "apartment   house"   is   a   building   containing   separate   apart-  Apartment 
ments  for  three  or  more  families  and  having  a  street  entrance  common 
to  all  and  not  included  within  the  definition  of  a  tenement  house  as 
herein  contained. 

A   "flat"   is   a   building   of   two   or  more   stories   containing   inde-  Flat 
pendent  dwellings,  each  having  its  own  street  entrance. 

An   "office  building"   shall   be  taken   to  mean  and  include   every  Office  Building 
building  which  shall  be  divided  into  rooms  above  the  first  story  used 
or  intended  to  be  used  for  business  purposes,  and  no  part  of  which 
shall  be  used  for  living  purposes,  except  for  the  janitor  and  his  family. 

A  "public  hall"  is  a  room  for  public  assemblages,  not  including  a  Public  Hail 
theater,  having  a  total  seating  capacity  of  100  or  more  persons. 

A  "theater"  is  a  room,  hall  or  auditorium  having  a  stage  either  Theater 
with  or  without  scenery,  used  or  designed  to  be  used  for  the  public  en- 
tertainment of   persons,   and   adapted   to   the   presentation   of   plays, 
operas,  spectacles  or  similar  forms  of  entertainment. 

A  "hospital,"  "sanatorium"  or  "sanitarium"  is  a  building  in  which  Hospital 
sick,  demented,  injured  or  infirm  persons  are  housed  or  intended  to  be  Sanitarium 
housed,  except  that  this  definition  shall  not  apply  to  rooms  in  hotels,  Sanatorium 
private  dwellings  or  rooming  houses,  not  intended  to  be  ordinarily  oc- 
cupied by  sick,  injured,  demented  or  infirm  persons. 

"Building"  or  "structure"  is  any  construction,  the  arrangement  of  Building  or 
which   may  affect  the  health,   safety  or   general  welfare  of  man  or  structure 
animals. 

"Curtain  wall"  means  any  wall  on  the  exterior  of  a  building  which  Curtain  Wail 
is  supported  at  intervals  on  the  frame  of  a  building,  or  which  is  self- 
supporting  only. 

The  term  "retaining  wall"  shall  apply  to  all  walls  constructed  for  Retaining  wail 
the  purpose  of  holding  back  or  supporting  earth. 


Boarding    or 

:    House 


Hotel 

Warehouse 

Factory 

Store   Building; 

Story    and    One- 
Half   Building 

Fire   Wall 

Front  of  a 
Building 
Measurements 
for   Buildings 

ll.-iuhl    of 

On   Street   Corners 


<» round    Above 
Street   Level 

Fire    Resisting 
Roof 


inspector 


Deputy 


Building 
Inspector 


Floors,    Walls 
and    Ceiling's 


A  "boarding"  or  "lodging  house"  is  a  building  used  for  boarding 
or  lodging  purposes,  and  containing  not  less  than  five  nor  more  than 
fifty  sleeping  rooms  for  guests. 

A  "hotel"  is  a  building  used  as  a  place  of  entertainment  of  tran- 
sient guests  and  having  more  than  twenty  sleeping  rooms  for  guests. 

A  "Avarehouse"  is  a  building  used  for  the  storage  of  goods,  wares 
or  merchandise. 

A  "factory"  is  a  building  the  whole  or  greater  portion  of  which  is 
used  for  manufacturing  purposes. 

A  "store  building"  is  a  building  used  wholly  or  in  part  for  the  pur- 
pose of  exhibiting  for  sale  goods,  wares  or  merchandise. 

A  "story  and  a  half  building"  shall  be  taken  to  mean  a  building- 
that  is  more  than  one  story  in  height  and  less  than  two  stories  in 
height,  wherein  any  portion  of  the  space  above  the  first  story  ceiling 
is  used  or  intended  to  be  used  or  occupied  for  storage,  living  or  sleep- 
ing purposes. 

A  "fire  Avail"  is  that  part  of  a  masonry  or  reinforced  concrete  wall 
extending  above  the  roof  immediately  adjoining  such  wall. 

The  "front"  of  a  building  is  that  face  thereof  which  contains  the 
principal  entrance  to  said  building. 

Section  20.  MEASUREMENTS  FOR  BUILDINGS.  For  the  pur- 
pose of  this  ordinance,  the  greatest  linear  ground  dimension  of  any 
building  shall  be  its  length,  and  the  next  greatest  linear  ground  dimen- 
sion its  width. 

The  height  of  buildings  shall  be  measured  from  the  curb  level  at 
the  center  of  the  front  of  the  building  to  the  top  of  the  highest  point 
of  the  building. 

For  buildings  on  a  street  corner  the  measurements  shall  be  taken 
from  the  curb  level  opposite  the  center  of  the  front  thereof  in  which  is 
located  the  principal  entrance  to  such  building. 

When  the  ground  upon  which  the  walls  of  a  structure  are  built  is 
above  the  street  level,  the  height  of  the  building  may  be  measured 
from  the  average  level  of  the  ground  adjacent  to  the  walls. 

A  "fire  resisting  roof"  means  a  roof,  the  exposed  surface  of  which 
shall  be  composed  of  material,  a  piece  of  which,  when  placed  over  and 
In  immediate  contact  with  a  piece  of  Oregon  pine  wood  shall  protect 
such  wood  from  the  heat  of  the  hottest  point  of  a  Bunsen  flame  to  the 
extent  that  after  fifteen  (15)  minutes  application  of  such  flame,  such 
wood  shall  not  burn,  nor  be  charred  to  a  greater  depth  than  %  inch. 
For  the  purpose  of  this  test  a  piece  of  roofing  12  inches  square  shall  be 
used. 

The  officer  of  the  City  of  Pasadena  now,  or  who  may  hereafter  be 
charged  with  inspecting  and  overseeing  the  construction  of  buildings 
or  other  structures  and  the  enforcement  of  ordinances  and  regulations 
relating  to  their  inspection  and  construction,  maintenance  and  occu- 
pancy shall  be  called  the  "Building  Inspector,"  mentioned  in  this  Code. 
"Building  Inspector,"  as  herein  used,  shall  include  any  authorized  dep- 
uty charged  writh  inspecting  and  overseeing  the  construction  of  build- 
ings and  the  enforcement  of  ordinances  and  regulations  relating  to 
their  inspection  and  construction,  maintenance  and  occupancy. 

PART  III. 
SPECIAL   REQUIREMENTS    FOR   CERTAIN   BUILDINGS. 

Section  21.  HOSPITALS,  ASYLUMS,  ETC.  It  shall  be  unlawful 
for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  as  principal,  agent,  officer,  clerk  or 
employee,  for  himself  or  itself,  or  for  another  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion to  occupy,  use  or  maintain  a  hospital,  sanatorium,  or  sanitarium, 
in  any  building  or  structure  in  the  City  of  Pasadena,  unless  such  build- 
ing or  structure  be  of  Class  "A"  construction.  The  walls  and  ceilings 
of  every  corridor  of  each  floor  of  such  building  shall  extend  from  one 
exterior  wall  to  another,  and  every  such  corridor  shall  have  a  door  and 
fire  escape  at  each  end  thereof. 

The  floors,  walls  and  ceiling  shall  be  plastered  with  one  inch  coating 
of  hard  smooth  cement,  made  of  such  proportions  of  cement  and  sand 
and  put  on  in  such  manner  as  to  be  free  from  shrinkage  or  sett:ement 
cracKS  and  to  contain  approved  waterproofing;  or  with  hard  g'pzed  tile 
properly  set  in  cement  or  a  combination  of  the  two  materials;  or  some 


10 


other  equally   good  material,   making  the  entire  room  impervious   to 
moisture. 

The  corners  in  the  wall  angles  and  at  the  ceilings  and  floor  shall  Poors  ami 
be  rounded.     All  the  doors  and  pasageways  shall  be  wide  enough  for  Passageway* 
the  easy  rolling  of  the  beds  through  them.    No  door  shall  be  less  than 
three  feet  six  inches  in  width,  and  no  passageway  shall  be  less  than 
six  feet  in  width.     There  shall  be  no  sills  or  panels  in  the  doorways 
and  all  the  interior  finish  shall  be  placed  flush  with  walls  so  as  not  to 
produce  projections  or  corners  which  will  catch  the  dust. 

Every  fire  escape  in  such  building  shall  consist  of  an  iron  stair-  fire  >:*«•>» i>os 
way  extending  from  the  ground  to  the  topmost  story  and  shall  have  a 
landing  at  each  story  communicating  with  corridors.     The  treads  of 
such  stairway  shall  be  not  less  than  eight  inches  wide  and  the  risers 
shall  be  not  more  than  seven  inches  high. 

Each  such  stairway  shall  have  a  substantial  iron  railing  at  least  stah-wa>  s 
three  feet  high  on  its  exposed  sides.    From  the  landing  at  the  top  story 
a  metal  ladder  shall  extend  to  the  roof  as  provided  in  this  ordinance 
for  other  fire  escapes. 

Where  any  hospital,  sanatorium  or  sanitarium  is  built  on  the  pa-  Pavilion 
vilion  system,  consisting  of  two  or  more  buildings  connected  by  cor-  system 
ridors,  there  shall  be  fire  doors  at  each  end  of  every  corridor  connect- 
ing such  buildings,  which  said  fire  doors  shall  be  constructed  and  ar- 
ranged in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance;  provided, 
however,  that  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  apply  to  any  hospital,  Exceptions 
sanatorium  or  sanitarium  constructed,  used  and  occupied  as  such  at 
the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance,  only  as  hereinafter  provided, 
except  as  relating  to  fire  escapes  and  fire  doors. 

Except  doors,  windows,  painting,  plastering,  repairs  to  roof  and  Addition* 
addition  of  porches  constructed  entirely  of  non-combustible  material,  it  class  -A" 
shall  be  unlawful  to  alter,  repair,  raise,  build  upon,  move,  reconstruct 
or  make  any  addition  to  any  hospital,  sanatorium  or  sanitarium,  or  any 
building  used  or  occupied  as  such,  except  a  building  of  Class  "A"  con- 
struction; provided,  however,  that  a  building  not  of  Class  "A"  con- 
struction used  and  occupied  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  ordi- 
nance as  a  hospital,  sanatorium  or  sanitarium  may  be  altered,  repaired, 
reconstructed  or  added  to  if  such  alteration,  repair,  reconstruction  or 
addition  is  according  to  the  above  provisions  and  Class  "A"  con- 
struction. 

Section  22.     HOTELS,  APARTMENT  HOUSES,  ETC.     It  shall  be  Hotels.    Ktr. 
unlawful  to  erect  or  construct,  or  to  cause  to  be  erected  or  constructed, 
any  building  used  or  designed  to  be  used  as  a  hotel,  apartment  house, 
tenement  house,  boarding  house  or  lodging  house  more  than  tb"<^  Three 
stories  in  height  unless  the  same  is  of  Class  "A,"  Class  "B"  or  Class 
"C"  construction,  or  more  than  four  stories  in  height  unless  the  same  Four  stories 
is  of  Class  "A"  or  Class  "B"  construction,  or  more  than  five  stories  in  Five  stories 
height  unless  the  same  is  of  Class  "A"  construction,  except  that  out-  Exception 
side  of  Fire  District  No.  1,  the  roofs  and  overhanging  cornices  of  such 
buildings  over  five  (5)  stories  in  height  may  be  made  of  wood  covered 
with  non-combustible  material,  provided  said  wood  work  shall  be  left 
exposed  on  the  under  side,  and  provided  the  top  story  ceiling  and  attic 
floor  are  Class  "A"  construction,  and  provided  that  each  entrance  or 
opening  between  the  attic  space  and  the  lower  portion  of  the  building 
is  protected  by  two  (2)  seif-closing  standard  fire  doors. 

In  buildings  of  Class  "D,"  more  than  two  stories   in   height,  used  fiass  "D"  Hotels 
or  designed  to  be  used,  as  hotels,  apartment  houses,  tenement  houses, 
boarding  houses   or  lodging  houses,   all   corridors,   hallways   and   the 
under  side  of  all  stairways  not  constructed  of  fireproof  material  shall 
be  metal  lathed  and  plastered. 

All  heating  plants  hereinafter  installed  shall  comply  with  Section  Heatinjr  Plants 
24,  Subdivision  A  of  this  Code. 

Section  23.     SCHOOL  BUILDINGS.     Every  toilet  room  containing  Schools  Buildings 
more  than  one  water  closet  or  urinal  stall,  in  any  public  school  build-  Toilet  Rooms 
ing  hereafter  erected,  or  out-house  used  in  connection  with  any  such 
school  building,  shall  be  constructed  in  the  following  manner: 

(a)    The  side  walls  of  such  toilet  room  shall  be  constructed  of  Wails 
brick,  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  or  concrete. 

11 


Floors 


Floor    Grade 

Windows 

Doors 

Non-porous 
Material 

No  Exposed 
Woodwork 

Stand  Pipes 


Staudpipe    for 
Cleaning 


Ventilation 


Heating-    Plants 

Church,    Lecture 
Room,   Etc. 


Plant 


Metal  I>ath 
and    Plaster 
Where? 


Seats 

Distance    Apart 


Aisles 


(b)  The  floors,  walls  and  ceiling  shall  be  plastered  with  one  inch 
coating  of  hard  smooth  cement,  made  of  such  proportions  of  cement 
and  sand  and  put  on  in  such  manner  as  to  be  free  from  shrinkage  or 
settlement  cracks  and  to  contain  approved  waterproofing;  or  with  hard 
glazed  tile  properly  set  in  cement  or  a  combination  of  the  two  mater- 
ials; or  some  other  equally  good  material,  making  the  entire  room  im- 
pervious to  moisture. 

(c)  The  floor  shall  have  a  uniform  grade  of  %  inch  per  foot  to 
floor  drain  or  urinal  trough. 

(d)  All  windows  shall  have  galvanized  iron  or  copper  frames, 
casings,  sash  and  wire  glass. 

(e)  The  doors,  frames  and  casings  shall  be  metal  covered  by  the 
use  of  galvanized  iron  or  copper,  put  on  in  a  workmanlike  manner. 

(f)  All  water  closets  and  urinal  stalls  shall  be  constructed  of 
glass,  marble,  slate,  porcelain,  or  some  other  equally  good  non-porous 
material. 

(g)  The  toilet  room  shall  be  constructed  in  such  manner  that 
there  will  be  no  exposed  woodwork,  except  closet  seats,  and  so  that  a 
stream  of  water  may  be  used  in  cleaning  any  part  of  said  room  with- 
out damage  to  any  other  part  of  the  building. 

(h)  Inside  of  every  school  building  of  two  stories  or  more  in 
height  except  those  of  Class  "A"  construction,  there  shall  be  installed 
and  maintained,  two-inch  stand  pipes  extending  from  a  direct  connec- 
tion with  the  city  water  main  to  the  top  floor  of  the  building.  Such 
stand  pipes  shall  have  IV2  inch  valves  and  hose  connections,  and  shall 
be  so  placed  that  50  feet  of  \}/z  inch  standard  fire  hose,  and  suitable 
nozzle  attached  thereto,  will  reach  to  all  points  of  such  floor. 

(i)  In  each  toilet  room  there  shall  be  at  least  one  one-inch  stand 
pipe,  fitted  with  the  proper  valves,  and  enough  one-inch  hose  to  reach 
any  part  of  said  room;  such  hose  shall  be  used  for  fire  and  cleaning 
purposes  only. 

(j)  Where  forced  ventilation  is  required  in  the  toilet  room  of  any 
public  school  building  it  shall  be  done  by  the  use  of  an  exhaust  fan 
capable  of  causing  a  complete  change  of  air  every  ten  minutes. 

(k)  All  heating  plants  already  or  hereafter  installed  shall  comply 
with  the  provisions  of  Section  24,  Sub-section  (a). 

Section  24.  BUILDINGS  CONTAINING  A  CHURCH,  LECTURE 
ROOM,  MUSIC  HALL  OR  OTHER  PUBLIC  HALL.  Any  building  or 
portion  thereof  occupied  or  used  as  a  church,  lecture  room,  music  hall 
or  other  public  hall  shall,  in  addition  to  all  other  requirements  in  this 
ordinance  contained,  be  constructed  in  the  following  manner  and  shall 
conform  to  the  following  requirements: 

(a)  Every  room  in  such  building  used  for  the  housing  or  installa- 
tion of  a  heating  or  ventilating  plant  or  for  any  machinery  whatever, 
shall  have  brick  or  concrete  walls  surrounding  the  same,  extending 
from  floor  to  ceiling.     The  ceiling  of  every  such  room  shall  be  lathed 
with  metal  lath  and  plastered,  and  all  openings  through  its  walls  into 
any  other  part  of  the  building  shall  be  protected  by  standard,  self- 
closing  fire  doors,  constructed  and  hung  as  specified  in  Section  162  of 
this  ordinance,  or  by  wired  glass  set  in  metal  sash,  in  metal  frames. 

(b)  The  underside  of  every  stairway,  gallery,  both  sides  of  every 
vestibule  wall,  and  the  ceiling  of  every  vestibule  in  every  such  build- 
ing shall  be  lathed  with  metal  lath  and  plastered;  and  the  walls,  ceiling 
and  partitions  of  every  basement  under  any  room  used  as  a  church,  lec- 
ture room,  music  hall  or  other  public  hall  shall  be  lathed  with  metal 
lath  and  plastered. 

(c)  All  seats  in  every  room,  used  as  an  auditorium  or  place  of 
public  assembly  in  such  building,  shall  be  so  arranged  as  to  allow,  be- 
tween the  rows  of  seats  therein,  across  the  width  thereof,  a  space  not 
less  than  thirty-two  inches,  measured  between  the  extreme  backs  of 
said  seats.    Where  the  seating  capacity  of  any  floor  in  any  such  church, 
lecture  room,  music  hall  or  other  public  hall  is  arranged  to  accommo- 
date not  more  than  300  persons  there  shall  be  provided  at  least  one 
aisle,  the  aggregate  width  of  such  aisle  space  shall  not  be  less  than  six 
(6)  feet  and  shall  be  increased  one  foot  for  each  additional  100  persons 
or  fractional  part  thereof,  and  no  aisle  shall  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet 
wide,  and  no  seat  shall  be  more  than  14  feet  from  an  aisle. 

12 


Section  24  is  continued  on  page  13.  The  following  insert  contains 
Section  23  as  amended  by  Ordinance  No.  1344  and  Section  23>]/2,  added 
by  the  same  ordinance.  Section  23  as  hereafter  printed  has  superceded 
Section  28  as  shown  on  pages  11  and  12  hereof. 

Section  23.     SCHOOL    BUILDINGS:      Every  toilet  room  or  out- School  Buildings 
house  containing  more  than  one  water  closet  or  urinal  stall  in  or  Toilet  Booms 
used  in  connection  with  any  public  school  building  now  in  course  of 
construction  or  hereafter  erected,  shall  be  constructed  or  re-constructed 
in  the  following  manner: 

(a)  The  floors  and  side  walls  shall  be  constructed  of  brick,  hollow  Floor  and 
terra  cotta  blocks,  or  concrete.  Side  Walls 

(b)  The  walls  a  distance  of  seven  (7)  feet  above  the  floor  shall  Walls 
be  plastered  with  five-eighths  (%)  inch  coating  of  hard  smooth  cement, 
made  of  such  proportions  of  cement,  sand  and  approved  water  proofing, 
mixed  with  and  put  on  in  such  manner  as  to  be  free  from  shrinkage 

or  settlement  cracks,  and  be  covered  writh  an  unbroken  coat  of  ap- 
proved water  proofing;  or  the  walls  a  distance  of  seven  (7)  feet  above 
the  floor  shall  be  covered  with  hard  glazed  tile,  or  vitrolite  or  opalite 
properly  set  in  cement;  or  a  combination  of  hard  glazed  tile  or  vitrolite 
or  opalite  with  such  coating  of  hard  smooth  cement,  mixed  and  put  on 
as  hereinbefore  provided,  or  some  equally  good  material.  The  walls 
above  seven  (7)  feet  from  the  floor,  and  the  ceiling,  if  not  constructed 
as  hereinbefore  provided,  shall  be  plastered  with  a  coat  of  hard  plaster, 
and  be  covered  and  kept  covered  with  an  unbroken  coat  of  approved 
water  proofing,  making  the  entire  room  impervious  to  moisture. 

(c)  The  floors  shall  be  plastered  with   %-inch  coating  of  hard  Floors 
smooth  cement,  put  on  in  such  manner  as  to  be  free  from  shrinkage 

or  settlement  cracks,  and  be  covered  with  an  unbroken  coat  of  ap- 
proved waterproofing,  or  the  floors  shall  be  covered  with  hard,  glazed 
tile,  or  vitrolite  or  opalite  properly  set  in  cement,  or  a  combination  of 
hard  glazed  tile  or  vitrolite  or  opalite,  with  such  coating  of  hard 
smooth  cement,  or  some  equally  good  material.  The  floor  shall  have 
a  uniform  grade  of  %-inch  per  foot  to  floor  drain  or  urinal  trough.  Floor  Grade 

(d)  All  windows  shall  have  wire  glass  and  water-tight  galvanized  windows 
iron  or  copper  covered  frames,  casing  and  sash. 

(e)  The  doors,  frames  and  casings  shall  be  metal  covered  by  the  Doors 
use  of  galvanized  iron  or  copper,  water  tight,  and  put  on  in  a  workman- 
like manner. 

(f )  All  water  closets  and  urinal  stalls  shall  be  constructed  of  glass,  Non-porous 
marble,  slate,  porcelain  or  some  other  equally  good  non-porous  material.  Material 

(g)  The  toilet  room  shall  be  constructed  in  such  manner  that 

there  will  be  no  exposed  ^woodwork,  except  closet  seats,  and  so  that  a  NO  Exposed 
stream  of  water  may  be  used  in  cleaning  any  part  of  said  room  without  Woodwork 
damage  to  any  part  of  the  building. 

(h)  The  floor  space  between  urinals  shall  be  given  a  slope  of  at  stall  Floors 
least  one  (1)  inch  toward  the  front  of  the  urinal,  and  the  floor  space 
and  wall  space  between  the  same  shall  be  constructed  of  glazed  tile 
laid  in  cement  mortar  with  suitable  cove  at  the  base  where  floor  and 
wall  meet,  or  of  the  same  material  as  said  urinals.  This  construction 
to  be  carried  up  at  least  six  (6)  inches  above  the  top  of  the  urinals 
and  finished  with  a  wainscot  cap  of  the  same  material. 

(i)     In  each  such  toilet  room  or  outhouse  there  shall  be  at  least  stand  Pipes 
one    (1)    three-quarter    (%)    inch   stand   pipe,   fitted  with   the   proper 
valves,  and  enough  three-quarter  (%)  inch  hose  to  reach  any  part  of 
said  room  shall  be  available  for  fire  and  cleaning  purposes. 

(j)    Where  forced  ventilation  is  required  in  the  toilet  room  of  any  Ventilation 
public  school  building,  it  shall  be  done  by  the  use  of  an  exhaust  fan 
capable  of  causing  a  complete  change  of  air  every  ten  minutes. 

(k)    All  heating  plants  already  or  hereafter  installed  shall  comply  Heating  Plants 
with  the  provisions  of  Section  24,  Subdivision   (a)   of  Ordinance  No. 
1312. 

Section  23J/£.  (a)  Any  assembly  hall  or  other  room  with  a  seating  Assembly  Hails 
capacity  for  five  hundred  (500)  persons  or  more  contained  in  or  form- 
ing a  part  of  a  school  building,  and  having  a  stage  either  with  or 
without  scenery,  used  or  designed  to  be  used  for  public  entertainment 
of  persons  and  adapted  to  the  presentation  of  plays,  operas,  spectacles 
or  similar  forms  of  entertainment,  shall  be  constructed  as  in  this  sec- 

12a 


tion  provided,  and  if  constructed,  shall  be  made  to  conform  hereto. 
Same  Class  Such  assembly  hall  or  other  room  shall  be  of  the  same  class  as  the 

as  other  Part  building  of  which  it  forms  a  part,  or  of  a  higher  class.     It  shall  be 

of  Building:  constructed  or  made  to  conform  to  all  the  requirements  of  Sections  24, 

165,  166,  167,  171,  172,  176,  177,  178,  179,  180  and  the  first  paragraph  of 
Section  169  of  Ordinance  No.  1312.  It  shall  be  constructed  or  made 
to  conform  to  Section  168  of  Ordinance  No.  1312  except  that  the 
moulded  frame  around  the  proscenium  opening,  above  the  spring  line, 
instead  of  being  entirely  of  fire  proof  materials,  may  be  of  metal  lath 
and  plaster  completely  enclosing  all  parts  not  constructed  of  fire  proof 
Not  Class  A  materials.  When  the  ceiling  is  not  of  Class  A  construction,  such 

Ceiling  moulded  frame  to  be  supported  at  its  intersection  with   proscenium 

wall  by  iron  or  steel,  said  iron  or  steel  to  be  riveted  or  bolted  to  a 
Automatic  proscenium  girder.    It  shall  be  provided  with  stand  pipes  and  automatic 

Sprinklers  sprinkler  as  provided  in  Section  181  of  Ordinance  No.  1312. 

Floors  The    floors    of    all    dressing    rooms    on    the    auditorium    side    of 

proscenium  wall  and  steps  or  gradients  to  the  same  shall  be  Class  A 
construction.  The  floors  from  a  point  six  (6)  inches  back  of  the  cur- 
tain line  out  to  and  including  the  footlight  supports,  front  nosing  and 
any  overhang  in  front  of  the  back  stair*  of  the  orchestra  pit,  and  all 
walls  and  supports  below  the  stage  floor,  shall  be  Class  A  construction, 
and  all  material  used  in  its  construction  shall  be  non-combustible.  The 
floors  of  the  remainder  of  the  stage  may  be  of  wood  construction.  If 
of  wood,  it  shall  be  made  of  two  thicknesses  of  boards  not  less  than 
seven-eighths  (%)  inch  thick,  with  two  thicknesses  of  asbestos  paper 
between,  over  the  entire  area.  Said  paper  to  weigh  not  less  than 
twelve  pounds  to  one  hundred  square  feet  for  each  layer. 

stand  Pipes  (b)      Inside  of  every  school  building  of  two  or  more  stories   in 

height,  except  Class  A  construction,  there  shall  be  installed  and  main- 
tained 2"  stand  pipes  extending  from  a  direct  connection  with  the 
city  water  main  to  the  top  floor  and  through  the  roof.  Said  stand 
pipes  shall  have  a  1%"  valve  and  hose  connection,  and  so  placed  that 
50  feet  of  iy2"  standard  fire  hose  and  suitable  nozzle  attached  thereto, 
shall  reach  all  points  of  said  floors,  basement  and  roof;  except  in 
buildings  where  stand  pipes  are  already  installed,  in. which  case  said 
existing  stand  pipes  shall  be  extended  through  the  roof,  and  valves 
and  hose  placed  on  roof  and  in  basement.  If  existing  stand  pipes  that 
are  smaller  than  2"  and  are  so  placed  that  more  than  50  feet  of  hose 
is  required  to  reach  all  parts  of  the  building,  one-half  as  many  2"  stand 
pipes  with  suitable  hose  connections  shall  be  installed  in  addition  to 
the  existing  stand  pipes.  In  no  case  shall  a  stand  pipe  smaller  than 
iy2"  be  allowed,  and  the  stand  pipes,  whether  new  or  old,  shall  be 
connected  directly  with  the  City  water  main  outside  the  house  supply. 
Elevator  or  Dumb  (c)  The  air  space  of  any  elevator  or  dumb  waiter  shaft  in  any 

Waiter  shaft  school  building  shall  be  separated  from  such  building  by  at  least  a 

Light  Shaft  four-inch  hollow  tile  or  cement  wall  on  side  and  top.     Light  shafts  on 

school  buildings  already  constructed  or  under  construction  which  are 
covered  with  a  skylight,  if  of  wood,  shall  be  metal  lathed  and  plastered 
on  both  sides  where  they  pass  through  the  attic  space. 

Roofs  Where  the  roofs  are  not  constructed  as  provided  in  Section  46  of 

Ordinance  No.  1312,  they  shall  be  constructed  in  accordance  with 
Section  58  of  Ordinance  No.  1312,  and  all  openings  above  any  roof  not 
constructed  in  accordance  with  said  Section  46,  except  those  of  street 
front,  shall  have  metal  frames  and  metal  sash  glazed  with  wire  glass 
Doors  to  Attic  not  less  than  one-quarter  (14)  inch  thick.  All  doors  to  attic  spaces 

Space  passing  through  masonry  walls  shall  be  fire  doors.     Where  fire  walls 

Fire  Walls  have  been  constructed  over  four  (4)  feet  in  height,  they  shall  be  staid 

with  five-eighths  (%)  inch  rods  to  the  rafters,  the  anchors  to  extend 
through  the  wall  with  suitable  washers  on  the  outside,  and  be  fastened 
to  the  roof  joists  with  three  (3)  inch  lag  screws, 'two  (2)  to  -each 
anchor,  such  anchors  to  be  placed  not  more  than  ten  feet  apart.  If 
said  anchors  are  placed  over  eight  feet  apart,  they  are  to  be  of  three- 
quarter  (%)  inch  iron. 

Fireproof  stair-  -  ;W  ;   No  balcony  having  a  seating  capacity  for,  more  than  twelve 

way  from  Balcony     persons  shall  be  constructed  on,  over  or  above  the  roof  of  any  school 

building  two  stories  or  over  in  height  not  of  Class  A  construction, 

unless  said  balcony  shall  have  .an  exterior  fire  proof  stairway  not  lees 

than  three  (3)  feet  in  width  leading  directly  to  th«  ground. 


*  '"Stair"  should  be  "wall." 


12b 


(dj  Every  staircase  leading  to  a  gallery  which  contains  less  than  staircase  to 
two  hundred  seats,  shall  be  not  less  than  five  (5)  feet  in  width.  For  Gallery 
each  additional  one  hundred  seats  or  fractional  part  thereof  in  said 
gallery,  the  width  of  said  stairway  shall  be  increased  one  foot.  There 
shall  be  hand  rails  on  each  side  of  any  stairway  leading  to  any  afore- 
said gallery  or  to  a  basement.  There  shall  be  no  winders  in  any  such 
stairway.  Every  landing  of  every  such  stairway  shall  be  full  aggregate 
width  of  the  flights  of  stairs  leading  to  such  landing  from  above  and 
the  depth  of  every  such  landing  shall  be  equal  the  width  of  the  stairs 
leading  thereto.  The  minimum  head  room  over  every  such  stairway  at 
every  point  thereon  shall  be  not  less  than  eight  feet. 

(e)  The  aggregate  width  of  the  exits  of  any  such  church,  lecture  width  of  Exits 
room,  music  hall  or  other  public  hall  shall  be  at  least  fifteen  per  cent 

greater  than  the  aggregate  width  required  for  the  aisles,  and  each  gal- 
lery therein  shall  have  an  exit  separate  and  distinct  from  any  other 
exit  from  such  auditorium  direct  to  the  vestibule  or  street.  No  exit 
from  such  church,  lecture  room,  music  hall  or  other  public  hall  shall 
be  less  than  five  (5)  feet  in  width  and  seven  (7)  in  height. 

(f)  Any  building  or  portion  thereof  occupied  or  used  as  a  church,  Hails  on 
lecture  room,  music  hall  or  other  public  hall  above  the  first  floor,  shall  Second  Floor 
have  its  stairs  and  exits  constructed  and  arranged  in  the  following 

manner:   No  portion  of  the  main  floor  of  any  room  of  this  class  con- 
taining more  than  6000  sq.  ft.  shall  be  above  the  second  floor,  or  any 
room  containing  more  than  3600  sq.  ft.  shall  be  above  the  third  floor,  Third  Floor 
except  that  in  buildings  of  Class  "A"  such  rooms  may  be  on  any  floor,  stairways 
For  every  room  containing  over  3600  sq.  ft.  there  shall  be  two  such 
stairways.    For  every  such  room  containing  6000  sq.  ft.,  there  shall  be 
three  such  stairways.    All  stairways  shall  be  placed  as  far  apart  as  pos- 
sible.   There  shall  be  one  fire  escape  for  all  such  rooms  and  never  less  Fire  Escapes 
than  one-half  the  aggregate  width  of  the  regular  stairways  in  aggregate 
width  of  such  fire  escapes.    These  fire  escapes  shall  be  constructed  in 
accordance  with  the  specifications  for  hospital  fire  escapes  contained  in 
Section  21  hereof,  except  that  where  such  fire  escapes  come  over  streets 
or  alleys  the  lower  flight  of  stairs  shall  be  counterbalanced  to  swing 
or  slide  up  in  a  safe  and  satisfactory  manner.    All  exits  shall  be  lighted  Exit  Lights 
as  provided  for  in  moving  picture  theaters. 

Any  building  already  erected  containing  a  room  occupied  or  used  Halls  in  Existing 
for  church,  lecture  room,  music  hall  or  other  public  hall  shall  be  made  Buildings 
to  comply  with  this  Code  in  the  following  manner: 

It  shall  in  all  cases  have  the  required  aggregate  width  of  exits  (if 
above  the  first  floor)  either  in  the  form  of  stairs  or  fire  escapes.  If 
any  communicating  openings  exist  or  are  made  between  a  building 
containing  such  a  room  and  another  building  such  openings  shall  be 
closed  by  standard  fire  doors  as  provided  for  communicating  openings 
in  Section  162  hereof.  All  exits  shall  be  lighted  as  above  provided. 

Sub-section  (a)  of  this  Section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already 
erected. 

Section  25.     CERTAIN  FACTORY  BUILDINGS  TO  BE  OF  CLASS  Factory  Buildings 
"A,"  "B,"  OR  "C."     Every  building  more  than  three  stories  in  height  over  Three  stories 
used  for  factory  purposes  shall  be  of  Class  "A,"  "B"  or  "C"  construe-  High 
tion. 

Section   26.     SMOKE    HOUSES.     Every   smoke   house   or   smoke  smoke  Houses 
room  shall  be  constructed  of  fireproof  material  throughout  with  all 
walls,  floors  and  roofs  thereof  of  masonry,  and  the  walls  shall  be  built 
at  least  three  feet  higher  than  the  roof.    An  iron  grate  shall  be  placed 
three  feet  above  the  floor,  and  the  hanging  rail  shall  be  of  iron. 

Section  27.     STABLES.     No  building  shall  be  erected  or  used  for  stables 
the  purpose  of  stabling  animals  above  the  first  or  ground  floor  thereof 
unless  such  building  be  constructed  as  hereinbefore  provided  for  build- 
ings of  Class  "A." 

Section  28.  (a).  The  first  floors  of  all  buildings  or  premises  (ex-  ri 
cept  such  part  as  is  used  exclusively  for  the  storage  of  carriages,  har- 
ness and  feed)  hereafter  constructed  in  the  City  of  Pasadena  and  in- 
tended to  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  stabling  horses,  mules,  cows  or 
other  animals,  shall  be  of  concrete  not  less  than  3  inches  thick  with  a 
wearing  surface  of  cement  or  asphaltum  not  less  than  one-half  inch 

13 


Gutter    Drain 


Connect    to 
Sewer 

In    Fire    Districts 
2   and   3    Connect 
to  Pit 


Wash    K*ck. 


Manure    fit 


thick.  Wood  racks  may  be  used  on  top  of  the  cement.  Such  racks 
snail  be  removable  for  cleaning  purposes. 

(b)  All  stall  floors  shall  be  constructed  on  a  grade  of  not  less 
than  ys  of  an  inch  to  the  foot.  A  square  gutter  drain  shall  be  con- 
structed at  the  time  the  floor  is  put  down  across  the  lowest  side  or  end 
of  each  stall  in  such  manner  as  to  efficiently  drain  the  same.  Such 
gutter  drains  shall  drain  into  a  sewer  in  such  manner  as  to  fully  com- 
ply with  the  provisions  of  the  ordinance  of  the  City  of  Pasadena  reg- 
ulating plumbing,  and  ordinances  amendatory  thereto.  In  Fire  Dis- 
tricts 2  and  3,  said  drain  may  be  connected  with  the  pit  provided  for 
in  Sub-section  (d)  of  this  section  in  place  of  sewer,  provided  such  pit 
shall  be  cleaned  regularly  and  in  such  manner  that  the  accumulation  of 
manure  and  water  shall  never  become  offensive.  The  sides  and  bottom 
of  such  gutter  shall  not  be  of  less  thickness  than  the  floor  of  the  stable 
and  shall  not  be  less  than  eight  inches  wide  inside  measurement  at 
the  floor  level,  nor  less  than  two  inches  in  depth  and  shall  have  suffi- 
cient fall  to  carry  off  all  liquid  discharge  from  the  stall. 

Wash  racks  when  located  within  the  stable  must  be  provided  with 
a  surface  drain  which  shall  connect  with  the  sewer.  Provisions  for 
such  drain  shall  be  made  at  the  time  of  putting  down  the  floor. 

(d)  Every  person,  firm  or  corporation  now  and  hereafter  main- 
taining any  stable  or  other  place  in  Fire  District  No.  1  in  which  ma- 
nure or  stable  refuse  accumulates  shall  provide  a  bin  or  pit  constructed 
of  masonry  not  less  than  four  (4)  inches  thick,  within  the  outer  walls 
of  the  stable.     Said  bin  or  pit  shall  be  entirely  closed  and  shall  be 
vented  by  means  of  a  duct  or  flue  not  less  than  12,  inches  in  diameter 
extending  through  the  roof.     The  outer  termination  of  said  vent  shall 
be  effectually   screened  against  flies  and  shall  be  carried  above  the 
roofs  of  all  buildings  within  25  feet  of  such  vent  and  shall,  in  no  in- 
stance, be  closer  than  10  feet  to  any  window  or  light  well. 

Outside  of  Fire  District  No.  1  a  bin  or  pit  shall  be  constructed  in 
connection  with  such  stable  or  other  place  conforming  to  the  specifi- 
cations contained  in  this  sub-division,  except  that  such  bin  or  pit  may 
be  constructed  outside  of  said  stable  in  which  case  it  shall  have  a  tight 
cover. 

(e)  Every  stable  or  other  place  where  horses,  mules,  cows  or 
other  animals  are  kept  must  be  ventilated  by  means  of  louvre  ventila- 
tors in  the  roof  or  by  openings  in  the  outer  walls  where  said  walls  are 
more  than  10  feet  from  adjacent  property  lines. 

(f)  The  provisions  of  this  section  shall  apply  to  all  buildings  in 
which  stables  shall  hereafter  be  established  which  are  now  existing 
but  are  not  used  for  stable  purposes  at  the  date  of  the  approval  of  this 
ordinance. 

Section  29.  All  stables  existing  at  the  date  of  the  passage  of  this 
ordinance  shall  be  made  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  Sub-division 
d  of  Section  28  of  this  ordinance,  within  90  days  from  the  date  of  the 
approval  of  this  ordinance. 

All  stables  existing  at  the  date  of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance 
which  have  no  floor  other  than  an  earth  floor  shall  be  made  to  comply 
with  the  provisions  of  Sub-divisions  a  and  b  of  Section  28  of  this  ordi- 
nance, within  four  months  from  the  date  of  the  approval  of  this  ordi- 
nance. 

Floors  in  existing  stables  shall  be  made  to  comply  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Code  within  one  year  from  the  date  of  its  passage;  pro- 
vided, that  when  repairs  are  made  to  floors  in  existing  stables  such 
floors  shall  be  made  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  this  Code  unless 
the  cost  of  such  repairs  is  less  than  $20.00. 

The  provisions  of  Sections  28  and  29  (excepting  Sub-division  d  of 
Section  28  which  shall  be  of  general  application),  shall  apply  to  private 
stables  only  when  so  ordered  by  the  Sanitary  Inspector,  who  shall  so 
order  whenever  a  private  stable  shall  become  a  nuisance  and  such 
nuisance  can  be  overcome  by  a  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  the 
two  sections  mentioned. 

Section  30.  GARAGES.  Any  automobile  stable,  storage  room  or 
garage  shall  be  made  to  conform  to  the  following  conditions: 

Class  A,  B  c  Bidgs         Such  place  shall  not  be  established  in  any  building  in  Fire  District 
Required  i«  Dist.  1  Xo.  1,  except  in  buildings  of  Class  "A,"  "B"  or  "C." 

14 


Outside    Fire 
District    No>. 


Louvre   Veiitilntoi 


Stables    in 
Existing  Buildings 


Existing   Stable 

.Manure   Pits 

To  Be  Installed 

When? 

Floors 

To  Be 

When? 


u  stalled 


Kepair>    to    Floors 


Exception- 


Garage:* 


If  established  in  buildings  now  existing  in  Fire  District  No.  1,  all  Established  in 
outer  walls  of  the  building  or  parts  of  the  building  used  for  the  above  Existing  Building* 
purposes  shall  be  made  to  conform  to  the  provisions  of  this  Code  con- 
tained in  Section  101. 

The  floors  of  all  rooms  used  for  the  above  purposes  shall  be  of  fire-  Fire-proof  Floors 
proof  material,  or  wood,  covered  with  concrete  not  less  than  three 
inches  thick. 

Any  automobile  stable,  storage  room  or  garage  which  has  hereto-  Fire  Protection 
fore  been  established  or  may  hereafter  be  established  shall  have  the 
following  fire  protection: 

They  shall  have  a  chemical  fire  extinguisher  for  every  200  sq.  ft.  of  Fire  Extinguisher 
floor  area.     Such  extinguisher  shall  be  of  a  type  approved  by  the  Na- 
tional Board  of  Fire  Underwriters.     There  shall  also  be  a  sand  box,  Sand  BOX 
barrel  or  other  suitable  receptacle  containing  not  less  than  4  cubic  feet 
of  sand  for  every  600  sq.  ft.  of  floor  area. 

This   section  shall  not  apply  to  private  garages,  except  that  all  Exception 
floors  shall  be  made  of  non-combustible  material  or  the  natural  ground. 

Section  31.     BILLBOARDS,     (a)     It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  per- Billboards 
son,  firm  or  corporation  to  erect  within  the  City  of  Pasadena,  any  bill- 
board or  advertising  signboard  unless  there  shall  be  between  the  base 
of  the  same  and  the  surface  of  the  ground  an  open  intervening  space  of 
not  less  than  1  foot,  6  inches.    It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  Height  Above 
or  corporation  hereafter  to  erect  within  the  City  of  Pasadena  any  bill-  Ground 
board  or  advertising  signboard  nearer  to  any  street,  sidewalk,  alley  or 
other  public  place,  than  a  distance  equal  to  the  height  of  said  billboard  Distance  from 
or  advertising  signboard  from  the  surface  of  the  ground  at  the  base  Sidewalk 
thereof,  provided  that  this  Section  shall  not  apply  to  any  advertising 
sign  painted  upon,  nor  to  any  billboard  or  advertising  signboard  firmly 
fixed  to  a  wall  or  any  building. 

(b)  All  billboards  or  advertising  signboards  shall  be  erected  and 
constructed  in  a  safe  and  workmanlike  manner,  and  in  accordance  with 
the  following  specifications: 

Posts  to  which  the  same  are  to  be  attached  to  be  not  less  than  4x4  Posts 
inches  in  size,  to  be  placed  at  least  three  feet  in  the  ground,  to  be  not 
farther  than  ten  feet  apart,  and  to  extend  to  the  top  of  said  billboard 
or  adverising  signboard.  Anchor  posts  shall  be  not  less  than  4x4  inches 
in  size,  each  shall  be  placed  at  least  three  feet  in  the  ground,  and  there 
shall  be  one  such  anchor  post  directly  back  of  each  of  the  posts  above 
mentioned,  and  to  which  the  billboard  or  advertising  signboard  is  to  be 
attached.  Braces  shall  extend  from  each  of  the  posts  to  which  the  Braces 
billboard  or  advertising  signboard  is  to  be  attached  to  its  correspond- 
ing anchor  post,  which  braces  be  not  less  than  2x4  inches  in  size  and 
shall  be  securely  nailed  at  each  end. 

All  billboards  or  advertising  signboards  erected  within  the  limits  i«  *'»*«  District 
of  Fire  District  No.  1  as  they  are  now,  or  may  hereafter  be  fixed,  shall  No-  x  to  Have  . 
have  the  entire  surface  and  facing  made  of  metal,  and  no  part  of  such  3I«tul  Facing 
surface  or  facing  shall  be  made  in  whole  or  in  part  of  wood  or  any 
other  inflammable  material.    All  lumber  used  in  billboards  erected  in 
Fire  District  No.  1  shall  be  of  redwood  except  the  braces  and  cross 
pieces  to  which  the  face  is  attached.     Each  billboard  or  advertising- 
signboard  maintained  within  the  said  city,  shall  bear  thereon  the  name 
of  the  owner  thereof  in  a  conspicuous  place. 

(c)  No  permit  for  the  erection  or  construction  of  any  billboard  Approval  of 
shall  be  granted  unless  the  application  therefor  shall  have  endorsed  Fire  chief 
thereon  the  approval  of  the  Chief  of  the  Fire  Department.  Necessary 

(d)  All  billboards  and  advertising  signs  erected  above  or  on  the  Billboards  on  or 
roof  of  any  building  or  structure  shall  be  constructed  entirely  of  metal  Above  Roofs 
and  shall  be  capable  of  withstanding  a  wind  pressure  of  50  pounds  per 

square  foot,  projected  area,  in  addition  to  the  weight  of  the  sign.     No 
roof  shall  be  loaded  beyond  its  safe  carrying  capacity. 

(e)  All  billboards  and  advertising  signboards  erected  and  main-  Under  Supervision 
tained  within  said  city  shall  be  under  the  general  supervision  of  the  of  Building 
Building  Inspector.  inspector 

15 


PART  IV. 

PERMITS  REQUIRED. 

Permit  Required  Section  32.     PERMIT   REQUIRED.     It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 

person,  firm  or  corporation,  as  principal,  agent,  officer,  clerk  or  em- 
ployee, for  himself  or  itself,  or  for  another  person,  firm  or  corporation, 
Exceptions  to  commence  or  proceed  with  the  erection,  construction,  alteration,  re- 

pair, moving  or  demolition  (restoration  of  plastering  or  painting  and 
repairs  to  doors  and  windows  and  fences  outside  of  Fire  District  No.  1 
excepted)  of  any  building  or  other  structure  in  the  City  of  Pasadena 
(other  than  structures  erected  by  the  United  States  of  America),  un- 
less a  permit  so  to  do  has  been  first  obtained  as  herein  provided,  ex- 
cept that  a  permit  need  not  be  procured  for  work  (not  exceeding  in 
cost  Twenty-five  Dollars  [$25.00])  outside  of  Fire  District  No.  1,  when 
chimneys  and  vents  are  not  involved. 

NO  Building  No  building  permit  shall  be  required  for  plumbing  and  electrical 

Permit  for  work  in  an  existing  building  where  such  building  permit  would   not 

Repairs  otherwise  be  required,  or  where  the  work  under  said  building  permit 

Plumbing  and          does  not  exceed  in  cost  Twenty-five  Dollars    ($25.00). 
wiring  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  desiring  such  permit,  shall  file 

with  the  building  inspector,  on  a  blank  to  be  furnished  by  said  Building 
Application  Blanks   Inspector,  an  application  therefor,  which  application  for  such  permit 
shall  be  made  by  the  owner  or  his  agent.     Such  application  shall  set 
forth  the  land  upon  which  the  proposed  work  is^to  be  done,  describing 
the  same  by  lot  and  block,  or  other  description  by  which  the  same  may 
be  readily  located  or  identified;  the  general  dimensions  of  the  building 
to  be  erected,  constructed,  altered,  repaired,  moved  or  demolishd;  the 
Name  of  number  and  height  of  the  stories  thereof;  the  names  of  the  owner,  the 

owner,  architect,  the  contractor  or  builder,  should  there  be  such  architect,  con- 

Architect,  and          tractor  or  builder;   and  the  cost  of  the  proposed  work,  and  shall  set 
Builder  forth  the  purpose  for  which  such  building,  alteration  or  repair  is  de- 

signed. The  Building  Inspector  may  require  the  applicant  for  a  permit 
to  also  obtain  and  file  with  the  Building  Inspector  before  obtaining 
such  permit,  a  written  certificate  from  the  City  Assessor  that  the  de- 
scription of  the  land  contained  in  the  application  is  correct,  and  a  writ- 
ten statement  from  the  Engineer  of  the  proper  house  number  for  said 
building.  When  such  application  is  made  (excepting  for  private  dwell- 
No  Plan  ings  not  to  exceed  in  cost  $2500.00  and  garages  and  outbuildings  not  to 
rnder  $2500.00  exceed  in  cost  $500.00),  plans  and  specifications  in  conformity  with  the 
provisions  of  this  ordinance  shall  be  filed  with  the  Building  Inspector 
who  shall  then  issue  a  permit  and  shall  file  such  application  and  shall 
official  stamp  apply  to  such  plans  and  specifications  an  official  stamp  stating  that  the 
drawings  and  specifications  to  which  the  same  has  been  applied,  com- 
ply with  the  terms  of  this  ordinance.  The  plans  and  specifications  so 
stamped  shall  then  be  returned  to  such  applicant.  True  copies  of  so 
much  of  said  plans  and  specifications  as  may  be  required  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Building  Inspector  to  illustrate  the  features  of  construction  and 
equipment  of  the  building  referred  to  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the 
Building  Inspector  and  shall  remain  on  file  in  said  office  until  the  com- 
pletion or  occupation  of  such  building.  It  shall  not  be  obligatory  upon 
the  Building  Inspector  to  retain  such  drawings  in  his  custody  for  more 
than  three  (3)  months  after  the  completion  or  occupation  of  the  build- 
ing to  which  they  relate.  The  stamping  of  any  plan  or  specifications 
shall  not  be  held  to  permit  or  to  be  an  approval  of  the  violation  of  any 
section  of  this  ordinance.  All  such  plans  and  drawings  shall  be  drawn 
to  a  scale  of  not  less  than  one-eighth  of  an  inch  to  a  foot  on  suitable 
paper  or  cloth  by  some  process  that  will  not  fade  or  obliterate.  All  dis- 
tances and  dimensions  shall  be  accurately  figured  and  drawings  made 
explicit  and  complete,  showing  the  location  of  all  plumbing  fixtures 
within  such  building.  All  said  plans  presented  shall  be  accompanied 
by  a  set  of  specifications  describing  all  materials  to  be  used  in  the  pro- 
posed building,  and  both  the  plans  and  specifications  shall  be  approved 
by  the  Building  Inspector  before  a  permit  shall  be  granted. 

Unlawful  to  Erase  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  erase,  alter  or  modify  any  lines,  figures  or 

coloring  contained  upon  such  drawings  or  specifications  so  stamped  by 

.     the  Building  Inspector. or  filed  with  said  Inspector  for  refernce.     If, 

during  the  progress  of  the  execution  of  such  work,  it  is  desired  to  dev- 


Plans   on   File 
Three  Months 


Scale 


L6 


Section  32  is  continued  on  page  17.     The  following  insert  contains 
Section  31J/2  as  added   by  Ordinance  No.  1344. 

Section    31%.      REVIEWING  STANDS:      Every    reviewing    stand  Reviewing 
erected  in  the  City  of  Pasadena,  shall  be  constructed  to  withstand  a  stands 
live  load  of  not  less  than  125  pounds  per  square  foot,  with  a  factor  or 
safety  of  four  (4),  and  shall  be  braced  so  as  to  withstand  all  possible 
diagonal  strain.    If  erected  to  remain  for  a  longer  period  than  twenty 
(20)    days,    it   shall   have   a   masonry  foundation  and  be  anchored  to 
said  foundation. 


16% 


late  in  any  manner  affecting  the  construction  or  other  essentials  of 
the  building  from  the  terms  of  the  application,  drawing  or  specifica- 
tions, notice  in  writing  of  such  intention  to  alter  or  deviate  shall  be  Written 
given  to  the  Building  Inspector  and  the  written  assent  of  said  Building  Permission  to 
Inspector  shall  be  first  obtained  before  such  alteration  or  deviation  Alter 
shall  be  made. 

Alterations   in   buildings   made   prior    to   the    completion   thereof  Alterations 
which  do  not  involve  any  change  in  their  structural  parts  or  of  their  Permissible 
stairways,  elevators,  fire  escapes  or  other  means  of  communication,  or 
ingress  or  egress,  and  that  are  not  in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  ordinance,  may  be  made  without  permission  of  the  Building 
Inspector. 

If  any  change  increases  the  cost  of  the  proposed  work,  the  Build-  increased  Cost 
ing  Inspector  shall  collect  an  additional  fee  for  such  change,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  scale  of  fees  hereinafter  prescribed. 

Section   33.      FEES,     (a)     The   fees   to   be   paid   to   the   Building  Fees 
Inspector  for  the  issuance  of  any  permit  mentioned  in  Section  32  of 
Ordinance  No.   1312,  shall  be  as  follows: 

Where  the  cost  of  the  proposed  work  (exclusive  of  the  cost  of 
all  plumbing  and  electrical  work)  does  not  exceed  $100.00,  35  cents, 
and  for  each  additional  $100.00,  or  fractional  part  thereof,  (exclusive 
of  plumbing  and  electrical  work),  10  cents. 

The  above  mentioned  fees  do  not  include  the  fees  for  any  other  other  Work 
work  for  which  a  permit  is  required  by  any  other  ordinance  of  the  Not  included 
City  of  Pasadena. 

(b)  In  case  of  moving  any  building  without  entering  upon  any  Moving 
public  street,  alley  or  place  in  so  doing,  the  cost  of  moving,  added  to 

the  cost  of  any  repairs,  additions  or  alterations  to  be  made  to  such 
building  after  the  moving  thereof,  shall  constitute  the  total  cost  for 
the  purpose  of  determining  the  fee  to  be  paid  for  the  permit  accord- 
ing to  the  above  schedule. 

(c)  Any  person,  firm  or   corporation  who   shall   commence   the  Double  Fee 
erection,  construction,  alteration,  repair,  moving  or  demolition  of  any 
building  or  other  structure  without  a  permit  first  having  been  obtained 

from  the  Building  Inspector,  as  required  by  Ordinance  No.  1213,  shall  be 
required,  upon  subsequently  taking  out  such  permit,  to  pay  for  the  same 
double  the  amount  of  the  fee  hereinbefore  provided  for  such  permit. 

Section  34.  ACCOUNT  OF  FEES  TO  BE  KEPT.  The  Building  Account  of  Fee* 
Inspector  shall  keep  in  proper  books  an  accurate  account  of  all  fees 
received  under  this  ordinance,  giving  the  name  of  the  party  paying  the 
same  and  the  name  of  the  owner  upon  whose  account  the  same  were 
paid,  and  the  date  and  the  amount  thereof,  together  with  the  house 
number  of  said  premises,  which  books  shall  be  open  for  public  inspec- 
tion. Such  Building  Inspector  shall  pay  all  fees  received  by  him  during 
any  week  into  the  City  Treasury  upon  the  first  business  day  of  the  fol- 
lowing week. 

Section  35.     WHEN   PERMIT  EXPIRES.     If  the  work  authorized  Permit  Expires 
by  such  permit  is  not  commenced  within  90  days  from  date  thereof,  or  in  90  Days 
if  the  work  authorized  by  such  permit  shall  be  suspended  or  abandoned 
by  the  owner  of  said  building  for  a  period  of  90  days,  then  such  permit, 
unless  renewed  by  the  City  Council,  shall  thenceforth  be  null  and  void, 
and  before  such  work  can  be  commenced  or  recommenced  a  new  per- 
mit shall  be  taken  out,  and  the  same  fees  as  hereinbefore  fixed  for  the 
original  permit  shall  be  paid  therefor. 

If  the  work  upon  any  building  or  structure  shall  be  conducted  in  Permit  Revoked 
violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  the  Building  In- 
spector shall  revoke  the  permit  for  the  same,  and  thenceforth  such 
permit  shall  be  null  and  void  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person, 
firm  or  corporation  to  continue  in  the  construction  of  any  building  or 
structure  described  in  said  permit. 

PART  V. 

CLASS  "A"  BUILDINGS. 

Section  36.     DEFINITION   AND   LIMIT  OF   HEIGHT.     Class  "A"  class  "A" 
buildings,   designated  as  "fireproof"  or  "skeleton"  construction,  shall  Definition  and 
include  every  building  wherein  all  external  or  internal  loads  or  strains  Limit  of  Height 
are  transmitted  to  the  foundation  by  means  of  reinforced  concrete,  or 
by  means  of  a  skeleton  or  framework  of  steel  or  iron,  the  beams  and 

17 


Seven  Stories 
Masonry 
Masonry  Walls 
See    Sections 
100-115   Inclusive 

Height   of 

Class  "A"      Steel 

Reinforced 

Concrete 

Foundations   Walls 

Chimneys 

Outer  Walls 

Hollow  Tile 
Outside  Fire 
District  No.  1 


Columns 
Granite  Facings 
Beam  Protection 


."Exterior 
Light  Courts 
Party    Walls 


Filler    Walls 


Exterior 
Structural   Parts 


Ploers 
Terra  Cotta 
Concrete 


rVood   Sleepers 


Floor  Lights 


Strength  of 
Floor  Lights 


girders  of  which  are  riveted  or  bolted  to  each  other  at  their  respective 
juncture  points,  provided,  however,  that  in  any  building  of  Class  "A" 
construction  not  exceeding  seven  stories  in  height,  the  exterior  walls 
may  be  constructed  of  masonry  with  piers  of  not  less  than  six  (6)  feet 
in  width  and  of  the  thickness  required  for  buildings  of  the  same  height 
of  Class  "B"  construction.  (See  Sections  100  to  115  inclusive.)  All 
beams,  girders  and  other  steel  and  iron  work  shall  be  thoroughly 
anchored  and  tied  to  masonry. 

No  building  of  Class  "A"  steel  construction  shall  exceed  in  height 
one  hundred  fifty  (150)  feet;  amd  no  reinforced  concrete  building  shall 
exceed  in  height  one  hundred  thirty-three  (133)  feet.  Class  "A"  build- 
ings need  not  have  fire  walls,  except  on  party  and  division  walls. 

Section  37.  FOUNDATION  WALLS.  See  Sections  95  to  99  inclu- 
sive. For  Chimneys  see  Sections  128  to  134  inclusive. 

Section  38.  OUTER  WALLS.  All  outer  walls  of  every  building  of 
Class  "A"  shall  be  constructed  of  either  brick,  stone  or  concrete,  ex- 
cept that  outside  of  Fire  District  No.  1,  hollow  tile  walls  may  be  used 
for  filler  walls,  provided  the  total  thickness  of  such  walls  is  not  less 
than  eight  (8)  inches.  Such  walls  may  be  laid  with  two  3-inch  tiles. 
Such  tiles  to  be  separated,  forming  a  hollow  wall,  not  less  than 
twelve  (12)  inches  thick,  provided  the  separated  walls  are  tied  together 
with  tile  cross-walls  not  more  than  four  (4)  feet  apart  on  centers.  Said 
cross-walls  shall  run  the  entire  height  of  the  wall.  Tile  walls  shall  be 
reinforced  with  wire  cloth  or  metal  lath  as  provided  for  bearing  walls 
in  Section  116.  Every  column  in  an  outer  wall  of  any  such  building 
shall  have  not  less  than  four  and  one-half  (4%)  inches  of  brick,  stone 
tile,  or  concrete  beyond  its  outer  flanges.  Where  a  facing  of  granite 
or  marble,  or  other  stone  which  is  subject  to  disintegration  by  heat  is 
used,  every  beam,  girder  and  column  shall  be  protected  independently 
of  such  facing  with  not  less  than  two  (2)  inches  of  concrete  or  of  brick, 
or  tile  laid  in  cement  mortar.  In  no  case  shall  a  granite  or  marble 
column  be  used  to  carry  a  wall  exceeding  one  story  in  height.  Walls 
of  exterior  light  courts  shall  be  constructed  as  herein  provided  for  the 
construction  of  outer  walls. 

Section  39.  PARTY  WALLS.  Party  walls  in  buildings  of  Class 
"A"  construction  shall  be  constructed  four  (4)  inches  thicker  than  the 
outer  walls  of  such  buildings. 

Section  40.  FILLER  WALLS.  Outer  walls  of  Class  "A"  buildings, 
built  in  between  iron  or  steel  columns  and  supported  wholly  by  iron  or 
steel  girders  in  each  story  above  first  story,  shall  be  not  less  than 
twelve  (12)  inches  thick  above  the  street  curb  level,  or  tier  of  beams 
nearest  the  curb  level.  Where  a  story  exceeds  eighteen  (18)  feet  in 
height,  such  wall  shall  be  increased  four  (4)  inches  in  thickness  for 
every  eighteen  (18)  feet  additional  or  part  thereof. 

Section  41.  EXTERIOR  STRUCTURAL  PARTS.  All  exterior 
structural  parts  of  the  framework  of  buildings  of  Class  "A"  shall  be 
built  in  solid  to  the  metal;  provided  that  where  any  column  projects 
out  of  a  wall  into  the  building,  it  shall  be  fireproofed  as  hereinafter 
provided  for  interior  columns. 

Section  42.  CONSTRUCTION  OF  FLOORS.  Every  floor  in  any 
building  of  Class  "A"  shall  be  constructed  of  terra  cotta,  brick  arches 
or  reinforced  concrete  in  which  proper  provision  shall  be  made  by 
metal  rods  against  the  spreading  of  the  beams.  The  flange  of  the 
beams  or  girders  shall  be  protected  by  at  least  one  (1)  inch  of  concrete 
or  tile.  The  top  of  every  arch  in  floor  construction  shall  be  filled  with 
concrete  to  a  level  of  one  (1)  inch  above  the  beam  tops;  if  wood  sleep- 
ers are  used  for  the  purpose  of  laying  finished  floors,  said  sleepers 
shall  be  filled  between  with  concrete  or  other  non-combustible  material, 
and  there  shall  be  not  less  than  one  (1)  inch  of  concrete  between  said 
sleepers  and  any  steel  beams. 

Floor  lights,  used  for  transmission  of  light  to  floors  below,  shall 
be  constructed  of  metal  frames  and  bars  or  plates,  or  approved  rein- 
forced concrete  frames,  and  any  light  of  glass  therein  exceeding  in 
area  sixteen  square  inches  shall  be  provided  with  a  mesh  of  wire  either 
in  the  glass  or  under  the  same  and  the  floor  lights  shall  be  of  the  same 
proportional  strength  as  the  floors  in  which  they  are  placed. 

18 


The  contractor  or  owner  shall  make  load  tests  on  any  part  of  a  re-  Load  Tests 
inforced  structure,  whether  it  be  reinforced  concrete  or  whether  it  be 
reinforced  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  or  a  combination  of  both  rein- 
forced concrete  and  reinforced  terra  cotta  blocks;  such  test  shall  be 
made  whenever  the  Building  Inspector  deems  necessary,  and  any  floors 
of  the  above  mentioned  construction  shall  sustain  a  load  of  twice  that  Sustain  Load 
for  which  it  is  designed,  without  any  sign  of  failure,  and  in  the  case  of 
beams,  girders  and  floors,  without  deflecting  more  than  one  seven-hun- 
dredth of  the  span.     (For  strength  of  materials,  see  Sections  145  to  See  Sections 
149  inclusive.)  145-149  inclusive 

Section  43.     INTERIOR  CONSTRUCTION.     Interior  partitions  in  interior 
any  building  of  Class  "A"  shall  be  constructed  of  either  hollow  terra  Construction, 
cotta  blocks,  brick  or  reinforced  concrete  in  which  the  stiffening  metal  I'artitions 
is  thoroughly  fireproof ed;    or  shall  be  constructed  of  bars  of  metal, 
lathed  with  metal  lath,  and  plastered  not  less  than  five-eighths   (%) 
of  an  inch  thick,  or  shall  be  constructed  of  wire  glass  not  less  than  one 
quarter  ( *4 )  of  an  inch  thick  set  in  metal  frames  or  sash.    The  walls 
of  any  interior  light  court  shall  be  not  less  than  eight  (8)  inches  thick,  interior  Light 
and  constructed  of  brick,  concrete,  or  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks.    For  Courts 
hollow  terra  cotta  construction  see  Section  116. 

Every  elevator  in  buildings  of  Class  "A"  shall  be  enclosed  in  a  Elevators 
partition  extending  from  the  basement  to  the  underside  of  the  first 
floor.    All  doors  to  such  enclosure  shall  be  constructed  of  metal  or  of  Doors,  See 
wood  covered  with  metal,   constructed  and  arranged  as  specified  in  Section  162 
Section  162  of  this  ordinance.     All  glass  in  such  enclosure  or  doors  Glass 
shall  be  wired  glass  not  less  than  one-fourth  (%)  of  an  inch  thick  set 
in  metal  frames  and  sash. 

Section    44.       FIREPROOFING    OF    STRUCTURAL     IRON    AND  Fireprooflng  of 
STEEL.    Every  building  of  Class  "A"  shall  be  constructed  throughout  structural  Iron 
of  non-inflammable  material,  and  all  interior  construction  metal  there-  and  steel 
in,  except  the  framing  for  elevators  and  staircases,  shall  be  protected 
from  rust  and  fire  by  brick,  terra  cotta  or  concrete,  as  follows:    All 
structural  steel  or  iron,  before  being  fireproofed  shall  be  cleaned  of 
dirt  and  scale  and,  unless  encased  in  concrete,  be  coated  with  an  effi- 
cient preservative.    All  iron  and  steel  columns,  girders  and  beams,  in- 
cluding the  lugs  and  brackets  for  same,  used  in  construction  of  any  Lugs,  Brackets, 
fireproof  building  or  supporting  any  fireproof  floor  or  masonry  walls,  Etc. 
shall  be  entirely  covered  with  two  (2)  inches  of  well  burned  brick  or 
tile,  laid  in  cement  mortar  or  concrete,  built  in  solid  to  the  metal.     If 
fireproofed  with  concrete  the  steel  shall  be  wrapped  with  not  less  than  Wrapped  with 
No.  16  wire,  with  a  pitch  of  not  more  than  six  (6)  inches.  NO.  16  wire 

The  extreme  outer  edges  of  lugs,  brackets  and  similar  supporting 
metal  shall  be  covered  with  at  least  one  (1)  inch  of  the  fireproofing. 

In  hollow  tile  blocks  more  than  six  (6)  inches  thick,  the  shells  and  Hollow  Tile 
webbs  thereof  shall  be  not  less  than  three-fourths    (%)    of  an  inch  Blocks 
thick.    Said  blocks  shall  be  thoroughly  tied  and  anchored  together. 

Section  45.    STAIRWAYS.    Every  building  of  Class  "A"  shall  have  stairways 
at  least  one  interior  stairway  from  the  ground  to  the  roof,  and  all  stair- 
ways shall  be  constructed  of  fireproof  material  throughout. 

No  stairway  shall  surround  or  be  adjacent  to  an  elevator  shaft  or  Near  Elevator 
open  well-hole  unless  separated  from  said  shaft  or  well-hole  by  a  par-  shaft  or  well  Hole 
tition  or  wall  of  fireproof  materials,  or  unless  there  is  in  the  building 
another  interior  stairway  from  the  ground  to  the  roof  not  adjacent  to 
any  elevator  shaft  or  well-hole.    But  in  no  case  shall  any  floor  of  more 
than  ten  thousand  (10,000)  square  feet  of  area  have  less  than  two  (2) 
interior  stairways  from  the  top  floor  to  the  second  floor  of  the  building. 

Stairways  from  the  first  floor  to  any  basement  or  portion  thereof  stairways  to 
used  only  for  storage  or  for  the  maintenance  of  service  for  the  building  Basements 
shall  be  enclosed  in  fireproof  walls  or  partitions  having  a  tight  door 
and  containing  no  glass  other  than  wire  glass  not  less  than  one-fourth 
(1/4)  of  an  inch  thick.    Every  basement  used,  or  intended  to  be  used, 
for  the  exhibition  of  goods,  wares  or  merchandise,  or  for  the  sale 
thereof,  at  retail,  shall  be  provided  with  at  least  one  stairway  not  less 
than  five  feet  in  width  for  every  five  thousand  square  feet,  or  fractional 
part  thereof,  of  floor  area,  of  such  basement.    Each  such  stairway  shall 
be  constructed  without  winders,  and  shall  have  a  hand  rail  on  each 

19 


Roofs 


Roof  Drainage 


Skylights 


Cornices 


Ventilation  of 
Water  Closets 
and  Urinals 


Definition  and 
Limit  of  Height 


Thickness   of 

Walls 

See  Sections 

100-115  Inclusive 

Metal   Lath  and 

Plaster  Required 


Foundations  and 
Chimneys 
Structural   Metal 
Fireproofed 


Supporting   Metal 
Over   Windows 


Mezzanine   Floors 
Anchors 


Bond   Iron 


side  thereof.  Such  stirways  shall  be  as  far  removed  from  each  other 
as  practicable  and  the  width  of  the  main  aisles  leading  thereto  shall 
be  not  less  than  the  full  width  of  such  stairway  or  stairways. 

Section  46.  ROOFS.  The  roof  of  every  building  of  Class  "A"  shall 
be  constructed  of  concrete,  brick  arches  or  tile,  the  upper  surface  of 
which  shall  be  covered  with  asphaltum  and  gravel,  cement,  concrete, 
tile  or  composition  roofing.  Every  building  built  flush  with  the  prop- 
erty line  on  any  street  or  alley,  shall  be  provided  with  metallic  water 
conductors,  of  sufficient  capacity  to  convey  all  surface  drainage  from 
the  roof  to  the  street  or  alley  gutter.  Such  water  conductors  shall  be 
extended  from  the  building  below  the  surface  of  the  sidewalk  and  shall 
not  extend  beyond  the  curb  line  of  the  street. 

Section  47.  SKYLIGHTS.  Skylight  frames  on  buildings  of  Class 
"A"  construction  shall  be  constructed  entirely  of  metal  and  all  joints 
riveted  with  tinner's  rivets,  and  all  such  skylights  shall  be  glazed  with 
wire  glass  not  less  than  one-fourth  (%)  inch  thick  and  no  light  therein 
shall  be  larger  than  sixteen  (16)  inches  by  seventy-two  (72)  inches. 

Section  48.  CORNICES.  No  cornice  construction  on  a  class  "A" 
building  shall  exceed  in  width  one  (1)  inch  for  each  foot  in  height  of 
the  building  from  the  level  of  the  first  floor  of  such  building  to  the 
outer  edge  of  such  cornice,  but  in  no  case  shall  such  cornice  exceed 
five  (5)  feet  in  width.  (For  construction  see  Section  118.) 

Section  49.  Every  apartment  or  room  containing  a  water  closet  or 
urinal  shall  be  ventilated  by  means  of  a  window  or  vent  shaft  opening 
directly  into  the  open  air.  The  area  of  such  window  or  vent  shaft 
shall  not  be  less  than  three  (3)  square  feet. 

PART  VI. 

CLASS  "B"  BUILDINGS. 

Section  50.  DEFINITION  AND  LIMIT  OF  HEIGHT.  Class  "B" 
buildings  shall  not  exceed  one  hundred  (100)  feet  in  height,  which  shall 
be  divided  into  not  more  than  eight  stories,  the  exterior  walls  and 
piers  of  which  shall  be  constructed  of  masonry,  or  of  masonry  and 
steel,  and  all  interior  loads  (except  those  bearing  on  exterior  walls), 
shall  be  carried  to  the  foundations  by  columns  and  girders  of  iron  or 
steel  or  masonry.  (For  thickness  of  walls  see  Sections  100  to  115  in- 
clusive.) 

All  wooden  joists,  furring,  studding  or  soffits  of  stairs  shall  be 
metal  lathed  and  plastered,  except  that  the  under  side  of  mezzanine 
floors  need  not  be  lathed  and  plastered  when  the  joists  are  left  ex- 
posed. No  studding  shall  have  less  than  2x4  inches  cross  section. 

Section  51.  FOUNDATIONS.  See  Sections  95  to  99  inclusive.  For 
chimneys  see  Sections  128  to  134  inclusive. 

Section  52.  STRUCTURAL  METAL.  Every  beam  and  all  columns 
in  Class  "B"  buildings  shall  be  fireproof ed  as  follows:  They  shall  be 
entirely  covered  with  two  (2)  inches  of  well  burned  brick  or  tile,  laid 
in  cement  mortar  or  concrete,  built  in  solid  to  the  metal. 

The  extreme  outer  edges  of  lugs,  brackets  and  similar  supporting 
metal  shall  be  covered  with  at  least  one  (1)  inch  of  the  fireproofing. 
Steel  girders  over  window  openings  not  carrying  over  five  hundred 
(500)  pounds  per  running  foot  and  not  loaded  beyond  a  factor  of  safety 
of  six  (6)  need  not  be  fireproofed  on  the  under  side.  Structural  steel 
in  mezzanine  floors  need  not  be  fireproofed.  All  steel  girders  support- 
ing masonry  shall  be  anchored  into  the  walls  of  the  building  for  a  dis- 
tance of  not  less  than  eighteen  inches;  said  anchor  shall  be  of  flat  steel 
or  iron  with  a  cross  section  of  not  less  than  three-eighths  of  an  inch 
by  one  and  one-half  inch,  and  shall  be  securely  riveted  to  or  hooked 
over  the  top  flange  of  said  girder  and  shall  be  turned  up  at  the  oppo- 
site end  for  a  distance  of  not  less  than  four  inches.  In  buildings  of 
Class  "B,"  girders  shall  be  anchored  to  the  walls  and  fastened  to  each 
other  so  as  to  make  a  continuous  tie  from  wall  to  wall.  In  buildings 
of  Class  "B"  which  are  more  than  three  stories  in  height,  the  floors  of 
which  are  designed  to  sustain  a  load  of  more  than  150  pounds  per 
square  foot,  bond  iron  at  least  three  inches  by  one-fourth  inch  shall  be 
placed  under  each  joist  at  its  wall  bearings.  •  Said  bond  iron  shall  run 
continuously  around  the  building  and  must  be  lock-jointed  and 
anchored  at  each  angle. 


20 


Section  53.    CONSTRUCTION  OF  FLOORS.    In  buildings  of  Class  Floor  Construction 
"B,"  all  floors,  ceiling  and  roof  joists  may  be  of  wood,  or  the  floors  may 
be  constructed  of  reinforced  concrete,  or  reinforced  hollow  terra  cotta  Concrete 
blocks,  or  of  both,  and  shall  be  made  to  sustain  the  floor  loads  in  ac-  i^oad  Tests 
cordance  with  Section  147.     The  contractor  or  owner  shall  make  load 
tests  on  any  part  of  a  reinforced  structure,  whether  it  be  reinforced 
concrete  or  whether  it  be  reinforced  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  or  a 
combination  of  both  reinforced  concrete  and   reinforced   terra   cotta 
blocks;  such  test  shall  be  made  whenever  the  Building  Inspector  deems  When 
necessary,  and  any  floors  of  the  above  mentioned  construction  shall 
sustain  a  load  of  twice  that  for  which  it  is  designed,  without  any  sign 
of  failure,  and  in  the  case  of  beams,  girders  and  floors,  without  de- 
flecting more  than  one  seven-hundredth  of  the  span.    If  of  wood,  every 
floor  shall  be  constructed  in  either  of  two  ways  as  follows: 

(a)  It  shall  be  composed  of  two  layers  of  flooring  each  of  which  Wood 
shall  be  not  less  than   %inch  thick,  with  two  layers  of  asbestos  be- 
tween the  layers  of  such  flooring.     There  shall  be  placed  immediately 

on  top  of  the  lower  layer  of  flooring  one  sheet  of  waterproof  paper. 
The  waterproof  paper  must  be  turned  up  at  least  2  inches  where  it_ 
comes  in  contact  with  the  walls  or  any  fixture  or  structural  part  of 
same  passing  through  floor.  Both  the  waterproof  paper  and  the  two 
thicknesses  of  asbestos  paper  must  extend  over  the  entire  area  solid 
up  to  all  fixtures  and  structural  parts  of  such  building  which  pass 
through  the  floors  and  between  furring  strips. 

(b)  Or  the  flooring  may  be  constructed  with  a  layer  of  2-inch 
tongued  and  grooved  planking  and  a  layer  of  1-inch  flooring  with  a 
layer  of  waterproof  paper  between  such  layers  of  planking  and  floor- 
ing.    Mezzanine  floors,  where  joists  are  left    exposed,    may    be  con-  Mezzanine 
structed  of  a  single  layer  of  matched  flooring.     No  mezzanine  floors 

shall  be  more  than  70%  of  the  area  of  the  main  floor. 

All  joist  anchors  in  such  building  shall  be  of  three-fourths  inch  Joist  Anchors 
round  iron  at  least  three  feet  long,  with  three-fourths  inch  by  ten  inch 
"T"  head  or  six  by  six  iron  washer,  not  less  than  three-eighths  inch 
thick;  such  head  or  washer  shall  be  not  more  than  four  inches  from 
the  outside  face  of  the  wall  and  shall  pass  through  the  wall  where  pos-  TO  Brick  wails 
sible.  The  inner  ends  of  anchors  shall  be  turned  down  two  inches  and 
shall  be  securely  tied  to  the  beam  or  joist  at  the  side  in  such  a  way  as 
to  make  the  anchor  self-releasing.  The  inner  ends  of  joists  shall  be 
spiked  for  continuous  tie.  When  joists  run  approximately  parallel 
with  adjoining  brick  walls,  said  walls  shall  be  anchored  to  each  tier 
of  joists  above  the  first  floor  with  anchors  reaching  back  through  or 
hooking  over  the  fourth  joist.  Said  last  mentioned  joists  shall  be 
strutted  in  such  way  as  to  combine  the  four  joists  into  a  truss  with  Joists  strutted 
the  heads  of  struts  close  to  the  anchors  and  the  foot  of  struts  close  to 
cross  walls  or  partitions.  Anchors  shall  be  not  more  than  six  feet 
apart  in  all  walls  and  at  every  tier  of  joists  above  the  first  tier. 

Steel  wrought  or  metallic  iron  stirrups  of  proper  size  shall  be  used 
to  support  all  header  joists  from  trimmers  and  all  tail  joists  from 
headers,  in  addition  to  which  all  joists  so  hung  shall  be  thoroughly 
spiked  together.    The  load  at  the  bearing  of  floor  joists  on  their  sup-  i,0ad  at  Bearing 
ports  shall  not  exceed  four  hundred  pounds  to  the  square  inch.     The 
header  beam  carrying  the  tail  beams  of  a  floor,  and  supporting  the  Header  Beam 
trimmer  arch  in  front  of  a  fireplace,  shall  be  not  less  than  twenty 
inches  from  the  chimney  breast.     Every  girder  or  truss  shall  have  a 
bearing  of  not  less  than  eight  inches,  and  joists  not  less  than  four  Bearing  on  Wails 
inches,  on  masonry  walls.    All  headers  and  trimmers  shall  be  of  such 
size  that  the  strength  of  the  floor  shall  be  uniform. 

Where  joists  or  beams  rest  on  masonry  walls  the  ends  of  such 
joists  and  beams  must  be  beveled  at  least  three  inches  in  twelve,  at 
the  ends  resting  on  such  walls. 

Floor  lights  used  for  transmission  of  light  to  floors  below,  shall  be  Floor 
constructed  of  metal  frames,  and  bars  or  plates,  or  approved  reinforced 
concrete  frames,  and  any  light  of  glass  therein  exceeding  in  area  six- 
teen square  inches  shall  be  provided  with  a  mesh  of  wire  either  in  the 
glass  or  under  the  same  and  the  floor  lights  shall  be  of  the  same  pro- 

21 


Bridging 


Spaces  Between 
Joists 

Stud   Partition 


Fire   Stops 
Chimney  Breast 

Stairways 


To   Roof 

Additional 

Stairways 


In   Public   Halls, 
Factories 
Basement  for 
Storage 


Doors 


Construction   of 
Doors 


Basement    to 
Display    Goods 


portional  strength  as  the  floors  in  which  they  are  placed.  (For 
Strength  of  Materials  see  Sections  145  to  149  inclusive.) 

Section  54.  BRIDGING.  In  buildings  of  Class  "B"  all  wood  joists 
shall  have  at  least  one  row  of  2x3  or  1x4  inch  cross  bridging  to  each 
seven  feet  of  span. 

All  spaces  between  joists  shall  be  blocked  solid  at  each  bearing 
partition  with  blocks  not  less  than  two  inches  thick  and  of  the  full 
height  of  the  joists  with  the  grain  horizontal. 

Each  stud  partition  shall  have  two-inch  bridging  the  full  width  of 
the  studs  at  the  floor  and  ceiling  and  one  row  of  two-inch  bridging 
between  the  floor  and  the  ceiling,  provided,  however,  that  where  two- 
inch  plates  the  full  width  of  studs  are  used  at  the  floor  and  ceiling, 
bridging  at  the  floor  and  ceiling  shall  not  be  required. 

Furred  masonry  walls  shall  be  provided  with  fire  stops  at  each 
floor  and  intermediate  between  the  floors.  When  chimney  breast  is 
furred  out,  the  space  between  the  chimney  and  the  breast  shall  be 
closd  at  the  floor  and  ceiling  levels  with  fireproof  material. 

Section  55.  STAIRWAYS.  Buildings  of  Class  "B"  shall  have  one 
main  interior  stairway,  not  less  than  four  feet  wide,  from  the  first  to 
the  topmost  story,  but  in  no  case  shall  there  be  less  than  two  interior 
stairways  from  the  top  floor  to  the  second  floor  in  any  building  having 
more  than  six  thousand  square  feet  of  second  floor  area.  Every  build- 
ing shall  have  at  least  one  interior  stairway  removed  not  less  than  ten 
feet  from  any  elevator  shaft  or  open  wellhole,  and  one  interior  stair- 
way to  the  roof. 

Every  building  of  Class  "B"  having  more  than  11,000  square  feet  of 
floor  area  on  each  floor  shall  have  one  additional  interior  stairway,  not 
less  than  four  feet  wide,  from  the  first  to  the  second  story,  and  one  ad- 
ditional such  stairway  for  each  additional  10,000  square  feet  to  such 
floor  area  or  fractional  part  thereof  from  the  first  to  the  second  floor. 

Every  building  of  Class  "B"  having  more  than  11,000  square  feet 
of  floor  area  on  each  floor  shall  have  one  additional  interior  stairway, 
not  less  than  four  feet  wide,  from  the  second  to  the  topmost  story,  and 
one  additional  such  stairway  for  each  additional  5000  square  feet  to 
such  floor  area  or  fractional  part  thereof.  (For  assembly  rooms  and 
halls  see  Section  24.)  (For  factory  purposes  see  Section  74.)  (Same 
as  for  store  purposes  Class  "C"  buildings.) 

Stairways  from  the  first  story  to  any  basement  or  portion  thereof 
occupied  only  for  storage  or  for  the  maintenance  of  service  for  the 
building,  shall  be  constructed  of  fireproof  material  throughout  and 
shall  be  closed  at  some  point  with  a  tight  partition  constructed  of  fire- 
proof material  throughout,  containing  no  glass  other  than  wired  glass 
not  less  than  one-fourth  of  an  inch  thick.  All  doors  in  such  partitions 
shall  be  constructed  in  conformity  with  the  following  specifications: 
Such  doors  shall  be  constructed  of  two  thicknesses  of  matched  redwood 
boards.  Such  boards  shall  not  be  over  six  inches  wide  at  right  angles 
to  each  other,  or  crossing  diagonally,  nailed  with  wire  nails  clinched, 
and  covered  on  both  sides  and  on  all  edges  with  sheet  tin  not  more 
than  fourteen  inches  by  twenty  inches  in  size,  joined  with  lock  joint 
and  nailed  to  the  woodwork;  nails  to  be  driven  inside  the  lap  and  the 
joints  hammered  down  over  the  nail  heads.  No  solder  shall  be  used. 
The  hinges,  bolts  and  latches  of  such  doors  shall  be  secured  or 
fastened  to  the  door  or  shutter  after  the  tin  has  been  nailed  on.  No 
door  shall  be  less  than  one  and  three-fourths  inches  in  thickness.  If 
such  stairway,  from  the  first  story  to  the  basement  is  entirely  enclosed 
with  a  tight  partition  constructed  of  fireproof  material  throughout,  con- 
taining no  glass  other  than  wired  glass  not  less  than  one-fourth  of  an 
inch  thick,  such  stairway  need  not  be  constructed  of  fireproof  material 
throughout. 

Every  basement  used,  or  intended  to  be  used,  for  the  exhibition  of 
goods,  wares  or  merchandise,  or  for  the  sale  thereof,  at  retail,  shall  be 
provided  with  at  least  one  stairway  not  less  than  five  feet  in  width  for 
every  5000  square  feet,  or  fractional  part  thereof,  of  floor  area  of  such 
basement.  Each  such  stairway  shall  be  constructed  without  winders, 
and  shall  have  a  hand  rail  on  each  side  thereof.  Such  stairways  shall 
be  as  far  removed  from  each  other  as  practicable  and  the  width  of  the 


22 


main  aisles  leading  thereto  shall  be  not  less  than  the  full  width  of  such 
stairway  or  stairways. 

Section  56.     ELEVATORS,  DUMB  WAITERS  AND  CHUTES.     All  Passenger 
passenger  elevators  in  buildings  of  Class  "B"  shall  be  enclosed  in  a  Elevators 
shaft  having  a  covered  top;  said  shaft  shall  extend  from  the  basement 
floor  to  at  least  eighteen  feet  above  the  highest  floor  reached  by  the 
car,  or  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet  above  the  roof. 

The  walls  of  such  shafts  shall  be  of  brick,  tile,  concrete  or  of  wood  Shafts 
studs  having  fire  stops  the  width  of  studs  and  not  less  than  two  inches 
thick  at  each  floor  and  once  between  floors,  such  studs  shall  be  metal 
lathed  on  both  sides  and  plastered  three-fourths  of  an  inch  thick;  or 
such  shaft  may  be  enclosed  with  wired  glass  not  less  than  one-fourth 
inch  thick  set  in  metal  frames  and  sash. 

All  doors  to  such  shafts  shall  be  constructed  of  metal  or  metal  Doors 
covered  wood;  any  glass  in  doors  or  shaft  walls  shall  be  wired  glass 
not  less  than  one-fourth  of  an  inch  thick  set  in  metal  or  metal  covered 
sash  and  frame. 

The  room  containing  the  elevator  machinery  shall  be  of  the  same 
construction  as  required  for  the  above  mentioned  elevator  shaft. 

Every  dumb   waiter,  chute  or  other  shaft,  cutting  through  from  Dumb  waiter 
floor  to  floor,  shall  be  of  the  same  class  of  construction  as  required  for  Shafts 
passenger  elevator  shafts,  or  may  be  of  metal  or  metal  lined  where  too 
small  to  plaster,  and  all  openings  to  such  shafts  or  chutes  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  metal*  doors.     Such  doors  shall  be  metal  lined. 

(*Word  ''metal"  should  have  been  omitted.) 

If  a  freight  elevator  is  placed  in  a  shaft  the  shaft  shall  be  con-  Freight  Elevator 
structed  as  provided  for  shafts  for  passenger  elevators.     In  case  a  Shaft 
freight  elevator  is  not  enclosed,  trap  doors  shall  be  provided  at  each 
floor,  which  doors  shall  be  automatic,  or  shall  be  held  open  by  fusible 
links  attached  thereto  and  so  arranged  as  to  fall  shut  when  the  link  is 
fused,  and  shall  be  covered  with  lock  jointed  tin  on  the  under  side  and 
edges.    Every  freight  elevator  constructed  or  operated  in  any  building 
shall  be  enclosed  in  a  shaft  above  the  second  story  of  such  building. 
Every  freight  elevator  constructed  or  operated  in  any  building  below 
the  third  story  thereof,  need  not  be  enclosed  in  a  shaft.    Where  fusible  Fusible  Links 
links  are  used,  the  openings  in  the  floors  shall  be  protected  by  railings 
and  gates  not  iess  than  three  feet  in  height. 

Section  57.     LIGHT  COURTS.    In  every  building  of  Class  "B"  the  interior  Light 
walls  of  every  interior  light  court  the  floor  or  ground  area  of  which  Courts 
exceeds  sixty  square  feet,  shall  be  constructed  of  masonry  of  the  con- 
struction provided  for  curtain  walls  (See  Section  104),  or  of  walls  car- 
ried on  steel  beams  supported  by  columns  at  the  several  floors  and 
such  walls  shall  be  of  tile,  brick  or  reinforced  concrete  not  less  than 
four  inches  thick.    Walls  of  light  courts,  constructed  of  brick  or  hollow 
tile  blocks  laid  in  cement  mortar  having  face  areas  which  exceed  144 
square  feet,  shall  be  reinforced  with  expanded  metal  at  least  every 
two  feet  in  height  for  the  full  thickness  of  the  wall. 

Interior  light  courts  of  sixty  square  feet  or  less,  if  not  constructed  Less  than  Sixty 
of  brick,  reinforced  concrete  or  hollow  tile  blocks,  shall  be  lined  with  Sq.  Ft.  in  Area 
tight  boarding  having  vertical  stripping,  and  shall  be  metal  lathed  and 
plastered  with  three-fourths  of  an  inch  of  hard  plaster. 

Exterior  light  courts  breaking  not  more  than  eight  feet  into  the  Exterior  Light 
building,  shall  be  of  the  construction  provided  for  curtain  walls.     (See  Courts 
Section  104.) 

If  such  exterior  light  courts  break  more  than  eight  feet  into  the 
building,  the  walls  thereof  may  be  constructed  of  brick  or  concrete  not 
less  than  eight  inches  thick  and  carried  on  steel  or  iron  or  reinforced 
concrete  beams  at  each  floor,  or  the  walls  may  be  the  same  as  curtain 
walls.  (See  Section  104.)  Bearing  walls  shall  be  constructed  as  pro- 
vided in  Section  101. 

Section  58.     ROOFS.     Rafters  in  buildings  of  Class  "B"  shall  be  Roofs 
placed  not  more  than  thirty-two  inches  apart  from  center  to  center, 
and  shall  be  covered  with  boarding  not  less  than  seven-eighths  of  an 
inch  thick.    All  roof  boarding  shall  be  covered  with  tin,  copper  or  with 
felt  and  asphaltum  covered  with  gravel,  or  with  fire-resisting  composi-  in  Fire  District 
tion  in  Fire  District  No.  1.    Outside  Fire  District  No.  1  other  composi-  NO.  i 

23 


tion  roofing  may  be  used,  except  on  factory  buildings.  For  cornices, 
gutters  or  appendages  for  Class  "B"  buildings,  see  Section  118. 

Roof  Drainage  Every  building,  built  flush  with  the  property  line  on  any  street  or 

alley,  shall  be  provided  with  metallic  water  conductors,  of  sufficient 
capacity  to  convey  all  surface  drainage  from  the  roof  to  the  street  or 
alley  gutter.  Such  water  conductors  shall  be  extended  from  the  build- 
ing below  the  surface  of  the  sidewalk  and  shall  not  extend  beyond  the 
curb  line  of  the  street. 

Roof  spaces  Section  59.    ROOF  SPACES.    The  space  between  the  ceiling  of  the 

top  story  and  the  roof  of  buildings  of  Class  "B"  shall  be  divided  by 
tight  partitions  of  one-inch  redwood,  or  metal  lath  and  plaster  sup- 
ported with  metal  studs  into  sections  each  having  an  area  not  exceed- 
ing two  thousand  and  five  hundred  square  feet.  All  openings  in  said  par- 
tition shall  have  doors  of  similar  construction  which  shall  be  self  closing. 
Skylights  Section  60.  SKYLIGHTS.  Skylight  frames  in  buildings  of  Class 

"B"  other  than  dwellings  shall  be  constructed  entirely  of  metal,  and 
all  joints  riveted  with  tinner's  rivets.  All  skylights  shall  be  glazed 
with  wire  glass  not  less  than  one-fourth  of  an  inch  thick,  and  no  light 
therein  shall  be  larger  than  sixteen  inches  by  seventy-two  inches. 

Ventilation  of  Section    61.      VENTILATION    OF    WATER    CLOSETS    AND    URI- 

Water  closets  NALS.    Every  apartment  or  room  containing  a  water  closet  or  urinal 

and  Urinals  shall  be  ventilated  by  means  of  a  window  or  vent  shaft  opening  direct- 

ly into  the  open  air.  The  area  of  such  window  or  vent  shaft  shall  not 
be  less  than  three  (3)  square  feet. 

PART  VII. 

Class  "C"  CLASS  "C"  BUILDINGS. 

Definition  and  Section  ..62.     DEFINITION   AND   LIMIT   OF   HEIGHT.     Class  "C". 

Limit  of  Height  buildings  shall  include  every  building  having  its  outside  walls  of  ma- 
sonry or  reinforced  concrete  (for  thickness  of  walls  see  Sections  100  to 
115  inclusive),  wherein  all  floors  and  internal  loads  are  not  wholly  car- 
ried and  transmitted  to  the  foundations  by  metal  columns  and  girders, 
or  by  reinforced  concrete  or  masonry. 

Height  No  building  of  Class  "C"  shall  exceed  in  height  eighty-five  feet, 

and  the  number  of  stories  thereof  shall  not  exceed  six,  exclusive  of 
basements. 

Foundations  and  Section  63.      FOUNDATIONS.      (See   Sections  95  to  99  inclusive. 

chimneys  For  chimneys  see  Sections  128  to  134  inclusive.) 

Construction  Section  64.    CONSTRUCTION.    In  buildings  of  Class  "C,"  of  either 

Joists  and  five  or  six  stories  in  height,  all  joists  below  the  upper  four  stories  shall 

studs  be  supported  by  steel,  iron  or  masonry.     Bearing  partitions  in  the  up- 

per two  stories  of  such  buildings  shall  have  studs  not  less  than  2x4 
inches,  and  the  bearing  studs  of  all  stories  below  the  upper  two  stories 
shall  be  not  less  than  2x6  inches. 

Girders  Section   65.     STEEL   GIRDERS.     Every   steel  girder  used  in   the 

construction  of  any  building,  the  length  whereof  exceeds  twenty  feet, 
or  whose  vertical  depth  is  twenty-four  inches  or  more,  shall  be  fire- 
proofed  in  the  manner  in  this  ordinance  provided  for  fire-proofing 
girders  in  buildings  of  Class  "A." 

Anchors  and  Ties  Section  66.     ANCHORS  AND  TIES    FOR   STEEL  GIRDERS.     All 

steel  girders  supporting  masonry  shall  be  anchored  into  the  walls  of 
the  building  for  a  distance  of  not  less  than  eighteen  inches;  said 
anchor  shall  be  of  flat  steel  or  iron  with  a  cross  section  of  not  less 
than  three-eights  of  an  inch  by  one  and  one-half  inches,  and  shall  be 
securely  riveted  to  or  hooked  over  the  top  flange  of  said  girder  and 
shall  be  turned  up  at  the  opposite  end  for  a  distance  of  not  less  than 
four  inches. 

All  such  anchors  from  steel  or  iron  girders  to  wooden  girders  shall 
be  of  not  less  than  one-half  inch  by  two-inch  iron,  and  shall  extend  not 
less  than  three  feet  on  the  wood,  and  shall  be  turned  down  not  less 
than  two  inches  into  the  wood  at  the  ends  and  shall  be  securely 
fastened.  When  the  wood  girder  is  of  less  than  eight  inches,  vertical 
height,  the  cross  section  above  specified  for  the  anchor  may  be  reduced 
one-half  in  all  its  parts.  If  the  connecting  girder  be  of  metal,  then 
proper  standard  connections  shall  unite  the  beams  and  girders,  so  as  to 
form  a  satisfactory  tie. 

24 


Section  67.    ANCHORS,  STRAPS,  TIES  AND  STIRRUPS.  In  build-  Anchors,  Straps, 

ings  of  Class  "C,"  girders  shall  be  anchored  to  the  walls  and  fastened  Girder  Anchors 
to  each  other  so  as  to  make  a  continuous  tie  from  wall  to  wall.  The 
beams  may  be  united  by  suitable  iron  straps  of  not  less  than  one-fourth 
by  one  and  one-fourth  inch  area  of  cross  section,  turned  into  the  girders 
and  spiked  or  bolted  so  as  to  develop  the  strength  of  the  tie;  or  such 
joint  may  be  lapped  and  spiked  together  so  as  to  form  a  continuous  tie. 
The  ends  of  anchors  may  be  in  the  form  of  iron  or  steel  plates  with 
lugs  turned  up  into  the  beam  and  down  at  least  four  inches  into  the 
masonry  at  a  point  not  more  than  four  inches  from  the  outer  faces  of 
the  wall;  or  such  anchors  may  be  three-fourths  inch  anchors  as  here- 
after required  for  joists.  All  joist  anchors  in  such  building  shall  be  of-Joist  Anchors 
three-fourths  inch  round  iron  at  least  three  feet  long,  with  three- 
fourths  inch  by  ten  inch  "T"  head  or  six  by  six  inch  iron  washer,  not 
less  than  three-eighths  inch  thick;  such  head  or  washer  shall  be  not 
more  than  four  inches  from  the.outside  face  of  the  wall  and  shall  pass 
through  the  wall  where  possible.  The  inner  ends  of  anchors  shall  be 
turned  down  two  inches  and  shall  be  securely  tied  to  the  beam  or  joist 
at  the  side  in  such  a  way  as  to  make  the  anchor  self-releasing. 

The  inner  ends  of  joists  shall  be  spiked  for  continuous  tie.  When 
joists  run  approximately  parallel  with  adjoining  brick  walls,  said  walls 
shall  be  anchored  to  erach  tier  of  joists  above  the  first  floor  with 
anchors  reaching  back  through  or  hooking  over  the  fourth  joist.  Said 
last  mentioned  joists  shall  be  strutted  in  such  way  as  to  combine  the  struts 
four  joists  into  a  truss  with  the  heads  of  struts  close  to  the  anchors  and 
the  foot  of  struts  close  to  cross  walls  or  partitions.  Anchors  shall  be 
not  more  than  six  feet  apart  in  all  walls  and  at  every  tier  of  joists 
above  the  first  tier. 

Steel,  wrought  or  malleable  iron  stirrups  of  proper  size  shall  be  stirrups 
used  to  support  all  header  joists  from  trimmers  and  all  tail  joists  from 
headers,  in  addition  to  which  all  joists  so  hung  shall  be  thoroughly 
spiked  together.  ..v 

Section  68.     BEARING  OF  JOISTS  AND  BOND  IRON.     The  load  Bond  Iron 
at  the  bearing  of  floor  joists  on  their  supports  shall  not  exceed  four 
hundred  pounds  to  the  square  inch. 

In  buildings  of  Class  "C,"  which  are  more  than  three  stories  in 
height,  the  floors  of  which  are  designed  to  sustain  a  load  of  more  than 
150  pounds  per  square  foot,  bond  iron  at  least  three  inches  by  one- 
fourth  inch  shall  be  placed  under  each  joist  at  its  wall  bearings.  Said 
bond  iron  shall  run  continuously  around  the  building  and  must  be  lock- 
jointed  and  anchored  at  each  angle. 

Section  69.     BRIDGING,     (a)     In  buildings  of  Class  "C"  all  wood  Bridging 
joists  shall  have  at  least  one  row  of  2x3  inch  or  1x4  inch  cross  bridg- 
ing to  each  seven  feet  of  span. 

(b)  All  spaces  between  joists  shall  be  blocked  solid  at  each  bear-  Bearing  Partitions 
ing  partition  with  blocks  not  less  than  two  inches  thick  and  of  the  full  Blocked 

height  of  the  joists  with  the  grain  horizontal. 

(c)  Each  stud  wall  and  partition  shall  have  a  two-inch  (2")  shoe  Shoes  and  Plates 
at  the  bottom  and  two  two-inch  (2")  plates  at  the  top  the  full  width  of 

the  stud.    All  studs  shall  be  set  so  the  joists  will  come  over  them. 

(d)  All  stud  walls  and  partitions  shall  have  two-inch  (2")  bridging  rire  stops 
the  full  width  of  stud  about  half  way  between  floor  and  ceiling. 

(e)  In  buildings  of  Class  "C,"  more  than  two  stories  in  height  in  M«*al  Lath  and 
which  the  upper  stories  are  divided  in  whole  or  in  part  into  rooms,  the  Piaster 
under  side  of  the  second  floor  joists  and  the  soffits  of  all  stairs,  shall  U8ed  where? 
be  metal  lathed  and  plastered  and  all  joists  and  studs  below  said  sec- 
ond floor  shall  be  similarly  protected. 

(f)  In  all  buildings  of  Class  "C,"  four  or  more  stories  in  height, 
the  ceiling  of  every  cellar  or  basement  the  beams  and  joists  of  which 
are  of  wood,  shall  be  lathed  with  metal  lath  and  plastered,  except  that 
the  under  side  of  mezzanine  floors  need  not  be  lathed  and  plastered 
when  the  joists  are  left  exposed. 

(g)  Furred  masonry  walls  shall  be  provided  with  fire  stops  at  Furred  Masonry 
each  floor  and  intermediate  between  the  floors.    When  chimney  breast  Walls 

is  furred  out,  the  space  between  the  chimney  and  the  breast  shall  be  chimney  Breasts 
closed  at  the  floor  and  ceiling  levels  with  fireproofing  material. 

25 


interior  Light  Section  70.     LIGHT  COURTS.    In  every  building  of  Class  "C"  the 

Courts  walls  of  every  interior  light  court  the  floor  or  ground  area  of  which 

Wails  exceeds  sixty  square  feet  shall  be  constructed  of  masonry,  or  of  the 

construction  provided  for  curtain  walls  (see  Section  104),  or  of  walls 

carried  on  steel  beams  supported  by  columns  at  the  several  floors  and 

such  walls  shall  be  of  tile,  brick  or  reinforced  concrete  not  less  than 

four  inches  thick.    Walls  of  light  courts  constructed  of  brick  or  hollow 

tile  blocks  laid  in  cement  mortar  having  face  areas  which  exceed  144 

square  feet,  shall  be  reinforced  with  expanded  metal  at  least  every  two 

feet  in  height  for  the  full  thickness  of  the  wall. 

Light  Courts  Interior  light  courts  of  sixty  square  feet  or  less  of  area,  if  not  con- 

sixty  Sq.  rt.  or       structed  of  brick,  reinforced  concrete  or  hollow  tile  blocks,  shall  be 
Less  in  Area  lined  with  tight  boarding  having  vertical  stripping,  and  shall  be  metal 

lathed  and  plastered  with  three-fourths  of  an  inch  of  hard  plaster. 

Exterior  Light  Exterior  light  courts  breaking  not  more  than  eight  feet  into  the 

Courts  building,  shall  be  of  the  construction  provided  for  curtain  walls.     (Sec- 

tion 104.) 

If  such  exterior  light  courts  break  more  than  eight  feet  into  the 
building,  the  walls  thereof  shall  be  constructed  of  brick  or  concrete 
not  less  than  eight  inches  thick  and  carried  on  steel  or  iron  or  rein- 
forced concrete  beams  at  each  floor,  or  the  walls  may  be  the  same  as 
curtain  walls.  (See  Section  104.)  Bearing  walls  shall  be  constructed 
as  provided  in  Section  101. 

Floor  construction  Section  71.     FLOORS.    In  buildings  of  Class  "C"  over  two  stories 

in  height,  all  floors  shall  be  constructed  of  two  layers  of  seven-eighths 
inch  flooring  with  two  thicknesses  of  asbestos  paper  between  said  lay- 
ers, mezzanine  floors,  where  joists  are  left  exposed,  may  be  constructed 
of  a  single  layer  of  matched  flooring.  The  floors  and  interior  construc- 
tion of  a  Class  "C"  building  may  be  of  Mill  Construction.  (See  Sec- 
tion 94.) 

The  header  beam  carrying  the  tail  beams  of  a  floor,  and  support- 
ing the  trimmer  arch  in  front  of  a  fireplace,  shall  be  not  less  than 
twenty  inches  from  the  chimney  breast.  Every  girder  or  truss  shall 
have  a  bearing  of  not  less  than  eight  inches,  and  joists  not  less  than 
four  inches,  on  masonry  walls.  All  headers  and  trimmers  shall  be  of 
such  size  that  the  strength  of  the  floor  shall  be  uniform. 

Beams  Bearing  on  Where  joists  or  beams  rest  on  masonry  walls  the  ends  of  such 

Masonry  Walls         joists  and  beams  must  be  beveled  at  least  three  inches  in  twelve,  at 

the  end  resting  on  such  walls. 

Floor  Lights  Floor  lights,  used  lor  transmission  of  light  to  floors  below,  shall  be 

constructed  of  metal  frames  and  bars  or  plates,  or  approved  reinforced 
concrete  frames,  and  any  light  of  glass  therein  exceeding  in  area  six- 
teen square  inches  shall  be  provided  with  a  mesh  of  wire  either  in  the 
glass  or  under  the  same  and  the  floor  lights  shall  be  of  the  same  pro- 
portional strength  as  the  floors  in  which  they  are  placed.  (For  strength 
of  materials  see  Sections  145  to  149  inclusive.) 

Hollow  Terra  Section  72.     HOLLOW  TERRA  COTTA  FLOORS.     In  buildings  of 

Cotta  Floors  Class  "C"  where  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks  are  used  for  bearing  parti- 

tions, the  floors  may  be  constructed  of  reinforced  concrete,  or  rein- 
forced hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  or  of  both,  and  shall  be  made  to  sus- 
tain the  floor  loads  in  accordance  with  and  as  required  by  Section  147 
Load  Tests  of  this  Code.     The  contractor  or  owner  shall  make  load  tests  on  any 

part  of  a  reinforced  structure,  whether  it  be  reinforced  concrete  or 
whether  it  be  reinforced  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  or  a  combination  of 
both  reinforced  concrete  and  reinforced  terra  cotta  blocks;  such  test 
shall  be  made  whenever  the  Building  Inspector  deems  necessary,  and 
any  floors  of  the  above  mentioned  construction  shall  sustain  a  load  of 
twice  that  for  which  it  is  designed,  without  any  sign  of  failure,  and  in 
the  case  of  beams,  girders  and  floors,  without  deflecting  more  than 
one  seven-hundredth  of  the  span. 

Hollow  Terra  Section     73.       HOLLOW     TERRA     COTTA     PARTITIONS     AND 

Cotta  Partitions       FLOORS.    Interior  bearing  partitions  of  Class  "C"  buildings  may  be  of 

and  Floors  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  and  such  partition  shall  be  constructed  in 

Bearing  Partitions  accordance  with  the  following  table  as  to  thickness,  and  laid  up  and 

bonded  as  hereinafter  described.     The  thickness  of  hollow  terra  cotta 

blocks  bearing  partitions  in  Class  "C"  buildings  shall  be  as  follows: 

26 


(The  numerals  at  the  head  of  the  several  columns  indicate  the 
story  and  the  inches  shown  in  the  column  demote  the  thickness  of  the 
wall) : 

Height  of  Basement  or 

Building.  Cellar  Wall.       123456 

One  Story   8  in.  thick    6  in. 

Two  Story    8  in.  thick     6  in.     6  in. 

Three  Story  12  in.  thick     8  in.     6  in.     6  in. 

Four  Story   12  in.  thick     8  in.     8  in.     6  in.     6  in. 

Five   Story    16  in.  thick  12  in.     8  in.     8  in.     6  in.     6  in. 

Six    Story    16  in.  thick  12  in.  12  in.     Sin.     Sin.     6  in.     6  in. 

Hollow  terra  cotta  blocks  non-bearing  partitions  shall  not  exceed  the 
following: 

6"  partitions,  20'  0"  high. 
4"  partitions,  16'  0"  high. 
3"  partitions,  12'  0"  high. 

Three-inch  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks  may  be  used  for  the  construe-  Closets  and 
tion  of  closets  and  vent  shafts,  if  reinforced  with  metal  lath  or  three-  Vent  Shafts 
mesh  hardware  cloth  in  each  horizontal  joint. 

Hollow  terra  cotta  blocks  used  for  bearing  walls  and  partitions  in  Wails 
buildings  two  or  more  stories  in  height  must  be  built  on  their  ends, 
and  reinforced  with  metal  lath  or  three-mesh  hardware  cloth  one  inch 
narrower  than  the  thickness  of  the  wall.     This  metal  fabric  shall  be 
spread  on  each  horizontal  bed  the  full  length  of  the  wall  and  doubled  at 
each  corner.    After  the  reinforcing  metal  is  in  place  the  entire  surface 
of  each  course  of  the  wall  shall  be  covered  completely  with  Portland 
Cement  mortar,  mixed  in  the  proportion  of  three  parts  of  lime  mortar, 
to  one  part  of  Portland  Cement.    The  tile  in  interior  bearing  partitions 
shall  be  so  bonded  together  that  the  vertical  webs  on  each  course  will 
come  directly  over  each  other  through  the  entire  wall.     No  party  or  Hollow  Terra 
division  wall  shall  be  constructed  of  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  and  Cotta  ®n 
no  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks  shall  be  carried  on  any  wood  beam,  girder  Wood  Bea™* 
or  post. 

(For  hollow  terra  cotta  walls  of  buildings  see  Section  116.) 

Section  74.  STAIRWAYS.  Buildings  of  Class  "C"  shall  have  one  stairways 
main  interior  stairway,  not  less  than  four  feet  wide,  from  the  first  to 
the  topmost  story,  but  in  no  case  shall  there  be  less  than  two  interior 
stairways  Irom  the  top  floor  to  the  second  floor  in  any  building  having 
more  than  6000  square  feet  of  second  floor  area.  Every  building  shall 
have  at  least  one  interior  stairway  removed  not  less  than  ten  feet  from 
any  elevator  shaft  or  open  well-hole,  and  one  interior  stairway  to  the 
roof. 

Every  building  of  Class  "C"  having  more  than  10,000  square  feet  of  Additional 
floor  area  on  each  floor  shall  have  one  additional  interior  stairway,  not  stairways 
less  than  four  feet  wide,  from  the  first  to  the  topmost  story,  and  one  ad- 
ditional such  stairway  for  each  additional  5000  square  feet  of  such  floor 
area  or  fractional  part  thereof.     Buildings  of  Class  "C"  used,  or  in- 
tended or  designed  to  be  used  for  store  purposes  above  the  first  floor, 
shall  be  equipped  with  interior  stairways  to  the  second  floor  the  same 
as  above  the  second  floor. 

Stairways  from  the  first  story  to  any  basement  or  portion  thereof  storae»  Basement 
in  such  building,  used  for  storage  only,  or  for  the  maintenance  of  serv- 
ice for  the  building,  shall  be  closed  at  some  point  with  a  tight  partition 
and  door,  containing  no  glass  other  than  wired  g'ass  not  less  than  one- 
fourth  of  an  inch  thick. 

Every  basement  used,  or  intended  to  be  used,  for  the  exhibition  of  Display  Basement 
goods,  wares  or  merchandise,  or  for  the  sale  thereof,  at  retail,  shall  be 
provided  with  at  least  one  stairway  not  less  than  five  feet  in  width  for 
every  thousand  square  feet,  or  fractional  part  thereof,  of  floor  area  of 
such   basement.      Each    such    stairway    shall    be    constructed    without 
winders,  and  shall  have  a  hand  rail  on  each  side  thereof.     Such  stair- 
ways shall  be  as  far  removed  from  each  other  as  practicable  and  the 
width  of  the  main  aisles  leading  thereto  shall  be  not  less  than  the  full 
width  of  such  stairway  or  stairways.     (For  Assembly  Room  and  Halls  Hails  and 
see  Section  24.)     (For  Factory  Purposes  same  as  Store  Purposes.)  Factories 

27 


Elevator    Shafts 


Walls 


Door 


Dumb   Waiter 


Freight   Elevators 
Trap    Doors 


Shaft 

Railing  or  Gates 

Hoofs 


Covering   in   Fife 
District   No.   1 


Drainage 


Roof    Spaces 


Skylights 


Ventilation  of 
Water  Closets 
and  Urinals 


Section  75.  ELEVATORS,  DUMB  WAITERS  AND  CHUTES.  All 
passenger  elevators  in  buildings  of  Class  "C"  shall  be  enclosed  in  a 
shaft  having  a  covered  top;  said  shaft  shall  extend  from  the  basement 
floor  to  at  least  eighteen  feet  above  the  highest  floor  reached  by  the 
car,  or  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet  above  the  roof. 

The  walls  of  such  shaft  shall  be  of  brick,  tile,  concrete  or  of  wood 
studs  having  fire  stops  the  width  of  studs  and  not  less  than  two  inches 
thick  at  each  floor  and  once  between  floors,  such  studs  shall  be  metal 
lathed  on  both  sides  and  plastered  three-fourths  of  an  inch  thick;  or 
such  shaft  may  be  enclosed  with  wired  glass  not  less  than  one-fourth 
inch  thick  set  in  metal  frames  and  sash. 

All  doors  to  sucn  shafts  shall  be  constructed  of  metal  or  metal  cov- 
ered wood;  any  glass  in  doors  or  shaft  walls  shall  be  wired  glass  not 
less  than  one-fourth  of  an  inch  thick  set  in  metal  or  metal  covered  sash 
and  frame. 

The  room  containing  the  elevator  machinery  shall  be  of  the  same 
construction  as  required  for  the  above  mentioned  elevator  shaft. 

Every  dumb  waiter,  chute  or  other  shaft,  cutting  through  from 
floor  to  floor,  shall  be  of  the  same  class  of  construction  as  required  for 
passenger  elevator  shafts,  or  may  be  of  metal  or  metal  lined  where  too 
small  to  plaster,  and  all  openings  to  such  shafts  or  chutes  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  metal*  doors,  such  doors  to  be  metal  lined. 

(*Word  "metal"  should  have  been  omitted.) 

If  a  freight  elevator  is  placed  in  a  shaft  the  shaft  shall  be  con- 
structed as  provided  for  shafts  for  passenger  elevators.  In  case  a 
freight  elevator  is  not  enclosed,  trap  doors  shall  be  provided  at  each 
floor,  which  doors  shall  be  automatic,  or  shall  be  held  open  by  fusible 
links  attached  thereto  and  so  arranged  as  to  fall  shut  when  the  link  is 
fused,  and  shall  be  covered  with  lock  jointed  tin  on  the  under  side  and 
edges.  Every  freight  elevator  constructed  or  operated  in  any  building 
below  the  third  story  thereof,  need  not  be  enclosed  in  a  shaft.  Every 
freight  elevator  constructed  or  operated  in  any  building  shall  be  en- 
closed in  a  shaft  above  the  second  story  of  such  building.  Where  fusi- 
ble links  are  used,  the  openings  in  the  floors  shall  be  protected  by  rail- 
ings and  gates  not  less  than  three  feet  in  height. 

Section  76.  ROOFS.  Rafters  in  buildings  of  Class  "C"  shall  be 
placed  not  more  than  thirty-two  (32)  inches  apart  from  center  to  cen- 
ter, and  shall  be  covered  with  boarding  not  less  than  seven-eighths  of 
an  inch  thick.  (Except  as  provided  for  Mill  Construction  see  Section 
94.)  All  roof  boarding  shall  be  covered  with  tin,  copper  or  with  felt 
and  asphaltum  covered  with  gravel,  or  with  other  fire-resisting  compo- 
sition in  Fire  District  No.  1.  Outside  Fire  District  No.  1  other  compo- 
sition roofing  may  be  used,  except  on  factory  buildings.  For  cornices, 
gutters  or  appendages  for  Class  "C"  buildings,  see  Section  118. 

Every  building  built  flush  with  the  property  line  on  any  street  or 
alley  shall  be  provided  with  metallic  water  conductors  of  sufficient 
capacity  to  convey  all  surface  drainage  from  the  roof  to  the  street  or 
alley  gutter.  Such  water  conductors  shall  be  extended  from  the  build- 
ing below  the  surface  of  the  sidewalk  and  shall  not  extend  beyond  the 
curb  line  of  the  street. 

Section  77.  ROOF  SPACES.  The  space  between  the  ceiling  of  the 
top  story  and  the  roof  of  buildings  of  Class  "C"  shall  be  divided  by 
tight  partitions  of  one-inch  redwood,  or  metal  lath  and  plaster  sup- 
ported with  metal  studs,  into  sections  each  having  an  area  not  exceed- 
ing two  thousand  and  five  hundred  square  feet.  All  openings  in  said 
partitions  shall  have  doors  of  similar  construction  which  shall  be  self- 
closing. 

Section  78.  SKYLIGHTS.  Skylight  frames  on  buildings  of  Class 
"C"  construction  shall  be  constructed  entirely  of  metal,  and  all  joints 
riveted  with  tinner's  rivets.  All  such  skylights  shall  be  glazed  with 
wire  glass  not  less  than  one-fourth  ( 14 )  inch  thick,  and  no  light  therein 
shall  be  larger  than  sixteen  (16)  inches  by  seventy-two  (72)  inches. 

Section  79.  VENTILATION  OF  WATER  CLOSETS  AND  URINALS. 
Every  apartment  or  room  containing  a  water  closet  or  urinal  shall  be 
ventilated  by  means  of  a  window  or  vent  shaft  opening  directly  into  the 
open  air.  The  area  of  such  window  or  vent  shaft  shall  not  be  less  than 
three  (3)  square  feet. 

28 


PART  VIII. 
CLASS  "D"  BUILDINGS  Class  "D" 

Section    80.      DEFINITION,    CONSTRUCTION    AND    LIMIT    OF  Definition  and 
HEIGHT.      Class    "D"    buildings  shall  include  every  building  not  in- Limit  of  Height 
eluded  in  Classes  ""A,"  "B,"  or  "C." 

Class  "D"  buildings  shall  not  exceed  fifty  feet  in  height  nor  contain  Height 
more  than  four  stories. 

The  exterior  walls  of  Class  "D"  buildings  over  three  stories  in  Exterior  Wails 
height  shall  have  their  exterior  sheathed  with  boards  not  less  than 
seven-eighths  of  an  inch  thick.  All  exterior  and  bearing  walls  below 
sidewalk  level  at  the  highest  point  of  the  sidewalk  adjacent  to  said 
buildings  .shall  be  constructed  of  masonry  except  that  interior  parti- 
tions may  be  constructed  of  studding  covered  with  metal  lath  and 
plaster. 

Section  81.  CLASSIFICATION.  Every  building  or  structure  here-  Classification 
tofore  erected  or  constructed  which  does  not  conform  to  the  provisions 
of  this  ordinance  relating  to  construction,  material  or  requirements  of 
buildings  of  Class  "A,"  "B,"  or  "C"  construction  shall,  for  the  purpose 
of  this  ordinance,  be  deemed  and  considered  a  building  or  structure  of 
Class  "D." 

Section    82.      FOUNDATIONS.     All  buildings  of  Class  '"D"  shall  Foundations 
have   foundation  walls  of  masonry;    the  foundation  wall,  if  of  brick, 
shall  not  be  less  than  eight  inches  thick,  and  shall  have  a  footing  not 
less  than  twelve  inches  wide.    If  such  foundation  wall  is  of  concrete,  it 
shall  be  not  less  than  six  inches  thick  and  have  a  footing  not  less  than 
twelve  inches  wide  and  not  less  than  five  (5)  inches  thick.    Buildings 
two  stories  in  height  shall  have  a  masonry  foundation  or  cellar  wall  TWO  stories 
not  less  than  eight  inches  thick,  and  shall  have  a  footing  course  not 
less  than  sixteen  inches  wide,  and  not  less  than  five  inches  thick.  Build- 
ings over  two  stories  in  height  shall  have  foundation  or  cellar  walls  over  TWO  stories 
not  less  than  twelve  inches  thick,  if  such  wall  is  of  concrete,  it  shall 
not  be  less  than  ten  (10)  inches  thick  and  have  a  footing  not  less  than 
eighteen  (18)  inches  wide  and  not  less  than  six  (6)  inches  thick. 

The  thickness  of  concrete  foundation  walls  shall  in  no  case  be  less  Thickness  of 
than  one  (1)  inch  for  each  foot  in  height  or  fractional  part  thereof,  and  Concrete 
the  footing  shall  be  increased  one  (1)  inch  in  width  for  each  foot  of  in-  Foundation 
crease  of  height  of  said  wall,  except  that  walls  need  not  be  increased  in 
thickness  at  the  top,  but  may  be  battered  from  the  required  thickness 
at  the  bottom  to  the  top. 

If  the  foundation  walls  are  of  brick,  they  shall  be  increased  in  Thickness  of 
thickness  for  increased  height  as  follows:  An  eight-inch  wall  shall  be  Brick  Foundation 
increased  four  inches  in  thickness  for  every  additional  eight  feet  in 
height  below  the  top  eight  feet.    A  twelve-inch  wall  shall  be  increased 
four  inches  in  thickness  for  every  additional  eight  feet  in  height,  below 
the  top  twelve  feet. 

The  depth  of  foundations  of  Class  "D"  buildings  shall  be  according  Depth  of 
to  the  following  schedule,  unless  in  the  judgment  of  the  Building  In-  Foundation 
spector,  a  greater  depth  is  necessary,  or  a  lesser  depth  sufficient,  in 
which  case  they  can  be  changed  with  his  approval. 

For  one-story  buildings,  not  less  than  one  foot  below  the  natural  One  story 
surface  of  the  ground. 

For  two-story  buildings,  not  less  than  one  foot  six  inches  below  the  TWO  stories 
natural  surface  of  the  ground. 

For  three  or  four-story  buildings,  not  less  than  two  and  one-half  Three  and  Four 
feet  below  the  natural  surface  of  the  ground.  stories 

In  no  case  snail  the  finished  grade  be  less  than  eight  (8)  inches  Grading,  when 
above  the  bottom  of  the  foundation  or  less  than  two  (2)  inches  below  Done 
the  top  of  the  loundation. 

If  the  finished  grade  comes  within  eight  inches  of  the  top,  or 
twelve  inches  of  the  bottom  of  any  foundation,  the  grading  shall  be 
done  before  the  final  inspection  is  made. 

Except  that*  (a)  Dwellings  not  exceeding  $750.00  in  cost  may  be  isolated  Piers 
built  on  isolated  pier  foundations,     (b)    Additions  to  old  buildings  not  Existing- 
having  a  masonry  foundation  may  be  built  on  isolated  piers.    Any  ex-  Foundations 
isting  building. which  has  the  greater  proportion  of  its  foundations  walls 

29 


of  masonry,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  a  masonry  foundation  for  the  pur- 
pose of  this  section. 

Porch  Foundations  (c)     In  new  and  old  work,  porches  may  have  a  foundation  of  iso- 

lated piers,  when  the  main  building  has  a  masonry  wall. 

Size  of  Piers  The  piers  mentioned  in  paragraphs   (a),  (b)  and   (c)   shall  not  be 

less  than  twelve  inches  square  at  the  bottom  and  not  less  than  twelve 
inches  below  the  natural  surface  of  the  ground. 

Buildings   with  Garages  and  outbuildings,  not  exceeding  $250.00  in  cost,  and  build- 

no  studding  ings  built  without  studding,  may  have  isolated  pier  foundations,  such 

piers  resting  on  top  of  the  natural  surface  of  the  ground. 

Piers  shall  be  spaced  not  more  than  five  feet  apart  under  4x4  sills, 
and  when  the  space  is  increase,  the  size  of  the  sills  must  be  increased 
in  proportion,  and  no  woodwork  shall  come  within  two  inches  of  the 
ground. 

Posts   in   Ground  NOTE — Where  posts  are  placed  in  the  ground  for  shed  construc- 

tion, they  shall  be  waterproofed  and  surrounded  by  not  less  than  four 
inches  of  concrete  on  the  sides  and  bottom. 

Curtain  Wail  on  In  porches  having  a  floor  resting  on  piers,  placed  under  all  weights 

Ground  or  supports  above  the  floor  and  extending  to  the  proper  depth  and  to 

the  under  side  of  the  floor,  a  curtain  wall  may  be  built  between  the 
piers  not  less  than  four  inches  thick  and  resting  on  the  ground. 

Concrete,  not  CONCRETE  NOT  REINFORCED.     Concrete  for  foundations  shall 

Reinforced  be  made  of  at  least  one  part  cement,  two  and  one-half  parts  sand  and 

Foundation  four  and  one-half  parts  clean,  broken  stone   of   such    size   as   to   pass 

Formulae  through  a  two-inch  ring,  or  clean,  coarse  gravel  containing  not  more 

than  40%  sand  and  not  larger  than  will  pass  through  a  2-inch  ring  may 
be  used  in  place  of  sand  and  broken  stone;  said  gravel  to  be  mixed,  as 
provided  for  local  wash  gravel.  The  cement,  sand  and  stone  or  gravel 
shall  be  measured  and  thoroughly  mixed  as  hereinafter  provided  in  Sec- 
tion 209.  Provided  that,  for  dwellings  not  over  two  stories  in  height 
concrete  for  foundations  may  be  made  as  follows:  A  mixture  of  gravel 
and  sand  as  obtained  from  the  local  washes  if  clean  (not  containing 
more  than  10%  of  loam  or  clay)  may  be  used  instead  of  sand  and 
broken  stone  and  shall  be  mixed  not  to  exceed  eight  parts  of  gravel  and 
sand  to  one  part  of  cement.  This  gravel  shall  be  accurately  measured 
in  a  wooden  frame,  the  cement  added  and  the  whole  mass  turned  twice, 
then  just  enough  water  added  to  make  cement  stick  to  stone,  and 
Sand  Screened  turned  again.  The  Building  Inspector  may  require  the  gravel  to  be 
screened  to  remove  sand  should  there  be  too  much  and  too  fine  sand 
in  the  gravel. 
Masonry  Wails  Section  83.  MASONRY  WALLS.  For  Chimneys  see  Sections  128 

and  Chimney  to  134  inclusive. 

For  brick  walls  see  Sections  100  to  115  inclusive. 

Artificial  stone  see  Section  115. 

Terra  cotta  walls  and  partitions  see  Section  116. 

Reinforced  concrete,  see  Sections  194  to  214  inclusive. 

Veneering  Section  84.    VENEERING.    No  veneering  of  brick,  stone  or  terra 

cotta  on  any  frame  building  shall  exceed  twenty-five  feet  in  height  from 
the  ground  level,  exclusive  of  gables;  and  all  veneered  structures  must 
be  sheathed  solid  with  one-inch  boards.  Veneering  shall  not  be  less 
than  four  inches  in  thickness,  and  shall  be  built  on  a  solid  foundation 
wall  not  less  than  twelve  inches  thick. 

Veneering  Bond  All  veneer  facings  of  brick  shall  be  bonded  by  metal  ties  in  the 

form  of  staples  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  or  twenty  penny 
spikes  in  each  third  course,  spikes  to  be  sixteen  (16)  inches  on  centers, 
and  to  be  driven  in  the  studs. 

Veneer  Facings  All  veneer  facings  of  stone,  terra  cotta  and  cement  stone  shall  be 

bonded  by  metal  ties  in  the  form  of  staples  not  less  than  one-fourth  of 
an  inch  in  diameter,  or  thirty  penny  spikes  in  each  course,  spikes  to  be 
sixteen  (16)  inches  on  centers. 

studding  Section  85.  STUDDING.  All  buildings  of  Class  "D"  one  and  two 

TWO  stories  or  stories  in  height  shall  have  2x4  studs.  Buildings  higher  than  two  sto- 
More  ries  shall  have  2x6  studs  below  the  upper  two  stories.  Non-bearing 

partitions,  not  more  than  twelve  feet  in  height,  shall  have  studs  of  di- 
On«  story  mensions  not  less  than  2x3  inches.  In  one-story  dwellings,  having 

studs  of  not  more  than  twelve  feet  in  length,  the  studs  shall  be  not  less 

30 


than  2x3  inches.     Except  that  one-story  buildings  and  outbuildings  in  California 
connection  with  the  same,  containing  not  exceeding  1200  square  feet  of  Construction 
floor  space,  may  be  built  without  studding  providing  no  space  above 
the  first  floor  is  used  for  any  purpose;  the  walls  and  partitions  of  such 
buildings  to  be  not  less  than  seven-eight  inch  boarding  placed  on  end 
and  well  nailed. 

Tent  houses,  i.  e.,  houses  built  with  canvas  walls  or  roof,  and  por-  Tent  Houses 
table  houses  shall  be  deemed  as  houses  built  without  studding  in  the 
meaning  of  this  section. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  to  construct  cloth  or  paper  partitions  or  ceil-  Cloth  or  Paper 
ings  in  any  building  in  the  City  of  Pasadena.  Partitions,  Etc. 

In  buildings  of  ulass  "D"  more  than  two  (2)  stories  in  height  in  Metal  Lath  and 
which  the  lower  story  is  used  for  store  or  industrial  purposes  and  in  Piaster,  Used 
which  the  upper  stories  are  divided  in  whole  or  in  part  into  rooms,  the  Where? 
under  side  of  the  second  floor  joists  and  the  soffits  of  all  stairs  shall  be 
metal  lathed  and  plastered  and  all  joists  and  studs  below  said  second 
floor  shall  be  similarly  protected. 

Each  stud  wall  and  partition  shall  have  a  two-inch   (2")   shoe  at  Shoes  and  Plates 
the  bottom  and  two  two-inch  (2")  plates  at  the  top  the  full  width  or 
the  stud.    All  studs  shall  be  set  so  the  joists  will  come  over  them.    In 
one-story  buildings  one  two-inch  (2")  plate  may  be  used  at  the  top. 

In  two-story  buildings  one  two-inch  (2")  plate  may  be  used  at  the  Two-inch  Plate  in 
top  of  the  first  story  under  the  following  conditions:  Two-Story   Bidg. 

1st.   That  the  second  story  have  a  double  floor  over  the  entire  area. 

2nd.  That  the  studs  ot  the  second  story  come  directly  over  the 
studs  of  the  lower  story,  and  extend  down  to  the  single  plate. 

3rd.  That  the  second  floor  joists  are  spiked  to  the  side  of  the 
studding  and  where  floor  joists  run  parallel  with  stud  walls  or  parti- 
tions, they  shall  be  well  spiked  to  every  stud.  Where  it  is  impossible 
to  bring  floor  joists  side  of  studding,  a  block  shall  be  spiked  between 
the  lower  story  studding  under  the  joists  to  strengthen  the  plate. 

4th.  That  there  be  a  two-inch  (2")  fire  stop  cut  in  between  the  sec- 
ond story  studs  at  the  floor  in  all  walls  and  partitions  and  at  any  other 
place  to  stop  the  draft. 

5th.  That  all  main  partitions  on  the  second  floor  shall  come  over 
the  main  partitions  of  the  first  floor  and  the  studs  shall  run  down  to 
the  single  plate. 

6th.  That  the  outside  walls  shall  be  sheathed  solid  with  not  less 
than  %-inch  sheathing. 

Outside  walls  on  the  upper  floor  of  any  building  over  one  story  and  studs  for  i%- 
not  two  stories  in  height  may  have  2x3  studding.  story  Buildings 

All  spaces  over  partitions  and  under  roofs   shall  have  two-inch  Spaces  under 
(2")  fire  stops  between  the  rafters.  Roofs 

All  stud  walls  and  partitions  shall  have  two-inch  (2")  bridging  the  Bridging 
full  width  of  stud  about  half  way  between  floor  and  ceiling.    Any  space 
around  pipes,  vents  or  shafts,  where  they  pass  through  plates  or  floors,  Space  Around 
shall  be  stopped  tight  with  two  inches  of  wood  or  incombustible  ma-  Pipes,  Etc. 
terial. 

No  studding  shall  be  placed  against  the  wall  of  another  building  studs  Against 
unless  the  said  studding  is  sheathed  with  one-inch  boards,  close  jointed,  Another  Building 
on  the  side  thereof  next  to  said  adjacent  building. 

All  corners  of  Class  "D"  buildings  shall  have  diagonal  bracing  in  Corner  Bracing 
the  stud  walls  or  partitions  in  each   story  and   additional   diagonal 
bracing  shall  be  constructed  in  each  stud  wall  or  partition  in  each 
twenty-five  feet  of  length  thereof. 

Except  that  dwellings,  the  outer  walls  of  which  are  sheathed  solid  Residence  Bracing 
with  not  less  than  %-inch  material,  need  not  have  diagonal  bracing  in 
the  outer  walls. 

In  one-story  dwellings,  where  no  space  above  the  first  floor  is  used  i-story  Dwellings 
for  other  than  storage  purposes,  the  outer  walls  need  not  be  braced. 

Section  86.     FLOORS.    All  wood  joists  shall  have  at  least  one  row  Floors 
of  2x3  or  1x4  inch  cross  bridging  to  each  seven  feet  of  span.    All  spaces  Gross  Bridging 
between  joists  shall  be  blocked  at  each  bearing,  and  over  each  bearing 
partition,   except  outer  walls  which   are  plastered  or  have   masonry 
veneer  with  solid  blocks  not  less  than  two  inches  thick  and  the  full 
depth  of  the  joists,  with  grain  horizontal.     The  header  beam  carrying  Header  Beams 
the  tail  beams  of  a  floor,  and  supporting  the  trimmer  arch  in  front  of  a 

31 


Floor  Construction 


Mud   Sill 


Load 


Floor    Lights 


Stairways 


Basement 
Stairways 


Elevators,   Etc. 
Passenger 
Elevator      Shafts 


Walls   Inclosing 


Doors    Metal 
Covered 


Dumb  Waiter 

Freight   Elevator 
Trap   Doors 


fireplace,  shall  be  not  less  than  eighteen  inches  from  the  chimney 
breast.  All  headers,  trimmers  and  girders  shall  be  of  such  size  that  the 
strength  of  the  floor  shall  be  uniform. 

The  floors  of  Class  "D"  buildings  four  stories  in  height  shall  be 
constructed  of  two  layers  of  boards.  Each  of  such  layers  shall  be  not 
less  than  seven-eighths  of  an  inch  in  thickness. 

No  mud  sill  shall  be  less  than  two  inches  by  six  inches  cross  sec- 
tion and  each  such  sill  shall  be  of  redwood  except  that  Oregon  pine 
may  be  used  on  top  of  any  concrete  wall  when  over  eight  (8)  inches 
above  the  ground. 

The  load  at  the  bearing  and  girders  of  floor  joists  on  their  sup- 
ports shall  not  exceed  four  hundred  pounds  to  the  square  inch.  (For 
strength  of  materials  see  Sections  145  to  149  inclusive.) 

Floor  lights,  used  for  transmission  of  lights  to  floors  below,  shall 
be  constructed  of  metal  frames  and  bars  or  plates  or  approved  rein- 
forced concrete  frames  and  any  light  of  glass  therein  exceeding  in  area 
sixteen  square  inches  shall  be  provided  with  a  mesh  of  wire  either  in 
the  glass  or  under  the  same  and  the  floor  lights  shall  be  of  the  same 
proportional  strength  as  the  floors  in  which  they  are  placed. 

Section  87.  STAIRWAYS.  All  buildings  of  Class  "D,"  other  than 
dwellings,  more  than  two  stories  in  height,  shall  have  at  least  one  in- 
terior stairway  not  less  than  four  feet  wide,  from  the  first  story  to 
the  topmost  story.  Every  such  building  containing  more  than  3000 
square  feet  of  second  floor  area  shall  have  an  additional  such  stairway 
for  each  additional  3000  square  feet  or  fractional  part  thereof  of  second 
floor  area.  Every  such  building  over  two  stories  in  height  shall  have  at 
least  one  such  stairway  from  the  topmost  story  to  the  roof.  Every  such 
building  two  stories  in  height  shall  have  at  least  one  interior  stairway 
not  less  than  four  feet  in  width  from  the  first  story  to  the  topmost 
story  thereof  for  each  4000  square  feet  or  fractional  part  thereof  of  sec- 
ond floor  space. 

Every  basement  used,  or  intended  to  be  used,  for  the  exhibition  of 
goods,  wares  or  merchandise,  or  for  the  sale  thereof,  at  retail,  shall  be 
provided  with  at  least  one  stairway  not  less  than  five  feet  in  width  for 
every  3000  square  feet,  or  fractional  part  thereof,  of  floor  area  of  such 
basement.  Each  such  stairway  shall  be  constructed  without  winders 
and  shall  have  a  hand  rail  on  each  side  thereof. 

Section  88.  ELEVATORS,  DUMB  WAITERS  AND  CHUTES.  All 
passenger  elevators  in  buildings  of  Class  "D"  shall  be  enclosed  in  a 
shaft  having  a  covered  top;  said  shaft  shall  extend  from  the  basement 
floor  to  at  least  eighteen  feet  above  the  highest  floor  reached  by  the 
car,  or  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet  above  the  roof. 

The  walls  of  such  shaft  shall  be  of  brick,  tile,  concrete  or  of  wood 
studs  having  fire  stops  the  width  of  studs  and  not  less  than  two  inches 
thick  at  each  floor  and  once  between  floors,  such  studs  shall  be  metal 
lathed  on  both  sides  and  plastered  three-fourths  of  an  inch  thick;  or 
such  shaft  may  be  enclosed  with  wired  glass  not  less  than  one-fourth 
inch  thick,  set  in  metal  frames  and  sash. 

All  doors  to  such  shafts  shall  be  constructed  of  metal  or  metal 
covered  wood;  any  glass  in  doors  or  shaft  walls  shall  be  wired  glass 
not  less  than  one-fourth  of  an  inch  thick  set  in  metal  or  metal  covered 
sash  and  frame. 

The  room  containing  the  elevator  machinery  shall  be  of  the  same 
construction  as  required  for  the  above  mentioned  elevator  shaft. 

Every  dumb  waiter,  chute  or  other  shaft,  cutting  through  from 
floor  to  floor,  shall  be  of  the  same  class  of  construction  as  required 
for  passenger  elevator  shafts,  or  may  be  of  metal  or  metal  lined  where 
too  small  to  plaster,  and  all  openings  to  such  shafts  or  chutes  shall  be 
provided  with  metal*  doors;  such  doors  shall  be  metal  lined. 

(*Word  "metal"  should  have  been  omitted.) 

If  a  freight  elevator  is  placed  in  a  shaft  the  shaft  shall  be  con- 
structed as  provided  for  shafts  for  passenger  elevators.  In  case  a 
freight  elevator  is  not  enclosed,  trap  doors  shall  be  provided  at  each 
floor,  which  doors  shall  be  automatic,  or  shall  be  held  open  by  fusible 
links  attached  thereto  and  so  arranged  as  to  fall  shut  when  the  link  is 
fused,  and  shall  be  covered  with  lock  jointed  tin  on  the  under  side  and 
edges.  Every  freight  elevator  constructed  or  operated  in  any  building 

32 


shall  be  enclosed  in  a  shaft  above  the  second  story  of  such  building. 

Every  freight  elevator  constructed  or  operated  in  any  building  below 

the  third  story  thereof,  need  not  be  enclosed  in  a  shaft.    Where  fusible 

links  are  used,  the  openings  in  the  floors  shall  be  protected  by  railings  Bailings  ami 

and  gates  not  less  than  three  feet  in  height.  Gates 

Section  89.     SKYLIGHTS.     Skylight  frames  in  buildings  of  Class  skylights 
"D"  other  than  dwellings  shall  be  constructed  entirely  of  metal  and  all 
joints  riveted  with  tinner's  rivets.     All  skylights  shall  be  glazed  with 
wire  glass  not  less  than  one-fourth  of  an  inch  thick,  and  no  light  there- 
in shall  be  larger  than  sixteen  inches  by  seventy-two  inches. 

Section  90.     ROOFS.     Rafters  in  buildings  of  Class  "D"  shall  be  Roofs 
placed  not  more  than  thirty-two  (32)  inches  on  centers,  and  the  roof 
sheathing  shall  not  be  less  than  %  inch  thick. 

Section  91.  ROOF  SPACES.  The  space  between  the  ceiling  of  the  Roof  Spaces 
top  story  and  the  roof  of  buildings  of  Class  "D"  shall  be  divided  by  tight 
partitions  of  one-inch  redwood  or  metal  lath  and  plaster  supported  with 
metal  studs,  into  sections  each  having  an  area  not  exceeding  two  thou- 
sand and  five  hundred  square  feet.  All  openings  in  said  partitions  shall 
have  doors  of  similar  construction  which  shall  be  self  closing.  Every 
building  built  flush  with  the  property  line  on  any  street  or  alley  shall  be 
provided  with  metallic  water  conductors,  of  sufficient  capacity  to  con-  Roof  Drainage 
vey  all  surface  drainage  from  the  roof  to  the  street  or  alley  gutter.  Such 
water  conductors  shall  be  extended  from  the  building  below  the  surface 
of  the  sidewalk  and  shall  not  extend  beyond  the  curb  line  of  the  street. 

Section  92.  VENTILATION  OF  WATER  CLOSETS  AND  URINALS.  Ventilation  of 
Every  apartment  or  room  containing  a  water  closet  or  urinal  shall  be  AVater  Closets 
ventilated  by  means  of  a  window  or  vent  shaft  opening  directly  into  the  ami  Urinals 
open  air.    The  area  of  such  window  or  vent  shaft  shall  not  be  less  than 
three  (3)  square  feet. 

Section    93.      FACTORY    BUILDINGS.      All   factory    buildings    of  Factory  Buildings 
Class  "D"  construction  more  than  one  story  in  height  shall  have  all 
interior  and  roof  loads  carried  on  columns  and  girders.     The  roof  of 
such   building  shall  be   covered   with   boarding  not  less   than   seven- 
eighths  of  an  inch  thick.    All  roof  boarding  shall  be  covered  with  tin,  Roofs 
copper,  corrugated  iron,  or  with  felt  and  asphaltum  covered  with  gravel 
or  with  other  fire-resisting  composition. 

PART  IX. 

GENERAL  CONDITIONS. 

Section  94.     MILL  CONSTRUCTION.     Buildings  of  mill  construe- Mill  Construct io* 
tion  are  defined  as  those  with  exterior  walls  of  masonry  and  the  in-  Definition 
terior  loads  supported  by  heavy  timber  frame.    The  frame  shall  be  con- 
structed without  concealed  air  spaces. 

This  method  of  construction  may  be  used  for  the  interior  of  Class  For  class  "C" 
"C"  buildings  and  be  built  to  a  height  of  eighty-five  (85)  feet.  Buildings 

In  buildings  of  mill  construction  there  shall  be  a  cast  iron  plate  at  Plates 
the  top  and  bottom  of  all  columns  and  every  timber  where  it  rests  on 
a  column,  girder  or  outer  wall  shall  be  considered  a  girder. 

Columns  shall  either  rest  directly  on  each  other  or  have  cast  iron  columns 
pintles  between  the  plates  at  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  columns. 

Floors  in  mill  construction  shall  be  constructed  of  not  less  than  Floors 
two  (2")  inch  matched  plank  with  one  (1")  inch  flooring  on  top  and 
two  layers  of  asbestos  paper  between  such  flooring. 

Floor  timbers  in  mill  construction  shall  be  spaced  not  more  than  Floor  Timbers 
four  (4')  feet  apart  under  two  (2")  inch  plank,  eight  (8')  feet  apart  under 
three  (3")  inch  plank,  or  eleven  (11')  feet  apart  under  four  (4")  inch 
plank. 

There  shall  be  no  hollow  spaces  in  walls,  partitions  or  floors,  be-  Hollow  spaces 
hind  plastering,  ceiling  or  other  finish.    All  partitions  shall  be  either  a  partitions 
single  thickness  of  wood  or  metal  studs  and  metal  lath.     Stairways  stairways 
shall  be  metal  lathed  on  the  under  side. 

Section  95.     DIMENSIONS  OF  FOUNDATION  WALLS.     No  foun-  Dimensions  of 
dation  walls  in  buildings  of  Classes  "A,"  "B,"  or  "C"  shall  rest  upon  Foundation  Walls 
any  filled  or  made  ground.     The  depth  of  foundations  of  buildings  of 
Classes  "A,"  "B"  and  "C"  shall  be  not  less  than  the  depths  prescribed 
in  the  following  schedule: 

One-story  buildings,  not  less  than  one  foot  below  natural  surface  1  story 
of  the  ground;  in  two  and  three-story  buildings,  not  less  than  two  feet  s  and  3  stories 

33 


4  Stories 

5  and  6  Stories 
7  Stories 

8,  9  and  10  Stories 


Greater  Depth 


Projections 

Battered 

Width  of  Footings 


Proportioned  to 
Loads 

Isolated  Piers 


Concrete 
Mixture 


Sand   Screened 
Machine  Mixed 


Retaining    Walls 


Of   Brick 


Reinforced 
Concrete 
Standard    Depth 

Basements    Under 
Sidewalks 


Fire   Hydrant 


Excavating 
lateral  Support 


below  the  natural  surface  of  the  ground;  in  four-story  buildings  not  less 
than  three  feet  below  the  natural  surface  of  the  ground;  in  five  or  six- 
story  buildings  not  less  than  four  feet  below  the  natural  surface  of 
the  ground;  in  seven-story  buildings  not  less  than  five  feet  below  the 
natural  surface  of  the  ground;  in  eight,  nine  and  ten-story  buildings, 
not  less  than  six  feet  below  the  natural  surface  of  the  ground. 

Provided,  however,  that  nothing  in  this  section  contained  shall  pre- 
vent the  Building  Inspector  from  requiring  a  greater  depth  for  founda- 
tions, if,  in  the  judgment  of  said  Building  Inspector,  it  is  necessary  for 
the  stability  of  said  foundation  and  the  structure  proposed  to  be 
erected  thereon.  The  width  of  the  foundations  of  the  several  parts  of 
any  building  shall  be  proportioned  to  the  load  to  be  carried  as  provided 
in  Section  145. 

No  course  of  brick  footings  shall  project  more  than  two  inches 
from  the  footing  or  wall  above,  and  if  formed  of  stone  or  concrete,  no 
course  shall  be  less  th'an  twelve  inches  thick,  nor  shall  any  course  pro- 
ject more  than  six  inches,  or  such  footing  may  be  battered  not  more 
than  one  inch  in  two  inches. 

The  width  of  the  footings  of  every  foundation  wall  shall  be  not  less 
than  seventy-five  per  cent  greater  than  that  of  the  wall  resting  there- 
on, unless  in  the  judgment  of  the  Building  Inspector,  other  percentages 
than  the  above  would  be  deemed  necessary  or  safe. 

Foundations  shall  be  proportioned  to  the  actual  loads  they  shall  be 
required  to  sustain  in  the  completed  and  occupied  building. 

Buildings  of  the  classes  mentioned  in  this  section  may  have  iso- 
lated pier  foundations,  provided  the  arches  or  beams  supporting  the 
walls  are  proportioned  to  carrying  loads.  Such  piers  shall  be  of  suf- 
ficient size  so  as  not  to  exceed  the  safe  load  on  soils. 

Concrete  for  foundations  shall  be  made  of  at  least  one  part  cement, 
two  and  one-half  parts  sand  and  four  and  one-half  parts  clean,  broken 
stone  of  such  size  as  to  pass  through  a  two-inch  ring,  or  clean,  coarse 
gravel  containing  not  more  than  40  per  cent  sand  and  not  larger  than 
will  pass  through  a  two-inch  ring  may  be  used  in  place  of  sand  and 
broken  stone.  This  sand,  stone  and  gravel  shall  be  accurately  measured 
in  a  wooden  frame,  the  cement  added  and  the  whole  mass  turned  twice, 
then  just  enough  water  added  to  make  cement  stick  to  stone,  and 
turned  again.  The  Building  Inspector  may  require  the  gravel  to  be 
screened  to  remove  sand  should  there  be  too  much  and  too  fine  sand 
in  the  gravel.  Any  building  involving  the  use  of  more  than  one  hun- 
dred cubic  yards  of  concrete  shall  have  the  material  mixed  in  a  batch 
mixing  machine  of  a  type  approved  by  the  Building  Inspector. 

Section  96.  RETAINING  WALLS.  Any  person  making  an  excava- 
tion for  the  purpose  of  construction,  if  such  excavation  comes  in  con- 
tact with  a  street  or  alley,  shall  at  once  build  a  retaining  wall  not  less 
than  seventeen  inches  thick  at  the  top  and  increasing  four  inches  in 
thickness  for  every  four  feet  in  depth,  to  sustain  the  earth.  If  such 
retaining  walls  are  built  of  brick,  the  brick  shall  be  laid  in  cement  mor- 
tar in  the  proportions  of  one  part  cement  to  four  parts  sand  by  actual 
measurements;  provided  that  if  such  retaining  walls  are  constructed 
of  reinforced  concrete,  then  said  walls  shall  not  be  less  than  eight 
inches  thick  at  the  top  thereof  and  shall  increase  in  thickness  at  least 
one  inch  for  each  foot  of  depth  of  such  wall.  (For  Standard  Depth  see 
Index.) 

Section  97.  BASEMENTS  UNDER  SIDEWALKS.  In  any  build- 
ings where  the  space  under  the  sidewalk  is  excavated,  the  walls  thereof 
shall  be  not  less  than  twelve  inches  in  thickness  unless  they  act  as  re- 
taining walls,  and  in  such  case  such  retaining  walls  shall  be  of  the 
thickness  prescribed  in  Section  96. 

Where  the  City  of  Pasadena  desires  to  install  a  fire  hydrant,  the 
connecting  pipe  of  which  extends  into  such  basement,  the  owner  or  oc- 
cupant of  such  basement  shall,  upon  demand  of  said  City,  enclose  said 
pipe  within  masonry  walls  not  less  than  eight  (8)  inches  in  thickness, 
plastered  on  both  sides  with  cement  plaster  and  extending  from  the 
floor  to  the  ceiling  of  such  basement. 

Section  98.  EXCAVATING  LATERAL  SUPPORT.  Every  person 
excavating  for  the  purpose  of  laying  the  foundations  of  any  building, 


or  for  any  other  purpose  whatever,  shall  support  and  protect  from  dam- 
age all  adjoining  land,  streets,  alleys  and  sidewalks  by  underpinning, 
cribbing  or  shoring  or  other  device  as  will  prevent  all  settling,  crack- 
ing or  damage  whatever. 

Section  99.     UNDERPINNING  WALLS.    All  walls  used  for  under- Underpinning: 
pinning   any   building   shall   be   constructed   of   masonry   four   inches  Wails 
thicker  throughout  than  the  wall  they  support.     Mortar  used  in  ma- 
sonry for  underpinning  shall  contain  not  less  than  one-third  cement  by 
actual  measurment.     All  brick  used  for  underpinning  shall  be  hard 
burnt,  well-formed  brick,  thoroughly  soaked  in  water  before  using. 

Section  100.     MASONRY,  PIERS,  BOND  PLATES.    Every  masonry  Masonry  Piers 
pier  exceeding  five  feet  in  height  and  sustaining  a  load  exceeding  ten  Bond  Plates 
tons  to  each  square  foot,  shall  be  provided  with  bond  plates  of  cast  iron  Height 
or  stone,  extending  through  its  entire  section,  at  intervals  of  its  height 
not  exceeding  one  and  one-half  times  the  diameter  of  such  pier. 

Section    101.      EXPLANATORY    TABLE.      This    table    gives    the  Table  for 
thickness,  height  and  length  of  exterior,  interior,  bearing,  fire  and  party  Thickness  of 
walls  for  buildings  of  classes  "B"  and  "C,"  not  over  eight  (8)   stories  Masonry   Walls 
and  a  basement  high. 


H-t 

1° 

H 

5 

| 

Attic  or  AirSpace 

H 

0 

i 

H 

THREE 

tf 
P 

0 

&H 

5 

X 

03 

E-" 

od 

O 

W 

Length  of 
Wall 

111 

i    XI 

«3 

CO 

CO 

t- 

t- 

1—  « 

^ 

-1 

u= 

en 

J 

ft- 

**£ 

1 

0) 

° 

ca 

a%£ 

£ 

XI 

I 

CO 

CO 

CC1 

CO 

_ 

I- 

« 

^ 

,_, 

us 

a* 

1 

^ 

1 

-a 

CN 

3^ 

Ij 

Sly 

c 
j 

Is 

0  ft 

SJ 

S* 

0 

? 

^  w 

!c^ 

131 

,8. 

H 

rH 

04 

04 

S 

*H 

c-2 

t 
1 

8 

— 

H-  1 

H.S 

fcoofe 

OS 

C1 

o» 

co 

co 

t- 

b- 

t* 

,_, 

i-H 

°d 

«S«i 

*>3 

5 

3^ 

11 

i 
x 
«;  « 

> 

For  Heights  of 
Stories.  See 
ec«r"T>Tr*vr  XT«  mo 

1 

5 
> 

4 

I 

3 
13 

Either  from  wall 
to  wall  or  wall  to 
girder 

^alls  to  be  4  inches 
above  and  not  to  ex< 

cker  than  the  abov« 
height/  9  inch  walls 

\  •> 

CO 

CO 

CO- 

^ 

b- 

b- 

_, 

T-Ji 

— 

^ 

.« 

.fed 

1| 

Jl 

_ 

S2 

oS 

C  O  so 

m  % 

I 

o  S 

c  — 

fe 

^ 

o 
w 

03 
"St/2 

OS 

Oi 

- 

CO 

r-H 

i—i 

b- 

b- 

T—  ( 

— 

i—  i 
CM 

s 

Is 

h 

1 

all  be  4  i 
over  2  s 

1      — 

II 

^ 

O5 

C5 

Oi 

CO 

CO 

^. 

t- 

C- 

i—  ( 

T-H 

*£ 

4J  *H 

gto 
0) 

•gs 

*! 

§« 

|o| 

3§ 

1^ 

4—1 

O5 

a» 

_'.  J 

» 

CO 

CO 

•f! 

^ 

t. 

,_, 

^ 

*J    OJ««H 

§=3 

1 

ag 

C  ON 

fi^ 

15 

1 

i 

4» 

X 

c°     S 

*** 

c/j 

h 

! 

&«<H 

3  c'C' 

1 

«H 

Jot 

h*H 

*4)       ® 

W 

ri 

1 

Attic  or  ^ 

1 

O 

15 

H 

H 
SB 

I 

> 

d 

1 

H 

I 

Distance 
Between 
Centers 

Obj 
og.S 

35 


Height    of   Stories 


Buttresses    or 
Pilasters 


8-inch  Brick  Walls 
for  Closing 
Openings 
Additions  to 
Existing  Buildings 
in  Fire   District 
No.  I 


Existing  Party 
Walls 


Curtain  Walls 


Arches  and 
Lintels 


Partition   Walls 

Interior    Xon- 

bearing 

Brick    Partitions 


Hollow  Terra  Cotta 
See    Section    116 
Concrete    I 'art  it  ions 
Keinforced 
Concrete  Partitions 
Wood    Suir.t.itii 


Section  102.  HEIGHT  OF  STORIES.  In  buildings  of  Classes  "A," 
"B"  and  ''C"  the  height  of  an  exterior  wall  iri  any  one  story  shall  not 
exceed  fourteen  times' its  thickness,  excepting  that  in  one-story  build- 
ings the  height  of  such  walls  shall  be  not  more  than  sixteen  times  the 
thickness  of  the  walls. 

Walls  of  greater  height,  if  not  increased  in  thickness,  shall  have 
buttresses  or  pilasters  constructed  and  placed  in  the  following  manner. 
Such  buttresses  snail  not  be  placed  farther  apart  than  the  height  of  the 
wall,  as  above  provided.  Such  pilasters  or  buttresses  shall  not  be  smal- 
ler in  size  than  twice  the  thickness  of  the  wall,  measured  parallel  to 
the  length  of  the  wall;  and  shall  project  from  the  face  of  the  wall  four 
(4)  inches  for  each  two  (2)  feet  of  increased  height  or  fractional  part 
thereof. 

In  existing  buildings,  for  the  purposes  of  closing  openings  in  brick 
walls,  enclosing  porches  and  roll  ways,  non-bearing  eight-inch  (8") 
brick  walls  may  be  used. 

Additions  to  existing  buildings  in  Fire  District  No.  1  not  exceeding 
300  square  feet  in  area  may  be  built  with  steel  frames  and  metal  lath 
throughout.  Such  frames  and  metal  lath  shall  be  covered  with  cement, 
mortar  so  as  to  make  the  walls  and  roofs  not  less  than  two  inches  (2") 
thick.  Such  addition  shall  be  either  on  the  ground  or  supported  by 
steel  or  masonry.  The  above  cement  and  metal  walls  may  be  used  for 
closing  existing  openings  in  outer  walls. 

Section  103.  EXISTING  PARTY  WALLS.  Walls  heretofore  built 
for  or  used  as  party  walls,  the  thickness  of  which  at  the  time  of  their 
erection  was  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  then  existing 
ordinance,  but  which  are  not  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of 
this  ordinance,  may  be  used,  if  in  good  condition,  for  the  ordinary  uses 
of  party  walls,  provided  the  height  of  the  same  be  not  increased. 

Section  104.  CURTAIN  WALLS.  Curtain  walls  built  in  between 
piers  of  iron  and  steel  columns  and  not  supported  on  steel  or  iron  gir- 
ders, shall  be  not  less  than  nine  inches  thick  for  thirty  feet  of  the  up- 
permost height  thereof,  or  to  the  tier  of  beams  nearest  to  that  height, 
and  they  shall  be  increased  four  inches  for  every  additional  section  of 
sixty  feet,  or  to  the  tier  of  beams  nearest  to  that  height.  They  shall 
not  be  used  as  bearing  walls. 

Section  105.  ARCHES  AND  LINTELS.  Every  opening  exceeding 
five  feet  in  width  in  a  wall  of  brick  or  stone,  shall  have  an  arch  of 
stone,  brick  or  terra  cotta,  securely  keyed  and  with  good  and  sufficient 
abutments,  or  such  opening  shall  have  a  lintel  of  stone,  iron,  steel  or 
reinforced  concrete.  If  a  wood  lintel  is  used  over  the  inside  of  any 
opening  there  shall  be  a  relieving  arch  over  the  same.  A  wood  lintel 
shall  not  be  placed  over  an  opening  exceeding  five  feet  in  width.  There 
shall  be  no  cast  iron  lintel  used  over  an  opening  exceeding  seven  feet  in 
width.  No  wood  beams  or  girder  shall  be  used  to  support  any  masonry 
wall. 

Section  106.  PARTITION  WALLS.  Interior  non-bearing  partitions 
may  be  built  of  brick,  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  concrete  or  reinforced 
concrete  or  metal  bars  covered  with  metal  lath  and  plaster. 

Brick  partitions  shall  not  be  less  than  eight  inches  (8")  thick,  and 
where  a  story  exceeds  fourteen  teet  (14')  in  height  such  walls  shall  be 
increased  four  inches  (4")  for  every  fourteen  feet  (14')  additional  or 
part  thereof. 

For  hollow  terra  cotta  see  Section  116. 

Concrete  partitions  may  be  two  inches  ( 2" )  less  in  thickness  than 
brick. 

Reinforced  concrete  partitions  shall  be  not  less  than  three  inches 
(3")  in  thickness. 

None  of  the  above  partitions  shall  be  supported  by  any  woodwork, 
except  metal  bars  covered  with  metal  lath  and  plastered,  which  shall 
not  be  less  than  one  and  one-half  inches  thick. 

Section  107.  FIRE  WALLS.  All  exterior  division  and  party  walls 
of  buildings  of  Classes  "A,"  "B"  and  "C"  shall  project  through  and  be 
at  least  two  feet  above  the  adjoining  roof  line  and  shall  be  at  least 
twelve  inches  thick,  except  where  the  walls  of  the  upper  story 
are  less  than  twelve  inches  thick.  Such  fire  walls  sha.l  be  continuous, 


36 


without  opening  therein,  and,  if  of  "brick  or  stone,  shall  be  laid  in  mor-  Openings  in 

tar  containing  not  less  than  one  part  of  cement  to  three  parts  of  good 

lime  mortar,  said  cement  mortar  to  extend  from  the  top  of  the  wall  to  a 

point  two  feet  below  the  roof  joists  and  all  such  brick  work  shall  be 

laid  as  "full  grouted"  or  "shoved"  work.    Where  fire  walls  shall  extend 

more  than  three  (3)  feet,  six  (6)  inches  above  adjoining  roof  line,  said 

wall  shall  be  ancnored  with  three-fourths  inch  rods  or  pipes  of  one  inch  ^ncnors  for 

outside  diameter;   said  anchors  shall  be  secured  to  the  roof  and  shall 

have  "T"  heads  built  eight  inches  into  the  wall  and  shall  be  placed 

eight  inches  below  the  top  of  the  wall  and  not  more  than  ten  feet  apart. 

Fire  walls  will  not  be  required  on  buildings  where  the  roof  is  strict-  On  Class  "A" 
ly  Class  "A"  construction,  except  on  party  and  division  walls.     Resi-  Buildings 
dences  and  buildings  not  over  two  stories  in  height  of  Classes  "B"  and  on   Residences, 
"C"  in  Fire  District  No.  2,  and  all  Class  "B"  and  "C"  buildings  in  Fire  Etc.,  not  over 
District  No.  3,  will  not  be  required  to  have  fire  walls,  except  party  and  TWO  stories 
division  walls. 

Additions  to  existing  buildings  of  Classes  "B"  and  "C"  may  be  built  on  Additions  to 
without  fire  walls  when  the  omission  of  such  walls  is  necessary  to  carry  Existing  Buildings 
out  the  design  of  the  existing  building,  if  no  wall  of  such  addition  be- 
comes a  party,  division  wall  or  a  lot  line  wall  not  on  a  street  or  alley. 

Section  108.  RECESSES  IN  WALLS.  Recesses  for  stairways  and  Recesses  in  Walls 
elevators  may  be  left  in  the  walls  of  buildings,  provided  that  in  no  case 
shall  such  portions  of  such  walls  be  of  less  thickness  than  the  walls  of 
the  fourth  story,  unless  reinforced  by  additional  piers  with  iron  or  steel 
girders,  or  iron  or  steel  columns  and  girders,  properly  fireproofed  and 
securely  anchored  to  walls  on  each  side.  Recesses  for  alcoves  or  simi-  For  Alcoves 
lar  purposes,  shall  have  not  less  than  eight  inches  of  masonry  at  the 
back,  shall  be  not  more  than  eight  feet  wide,  and  shall  be  arched  over 
or  spanned  with  iron  or  steel  lintels,  and  not  carried  up  higher  than 
eighteen  inches  below  the  bottom  of  the  beams  of  the  floor  next  above, 
nor  shall  any  recess  be  made  nearer  than  six  feet  to  any  other  recess 
in  the  same  wall. 

Section  109.     PIPES   IN    WALLS  OR   STRUCTURAL   MEMBERS.  Pipes  in  Walls  or 
No  recess  for  any  pipe  shall  be  made  in  a  party  or  division  wall,  unless  structural  Members 
such  party  or  division  wall  exceeds  sixteen  inches  in  thickness.    No  re- 
cesses for  pipes  or  wires  shall  be  made  in  any  wall  more  than  one-  Recesses  for 
third  the  thickness  of  such  wall.    Recesses  around  such  pipes-  shall  be  Wire8.  Etc. 
filled  up  solid  for  the  space  of  one  foot,  both  above  and  below  each  tier 
of  floor  or  roof  joists.     There  shall  be  no  pipes  of  any  description  be-  i>ipes  in  Columns 
tween  any  metal  columns  and  its  covering  of  fireproofing  material,. 

No  water,  steam,  soil  or  vent  pipe  shall  be  built  into  the  structural 
part  of  any  concrete  co'-umn  or  girder. 

Section  110.     BOND    IN    BRICKWORK.     The  bond  in  brickwork  Bond  in 
shall  be  formed  by  laying  at  least  one  course  of  headers  for  every  six  Brickwork 
courses  of  stretchers. 

Section  111.    WALLS  DURING  CONSTRUCTION.    During  the  con-  Walls  During 
struction  of  any  building,  no  wall  shall  be  carried  to  a  greater  height  Construction 
than  eight  (8)  feet  above  any  other  wall  of  the  same  structure. 

Section  112.  PRESSED  BRICK  FACING-BOND  JOINTS.  If  pressed  Pressed   Brick 
brick  facing  is  used,  it  must  be  bonded  into  its  backing  at  least  at  every  Fac?  — — Bond 
sixth  course.     Bond  shall  be  established  by  solid  headers  or  by  gal-  joints 
vanized  iron  strips  not  less  than  one  (1)  inch  wide,  not  less  than  one- 
sixteenth  of  an  inch  thick  and  not  less  than  eight  inches  long,  placed 
at  right  angles  to  the  face  of  the  wall.    If  such  strips  are-used  for  bond- 
ing  each  brick,  in  every  fourth  course,  shall  be  bonded.     No  diagonal  NO  Diagonal 
bond  shall  be  allowed.    In  the  case  of  piers  faced  with  pressed  brick,  Boild  Allowed 
only  solid  headers  or  bondstones  or  iron  plates  shall  be  used  for  such 
bonding     Pressed  brick  in  all  cases  must  be  laid  so  as  to  have  a  full 
bed  of  mortar  under  each  brick.  The  mortar  used  in  backing  all  pressed 
brick  shall  have  cement  added  thereto,  in  the  proportion  of  not  less 
than  one-sixth  of  the  bulk  of  the  mortar. 

Section  113.    VENEERING  BOND.    All  veneer  facings  of  brick  on  Veneering  Bond 
a  masonry  wall  other  than  a  brick  wall,  shall  be  bonded  by  metal  ties 
in  the  form  of  staples  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  diameter.     These  ties 
shall  be  not  less  than  twelve  inches  apart  horizontally  and  shall 

All  veneer  facings  of  stone,  terra  cotta  and  cement  stone  shall.be  Bond  for  Stone, 
bonded  by  metal  ties  in  the  form  of  staples  not  less  than  one-fourth  of  Terra  Cotta,  Etc. 

37 


Hollow   Terra 
Cotta  for  Veneer 


Artificial  Stone 


Factor    of    Safety 

for 

In  Walls  in  Fire 

District   No.   1 

Limit    of   Height 


Bearing  Walls  of 
Hollow  Concrete 
Blocks 

Web    Sizes 


Crushing   Load 

Buildings  of  Terra 
Cotta  Blocks 
One-Story   in 
Height  in  Fire 
District  No.   1 


Limit   of   Height 


Walls   of  Hollow 
Terra  Cotta  Blocks 


Partitions 


Closets,    Vent 
Shafts,  Etc. 

Bearing  AValls, 

Etc. 

Mesh  Cloth 


an  inch  in  diameter.  The  ties  shall  be  bedded  into  the  wall  or  struc- 
tural parts  of  the  building  not  less  than  four  inches,  with  the  ends 
turned  over  to  give  a  mechanical  anchorage.  These  ties  shall  be  not 
less  than  twelve  inches  apart  horizontally  and  shall  be  in  every  course. 

Section  114.  HOLLOW  TERRA  COTTA  FOR  VENEER.  (Archi- 
tectura1.)  Hollow  terra  cotta  tile  blocks  shall  not  be  used  for  exterior 
or  interior  walls  within  Fire  District  No.  1,  except  as  a  facing  or  veneer 
for  brickwork  or  masonry  walls  of  standard  thickness. 

Section  115.  ARTIFICIAL  STONE.  Artificial  stone  made  of  Port- 
land cement  and  incombustible  and  fire  and  water  proof  material  may 
be  used  as  a  substitute  for  any  natural  stone  provided  that  no  artificial 
stone  containing  more  than  fifteen  (15)  per  cent  of  limestone  as  an  in- 
gredient shall  be  used  in  a  lintel  or  bearing  part  in  buildings  over  three 
(3)  stories  in  height;  provided  further  that  the  factor  of  safety  shall  be 
not  less  than  ten. 

No  exterior  or  interior  exposed  walls  01  any  building  within  Fire 
District  No.  1  shall  be  constructed  of  hollow  concrete  blocks.  No  ex- 
terior or  interior  exposed  walls  of  any  building  more  than  two  stories 
in  height  in  the  City  of  Pasadena  shall  be  constructed  of  hollow  con- 
crete blocks. 

Where  hollow  concrete  blocks  are  used  in  the  construction  of  ex- 
terior or  bearing  walls,  such  walls  shall  be  constructed  of  the  same 
thickness  as  required  for  brick  walls;  provided,  however,  that  such  hol- 
low blocks  shall  be  made  with  solid  connecting  web  not  less  than  two 
inches  thick  and  connecting  webs  shall  be  not  more  than  twelve  inches 
apart;  provided,  however,  that  the  hollow  space  in  any  such  hollow 
concrete  block  snail  not  exceed  twenty-five  per  cent  (25-/r)  of  the  whole 
block.  Every  wall  built  of  such  hollow  concrete  blocks  shall  be  laid  up 
in  cement  mortar  and  shall  be  capable  of  sustaining  a  load  of  eight 
tons  per  square  foot  of  sectional  area. 

Section  116.  BUILDINGS  OF  TERRA  COTTA  BLOCKS.  Build- 
ings not  more  than  one  story  in  height  to  be  used  for  dwellings,  stables 
or  garages,  may  be  constructed  of  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks  outside  of 
Fire  District  No.  1  provided  such  buildings  do  not  exceed  1000  square 
feet  of  floor  area  and  the  walls  thereof  are  not  less  than  six  inches 
thick  and  laid  up  in  cement  mortar.  In  no  case  shall  the  height  of  the 
story  of  any  such  building  exceed  ten  feet. 

Buildings  more  than  one  story  in  height  or  more  than  1000  square 
feet  of  floor  area,  but  not  exceeding  three  stories  or  forty  feet  in  total 
height  may  be  constructed  of  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks  outside  of  Fire 
District  No.  1,  provided  they  comply  with  the  following  conditions: 

Hollow  terra  cotta  walls  and  partitions  shall  be  constructed  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  following  table  as  to  thickness,  and  laid  up  and 
bonded  as  hereinafter  described. 

(The  numerals  at  the  head  of  the  several  columns  indicate  th« 
story  and  the  inches  shown  in  the  column  denote  the  thickness  of  the 
wall). 

Height  of  Basement  or 

Building.  Cellar  Wall.  1  2 

One  Story  8  in.  thick         6  in. 

Two   Story    8  in.  thick         6  in.         6  in. 

Three  Story    12  in.  thick         8  in.         6  in.         6  in. 

Hollow  terra  cotta  blocks  non-bearing  partitions  shall  not  exceed 
the  following: 

6"  partitions,  20'  0"  high. 

4"  partitions,  16'  0"  high. 

3"  partitions,  12'  0"  high. 

Three-inch  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks  may  be  used  for  the  construc- 
tion of  closets  and  vent  shafts,  if  reinforced  with  metal  lath  or  three- 
mesh  hardware  cloth  in  each  horizontal  joint. 

Hollow  terra  cotta  blocks  used  for  bearing  walls  and  partitions  in 
buildings  two  or  more  stories  in  height  must  be  built  on  their  ends,  and 
reinforced  with  metal  lath  or  three-mesh  hardware  cloth  one  inch  nar- 
rower than  the  thickness  of  the  wall.  This  metal  fabric  shall  be  spread 
on  each  horizontal  bed  the  full  length  of  the  wall  and  doubled  at  each 
corner.  After  the  reinforcing  metal  is  in  place  the  entire  surface  of 
each  course  of  the  wall  shall  be  covered  completely  with  Portland  ce- 
ment mortar,  mixed  in  the  proportion  of  three  parts  lime  mortar  to  one 

38 


part  of  Portland  cement.     The  tile  in  interior  bearing  partitions  shall 

be  so  bonded  together  that  the  vertical  webs  on  each  course  will  come  Bond 

directly  over  each  other  through  the  entire  wall.    No  party  or  division 

wall  shall  be*  constructed  of  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  and  no  hollow 

terra  cotta  blocks  shall  be  carried  on  any  wood  beam,  girder  or  post.  Wood  Beams 

In  buildings  where  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks  are  used  for  bearing  walls 

and  partitions,  the  floor  may  be  constructed  of  reinforced  concrete,  or  Floors 

reiniorced  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  or  of  both,  and  shall  be  made  to 

sustain  the  floor  loads  in  accordance  with  and  as  required  by  Section 

147  of  this  Code.     The  contractor  or  owner  shall  make  load  tests  on  Load  Tests 

any  part  of  a  reinforced  structure,  whether  it  be  reinforced  concrete 

or  whether  it  be  reinforced  hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  or  a  combination 

of  both  reinforced  concrete  and  reinforced  terra  cotta  blocks;  such  test 

shall  be  made  whenever  the  Building  Inspector  deems  necessary,  and 

any  floors  of  the  above  mentioned  construction  shall  sustain  a  load  of 

twice  that  for  which  it  is  designed  without  any  sign  of  failure,  and  in 

the  case  of  beams,  girders  and  floors,  without  deflecting  more  than  one 

seven-hundredth  of  the  span. 

'Section  117.  ROOF  DRAINAGE.  Every  building  built  flush  with  Hoof  Drainage 
the  property  line  on  any  street  or  alley  shall  be  provided  with  metallic 
water  conductors,  of  sufficient  capacity  to  convey  all  surface  drainage 
from  the  roof  to  the  street  or  alley  gutter.  Such  water  conductors  shall 
be  extended  from  the  buildings  below  the  surface  of  the  sidewalk  and 
shall  not  extend  beyond  the  curb  line  of  the  street.  This  section  shall 
app'y  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected. 

Section  118.  CORNICES  AND  APPENDAGES.  Every  cornice  or  Cornices  and 
gutter  on  any  building  of  Class  "B"  or  Class  "C"  shall  be  made  of  non-  Appendages 
combustible  material.  Every  metal  cornice  shall  have  riveted  joints 
riveted  with  tinner's  rivets,  and  shall  be  supported  by  heavy  steel 
brackets,  securely  braced  in  such  manner  as  to  be  capable  of  sustain-  Brackets 
ing  at  each  extreme  outer  point  a  load  of  not  less  than  three  hundred 
pounds.  Such  brackets  shall  be  placed  not  more  than  two  feet  six 
inches  apart  from  center  to  center  and  shall  be  securely  anchored  into 
the  brick  work  and  to  the  roof;  should  they  extend  to  the  roof,  the  top 
member  of  eaca  bracket  shall  be  carried  through  the  masonry  to  the  in- 
side thereof,  and  be  securely  anchored  into  the  wall.  The  roof  or  cov- 
ering of  any  cornice  may  be  sheathed  with  wood,  provided  that  such 
sheathing  shall  be  entirely  covered  with  metal;  or  where  composition 
roof  is  used  it  may  extend  to  within  six  inches  of  outer  edge  of  the  cor- 
nice, and  said  space  of  six  inches  shall  be  covered  with  metal,  and  the 
brick  firewall  shall  be  extended  solidly  at  least  to  the  under  side  of  the 
boarding  which  forms  the  top  side  of  the  cornice. 

Appendages  in  buildings  of  Class  "B"  or  Class  "C"  such  as  sky-  Appendages 
lights,  dormer  windows,  gutters,  mouldings,  eaves,  parapets,  balconies,  classes  "B" 
bay  windows,  towers,  spires,  ventilators,  turrets  and  lantern  lights,  ex-  and  "C" 
cept  as  in  this  ordinance  provided,  shall  be  constructed  of  fireproof  ma- 
terials; provided,  however,  that  any  of  the  said  appendages  that  exceed 
the  allowed  limit  of  height  for  its  class  shall  be  wholly  fireproof,  and 
that  floors,  roof  boarding  and  joists  to  porches  and  balconies  may  be 
of  wood  with  no  concealed  spaces  in  any  part  thereof,  and  with  no 
screen,  lattice  or  enclosure  except  that  an  open  rail  or  wire  guard  may 
be  constructed  on  such  porch  or  balcony. 

Class  "B"  and  "C"  residences  in  Fire  Districts  No.  2  and  3  may 
have  wood  cornices. 

Buildings  not  over  two  stories  in  height  of  Classes  "B"  and  "C"  ir  Two-story  Build- 
Fire  District  No.  2  and  all  Class  "B"  and  "C"  buildings  in  Fire  District  ings  in  Fire 
No.  3,  may  have  cornices  formed  by  the  rafters  and  roof  sheathing  Districts  2  and  ? 
overhanging  the  outer  walls,  provided  there  are  no  concealed  spaces. 

Towers,  turrets,  lantern  lights,  spires  and  domes  of  any  building 
constructed,  or  under  construction  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this 
ordinance,  may  be  built  partly  of  wood  if  the  side  walls  are  built 
entirely  of  masonry  to  the  top  of  the  roof  boarding,  and  the  roof  board- 
ing is  entirely  covered  with  non-combustible  material,  except  where  the 
same  are  provided  for  in  other  sections  of  this  ordinance. 

Section  119.     STRUCTURES  ABOVE  ROOFS.     No  structure  built  Structures  Above 
partly  or  wholly  upon  or  above  the  roof  of  any  building  shall  project  Roofs 
above  the  highest  point  of  such  roof  more  than  eight  feet.    Every  out- 
side wall  of  such  structure  (except  Class  "D"  buildings)  on  any  street  walls 
or  party  line  shall  be  of  masonry.    In  buildings  of  Classes  "B"  or  "C," 
the  walls  of  such  roof  structure,  other  than  masonry  walls,  shall  be 

39 


lathed  with  metal  lath  on  both  sides  and  plastered;  or  such  walls  may 

be  sheathed  close  with  one-men  boards,  covered  with  lock-jointed  tin. 

Ceilings  All  ceilings  in  the  interior  of  such  structure  shall  be  plastered  on  metal 

Area  of  lath.    The  total  area  of  such  roof  structures  on  any  building  shall  not 

exceed  two  hundred  square  ieet  lor  each  5000  square  feet  of  area  of  the 

Roof  upper  floor  surface  of  such  building.     The  roof  of  every  roof  structure 

shall  be  constructed  in  the  same  manner  and  of  the  same  materials  as 

the  roof  of  the  main  building. 

Tanks  Section  120.    TANKS.    Tanks  having  a  capacity  of  more  than  five 

Capacity  hundred  gallons  placed  on  the  roof,  or  above  the  roof  of  any  building 

Supports  of  Classes  "A,"  "B"  or  "C"  shall  be  supported  on  iron  and  steel  beams 

of  sufficient  strength  to  safely  carry  the  same,  which  beams  shall  rest 

at  both  their  ends  on  masonry  walls  or  on  iron  or  steel  girders  or  on 

iron  or  steel  columns  or  piers  of  masonry,  which  said  columns  or  piers 

shall  extend  from  the  foundation  of  the  building.     Such  tanks  shall 

Outlet  have  through  or  near  the  bottom  thereof  a  short  pipe  or  outlet  not  less 

than  four  inches  in  diameter,  fitted  with  a  valve  having  a  lever  or 

Location  wheel  handle.     Where  practicable,  such  tanks  shall  be  placed  at  one 

corner  on  the  roof  and,  in  no  case  shall  such  tanks  be  placed  over  or 

Metal  in  rire  near  a  line  of  stairs.    All  such  tanks,  together  with  the  covers  thereof, 

District  NO.  i  within  Fire  District  No.  1,  if  located  outside  of  the  building,  shall  be  of 

iron  or  steel. 

Demolition  of  Section  121.     DEMOLITION  OF  BUILDINGS.    In  demolishing  any 

Buildings  building,  one  story  shall  be  completely  removed  before  the  demolition 

of  another  story  is  begun.  No  material  shall  be  placed  upon  the  floor 
of  any  such  building  in  the  course  of  demolition,  but  the  brick,  timbers 
and  other  structural  parts  of  each  story  shall  be  lowered  to  the  ground 
immediately  upon  displacement.  The  owner,  architect,  builder  or  con- 
tractor of  any  building,  structure,  premises,  wall,  platform,  staging  or 
Twenty-four  flooring  to  be  demolished  shall  give  not  less  than  twenty-four  hours' 

Hours  Notice  previous  notice  to  the  Building  Inspector  of  such  intended  demolition; 

except  that  no  notice  need  be  given  for  removal  of  staging  used  for 
erection  purposes. 

Use  of  Sidewalks  Section  122.     USE  OF  SIDEWALKS  AND  STREETS.     It  shall  be 

and  streets  unlawful  to  commence  the  erection  of  any  building  abutting  upon  any 

sidewalk,  or  to  continue  the  erection  thereof  unless  there  shall  exist 

along  or  inside  the  center  line  of  such  sidewalk  a  good  and  substantial 

*>n™  board  fence. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  to  erect  any  part  of  a  building  in  Fire  District 
No.  1,  abutting  upon  any  sidewalk,  above  the  sidewalk  level,  unless 
there  shall  exist  along  or  inside  the  center  line  of  such  sidewalk  a  good 
and  substantial  board  fence  at  least  twelve  feet  high  enclosing  not 
more  than  the  inner  half  of  the  width  of  such  sidewalk  so  as  to  protect 
pedestrians  from  anything  falling  from  such  building. 

•Excavations—  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  make  any  excavation  in  that  part  of  any 

under  Sidewalks  sidewalk  in  Fire  District  No.  1  lying  between  the  curb  line  and  center 
line  thereof,  unless  there  shall  exist  over  such  excavation  a  good  and 
substantial  temporary  walk  so  constructed  and  maintained  as  at  all 
times  to  afford  safe,  free  and  unobstructed  passage  for  pedestrians  over 
and  along  all  that  part  of  such  sidewalk  above  mentioned,  and  con- 
structed and  maintained  on  a  level  with  the  surface  of  the  street  or  at 
steps  and  an  elevation  of  not  more  than  four  feet  above  the  same,  having  steps 

Railings  at  each  end  and  a  railing  not  less  than  three  feet  high  along  the  edge 

thereof  nearest  the  street. 

Obstructions  Public  streets,  alleys  and  sidewalks  may  be  partially  occupied  or 

to  streets,  Etc.         obstructed  in  connection  with  building  operations  as  specified  in  this 
ordinance.     It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  occupy  or  obstruct 
any  portion  of  any  street,  alley  or  sidewalk  in  any  other  manner  or  to 
any  greater  extent  than  is  allowed  by  this  ordinance  without  first  ob- 
Pennit  from  taining  a  permit  therefor.     Such  permit  shall  be  issued  by  the  Street 

street  Supt.  Superintendent  on  application  therefor  in  writing  which  shall  be  ac- 

companied by  the  building  permit  for    the    building    proposed    to    be 
erected. 

One-half  of  Walk  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  fail  or  neglect  to  have  at  least  one-half  of 

Clear  the  width  of  the  sidewalk  and  not  less  than  ten  feet  of  the  width  of  an 

alley  unobstructed  and  free  of  rubbish  at  all  times,  except  that  a  pas- 
sageway across  such  space  may  be  used  for  carriage  of  materials. 

Occupation  of  Section  123.     OCCUPATION  OF  STREET.    It  shall  be  unlawful  to 

streets  occupy  more  than  one-quarter  of  the  width  of  the  roadway  of  any  street 

40 


in  front  of  any  building  for  any  purpose  in  connection  with  building 
operations.    If  there  is  a  street  railroad  track  upon  any  such  street,  no  street  Railways 
part  of  such  street  within  nine  feet  of  any  such  track  shall  be  so  used, 
obstructed  or  occupied. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  to  store  any  earth  taken  from  any  excavation  Earth  to  Be 
or  rubbish,  or  material  taken  from  any  building,  upon  the  sidewalk  or  Removed 
the  roadway  of  any  street  or  alley,  but  the  same  shall  be  removed  from 
day  to  day  as  produced.     Any  dry  rubbish  liable  to  produce  dust  must  Dry  Rubbish 
be  wetted  down  so  as  to  prevent  it  from  being  blown  about. 

Section  124.     SIDEWALK  PROTECTION.     It  shall  be  unlawful  to  Sidewalk 
fail  or  neglect  to  erect  and  maintain  at  all  times  during  the  construe-  Protection 
tion,  alteration,  demolition  or  repair  of  any  bui  ding  flush  with  the  side- 
walk a  temporary  canopy  at  least  ten  feet  above  the  sidewalk  with  the  Canopy 
full  width  of  the  front  of  the  building,  and  extending  the  full  width  of 
the  sidewalk,  constructed  as  herein  provided;   provided  that  such  can- 
opy will  not  be  required  until  the  work  of  construction  has  reached 
such  a  height  that  the  fence  herein  required  shall  cease  to  adequately 
protect  the  sidewalk.     Such  canopy  shall  have  a  curb  at  least  twelve  Construction   of 
inches  high  on  the.  outer  edge  and  at  each  end  thereof.    If  such  canopy  Canopy 
is  used  for  the  storage  of  material,  additional  supports  shall  be  pro- 
vided which  will  safely  sustain  such  material  with  a  factor  of  safety 
of  four.     Such  canopy  shall  be  constructed  of  four  inch  by  eight  inch 
fir  stringer  placed  on  edge,  resting  upon  the  top  of  four  inch  by  six  inch 
fir  posts  placed  not  more  than  ten  feet  apart,  in  not  to  exceed  three 
lines  parallel  to  such  building,  upon  which  shall  rest  two  inch  by  ten 
inch  fir  joists  placed  not  more  than  four  feet  apart.     Such  joists  shall 
be  covered  with  fir  planks  not  less  than  two  inches  by  eight  inches 
laid  close  together.     All  joints  in  such  covering  shall  be  made  upon 
joists.     At  all  angles  made  by  such  posts,  stringers  and  joists,  such 
angles  shall  be  braced  with  a  two  inch  by  four  inch  fire  brace  not  less 
than  four  feet  long. 

Section  125.    OPENINGS  IN  SIDEWALKS.    There  shall  be  no  per- Openings  in 
manent  opening  in  any  sidewalk,  except  such  openings  as  are  herein  Sidewalk 
expressly  authorized.     There  may  be  an  opening  in  the  sidewalk,  pro- 
vided it  is  covered  with  metal  sidewa'k  trap  doors,  the  outer  or  street 
end  of  which  doors  shall  be  not  more  than  four  feet,  six  inches  from 
the  outer  edge  of  the  sidewalk  curb,  and  the  inner  edge  of  which  shall 
be  not  more  than  nine  feet  from  the  outer  edge  of  such  sidewalk  curb. 
There  may  also  be  openings  through  such  sidewalks  not  more  than 
thirty  inches  in  their  greatest  dimension  for  the  admittance  of  fuel  to 
the  cellar  or  basement  of  the  bui1  ding  fronting  on  ruch  portion  of  the 
sidewalk.    All  openings  in  sidewalks  shall  have  metal  covers  flush  with 
the  walk,  and  their  upper  surfaces  shall  be  roughened.     All  structural 
parts  of  the  sidewalks,  including  such  doors  and  covers,  shall  be  capa-  strength  oi 
ble  of  sustaining  a  ^oad,  at  all  points  simultaneously,  equal  to  four  hun-  Sidewalks 
dred  pounds  for  each  superficial  foot  of  the  surface  thereof.     There 
shall  be  no  permanent  openings  in  the  form  of  gratings  of  any  descrip- 
tion in  any  sidewalk. 

Section  126.     PROJECTIONS.     No  bay  windows,  balcony  or  pro- Projections 
jection  other  than  a  cornice  or  fire  escape  shall  extend  over  any  street 
or  alley,  except  as  provided  in  Section  127. 

All  outer  doors  in  Fire  District  No.  1,  if  opening  out  and  upon  a  Outer  Doors  in 
street,  shall  be  recessed  the  width  of  the  door.    Double  hung  doors  not  Fire  District 
over  two  feet  and  six  inches  in  width  installed  before  the  passage  of  No.  1 
this  ordinance  need  not  be  changed. 

All  doors  to  the  entrance  of  hotels,  lodging  and  boarding  houses,  Hotel  Entrances 
lecture  rooms,  music  halls,  or  other  public  halls,  shall  swing  out. 

Section  127.     AWNINGS.     No    permanent    awnings    shall    be    con- Awnings 
structed  or  maintained  over  any  sidewalk  or  part  thereof  in  the  City 
of  Pasadena  otherwise  than  as  herein  provided.    Every  canvas  awning  canvas 
constructed  or  placed  over  any  such  sidewalk  shall  be  at  least  eight 
feet  above  the  sidewa^  at  its  lowest  point;   provided  that  a  hanging 
border  may  drop  vertically  therefrom  to  a  point  not  less  than  seven  feet 
above  the  sidewalk.     Metal  canopies  may  be   constructed  over  side-  Metal 
walks  at  entrances  to  buildings,  provided,  however,  that  no  such  can- 
opy shall  be  erected,  constructed  or  maintained  so  as  to  cover  more 
than  one-third  of  the  show  windows  of  any  store  front.    Such  canopies 
shall  be  constructed  of  wrought  or  cast  iron,  bronze  or  other  solid  cast 

41 


or  wrought  metal,  and  shall  be  supported  entirely  by  metal  frames  and 
supports.  The  roofs  of  such  canopies  may  be  of  said  metal  or  of  wire 
glass  supported  in  metal  frames.  The  lowest  point  of  any  portion,  in- 
cluding the  support  of  such  canopies,  shall  be  not  less  than  eight  feet 
six  inches,  in  the  clear,  above  the  sidewalk.  Such  canopies  shall  be 
supported  with  metal  rods  or  chains  from  above  secured  to  the  walls 
strength  of  of  the  building.  Every  support,  frame  and  constructive  part  of  such 

Supports  canopies  shall  be  of  sufficient  strength  to  sustain  six  times  its  own 

weight  or  strain  without  breaking,  and  shall  be  tested  at  any   time 
when  required  by  the  Building  Inspector.     Proper  provision  shall  be 
Drainage  made  to  carry  the  water  from  the  canopies  through  proper  conductors 

to  the  sidewalk  gutter;  such  conductors  shall  be  placed  within  the  wall 
of  the  building  and  below  the  surface  of  the  sidewalk.     There  shall  be 
NO  Supports  no  post  or  other  support  connecting  with  the  sidewalk  or  standing  upo-n 

Allowed  the  same  used  for  the  support  of  any  canopy  except  with  the  special 

permission  of  the  City  Council. 

Terra  Cotta  Section   128.      TERRA    COTTA    CHIMNEYS.      Chimneys   of   terra 

Chimneys  cotta  pipe  will  not  be  allowed  in  the  City  of  Pasadena,  except  that 

in  One-Story  terra  cotta  chimneys  may  be  used  in  buildings  not  over  one  story  in 

Buildings  height.    Such  chimneys  shall  be  exposed  to  view  the  entire  length  and 

not  come  nearer  than  six  inches  to  any  wood.  Said  chimney  shall  either 

set  on  the  floor  or  ground,  or  on  a  cast  iron  shelf  bolted  to  the  wall 

with  steel  brackets,  and  shall  have  eight  inches  of  brickwork  under  the 

bottom.     Said  chimney  shall  have  but  one  inlet  which  shall  not  be  at 

the  bottom. 

Smokepipes  Section  129.     SMOKEPIPES.     No  pipe  used  or  intended  to  be  used 

to  conduct  smoke,  except  as  elsewhere  in  this  ordinance  provided,  shall 
pass  or  extend  through  any  wall  or  window,  or  through  the  roof  of  any 
skylight  of  any  building. 

Chimneys  and  Section  130.     CHIMNEYS  AND   FLUES.     All  chimneys  and  flues 

Flues  hereafter  constructed  shall  be  of  masonry;   the  walls  thereof  shall  be 

not  less  than  six  inches  thick,  except  as  in  this  section  provided.    Any 
out Hide  of  part  of  a  chimney  outside  of  a  building  and  more  than  six  inches  from 

Buildings  the  side  thereof  shall  be  at  least  four  inches  thick.    In  dwellings,  flats 

Dwellings,  and  apartment  houses,  chimneys  and  flues  shall,  if  less  than  six  inches 

Fiats,  Etc.  thick,  be  lined  on  the  inside  witn  well-burnt  clay  or  terra  cotta  pipe  not 

i>hung  less  than  three-fourths  (%)  of  an  inch  thick.     Said  lining  shall  extend 

from  the  bottom  of  a  flue  or  the  throat  of  a  fireplace,  to  the  top  of  the 
flue,  and  shall  be  enclosed  as  carried  up,  with  not  less  than  four  inches 
of  masonry.  Flues  in  which  lining  is  not  required  by  this  ordinance 
Size  and  inlets  shall  have  smooth  struck  joints  on  the  inside  thereof.  No  smoke  flues 
shall  be  less  than  seven  and  one-half  inches  by  seven  and  one-half 
inches  in  a  clear  inside  measurement.  Suctf  size  flues  shall  have  but 
two  inlets  and  only  one  such  inlet  shall  be  used  for  cooking  purposes. 
For  four  inlets  the  flue  shall  not  be  less  than  seven  and  one-half  inches 
by  eleven  and  one-half  inches  in  the  clear  inside  measurement  and  not 
more  than  two  such  inlets  shall  be  used  for  cooking  purposes.  For  a 
larger  number  of  inlets  the  size  of  such  flue  shall  be  increased  to  pro- 
portion above  named.  Flues  larger  than  200  square  inches  and  less 
than  500  square  inches  inside  area  shall  have  walls  not  less  than  12 
inches  thick  to  a  height  of  15  feet  above  the  inlet.  Flues  larger  than 
500  square  inches  inside  area  shall  have  their  walls  proportionately 
increased  in  size  and  shall  be  lined  with  fire  brick  for  at  least  20  feet 
above  the  inlet. 

Bakery  Ovens  Bakery  oven  flues  shall  be  not  less  than  twelve  by  twelve  inches 

in  the  clear,  inside  measurements,  and  shall  have  masonry  walls  not 
less  than  eight  inches  thick. 

Boiler  Flues  The  inside  four  inches  of  the  walls  of  all  smoke  flues  for  boilers  of 

over  twenty-five  horsepower  shall,  for  the  distance  of  twenty-five  feet 

from  the  source  of  heat,  be  constructed  of  fire  brick  laid  in  fire  mortar. 

All  chimneys  having  a  greater  flue  area  than  260  square  inches  inside 

Height  Above  Roof  measurement,  shall  be  carried  up  at  least  ten  feet  above  the  highest 

point  of  any  roof  within  fifty  feet  of  such  chimney. 

inlets  and  Tne  inlet  for  a  smokepipe  into  a  chimney  or  flue  shall  be  set  in 

Thimbles  place  as  the  construction  progresses.    Thimbles  shall  be  surrounded  by 

four  inches  of  brickwork  brought  flush  with  the  furring  and  shall  ex- 
tend to  the  face  of  the  plastering  and  be  no  nearer  than  six  inches  to 
any  woodwork. 

42 


Chimneys  shall  not  be  supported  by  or  upon  any  floor  or  beam  of  Supports 
wood,  but  shall  be  constructed  from  the  ground  up,  and  shall  not  in- 
crease in  size  from  the  foundation  except  that  when  six  inches  thick 
it  may  be  increased  to  eight  inches,  and  when  eight  inches  thick  it  may 
be  increased  to  twelve  inches  thick  above  the  roof.    No  chimneys  shall 
be  corbelled  out  more  than  eight  inches  from  a  wall,  provided  that  no  Corbelling 
corbelling  shall  be  more  than  four  inches  in  twelve-inch  walls.     No 
chimney  or  flue  shall  be  offset  or  drawn  over  for  any  purpose  more  offsets 
than  one-third  of  its  exterior  width  or  thickness,  except  where  carried 
on  masonry,  ironwork  or  steel,  extending  down  to  the  foundation. 

Flues  in  party  walls  shall  not  extend  within  four  inches  of  the  cen-  Flues  in  Part? 
ter  of  the  wall,  and  joint  flues  in  party  walls  shall  be  separated  across  walls 
the  wall  by  at  least  four  inches  of  masonry. 

No  joist  or  girder  shall  be  supported  on  the  walls  of  any  chimney  Woodwork  ».ar 
or  flue.    No  woodwork  shall  be  placed  nearer  than  one  inch  to  the  out-  chimneys 
side  of  any  chimney,  unless  the  chimney  walls  are  eight  inches  or  more 
in  thickness  (and  only  exposed  woodwork  shall  be  so  placed),  or  within 
six  inches  of  the  inside  of  any  smoke  or  other  masonry  flue.    No  struc- 
tural part,  except  masonry,  of  a  building  shall  come  in  contact  with  any 
chimney  or  flue,  except  sheathing,  shingles  of  roof,  wall  sheathing,  sid- 
ing, shingles  or  other  outside  covering  the  same  shall  not  have  more 
than  one  inch  contact  with  the  chimney.    All  space  between  the  chim-  Space  Between 
ney,  floor  and  ceiling  shall  be  closed  with  tin  or  other  sheet  metal  to  Chimneys 
stop  the  draft. 

Chimneys  built  outside  of  frame  structure  or  in  light  wells  thereof  chimneys  in 
shall  be  securely  anchored  to  the  walls  at  intervals  of  not  less  than  ten  Light  Weils 
feet. 

Where  chimneys  or  flues  project  through  a  pitch  roof  at  or  nearer  Through  Pitched 
than  four  feet  to  the  ridge  or  peak  of  such  roof  they  shall  project  not  less  Roof 
than  two  feet  above  said  ridge  or  peak,  and  no  chimney  shall  project 
through  a  roof  less  than  three  feet  except  as  provided  above.   If  a  chim- 
ney projects  above  the  roof  to  a  height,  of  more  than  six  times  its  least  Height  Above  Roof 
cross  measurement,  it  shall  be  braced  with  an  iron  rod  or  pipe  not  less  Braces 
than  one  inch  in  diameter,  with  a  fixed  washer  at  each  side  of  such 
chimney,  which  brace  shall  extend  through  said  chimney  at  a  point  not 
more  than  four  feet  from  the  top  thereof.     Every  chimney  projecting 
above  the  roof  more  than  six  times  the  thickness  oi'  its  least  cross 
measurement  shall  have  at  least  three  four-inch  cross  walls,  or  two 
eight-inch  wall  across  its  least  width,  and  all  such  chimneys  shall  be 
laid  in  cement  mortar  from  the  top  thereof  to  the  first  tier  of  joists  Ic- 
low  the  roof  joists  as  provided  for  under  head  "Fire  Walls." 

Section  131.     FIREPLACES.     All  fireplaces  and  chimney  breasts  Fireplaces 
in  which  mantels  are  placed  in  any  building  shall  have  trimmer  arches  Arches 
to  support  the  hearth.    Such  arches  shall  be  of  brick,  stone  or  concrete, 
and  shall  be  of  sufficient  width  to  accommodate  an  eighteen-inch  tile 
hearth,  and  their  length  shall  be  not  less  than  the  width  of  the  chimnev 
breast.     Wood  centers  shall  be  removed  from  trimmer  arches  of  sue  i  Wood  Centers 
fireplaces  and  chimney  breasts  after  the  same  are  constructed.    No  tins-  to  Be  Removed 
ber  shall  be  placed  under  any  trimmer  arch,  fireplace  or  hearth.     Sucn 
hearths  shall  be  of  brick,  tile,  stone  or  concrete.    Fireplaces  shall  have  Hearths 
arched  heads  with  an  iron  over  the  top  of  the  opening  not  less  than 
one-fourth  by  two  and  one-half  inches,  turned  up  at  the  end  two  inches 
on  each  side  of  the  chimney  breast,  making  a  bond  for  the  arch;  or  an  Arrh  Bur 
ang^  iron  not  less  than  three  by  three  and  one-half  inches  may  be 
used,  resting  not  less  than  four  inches  on  each  bearing.     All  fireplace 
openings  furred  with  wood  on  the  face  shall  be  surrounded  by  a  brick 
rim  eight  inches  wide  projecting  four  inches  from  the  breast  of  the 
chimney  and  bonded  into  the  brickwork.     The  firebacks  and  jambs  of 
all  fireplaces  shall  be  of  solid  masonry  not  less  than  eight  inches  thick. 

No  flue  for  any  fireplace  shall  be  smaller  than  seven  and  one-half  Flue  for  Fireplace 
by  eleven  and  one-half  inches,  except  that  a  fireplace  having  an  open- 
ing into  a  room  of  less  than  850  square  inches  may  have  smaller  flues. 
Such  flues  to  be  not  less  in  size  than  10%  of  the  opening  into  the  room. 
Every  grate  shall  be  set  in  a  fireplace  with  a  lining  of  firebrick  at  least 
two  inches  thick  added  to  the  fireback  and  filled  solidly  with  fireproof 
material.  Provided,  however,  that  where  soapstone,  tile  or  cast  iron  is 
used  in  setting  such  grate,  such  solid  filling  shall  not  be  required. 

No  mantel  or  other  woodwork  shall  be  exposed  back  of  a  sumner  Mantels 

43 


Fireboards 
Offsets 


Smokestacks 
Through    Ceilings 
Etc, 


Outside  of 
Buildings 

Anchors 

Masonry     Stacks 
Strain    ou    Steel 
Compression 
Wind  Pressure 

Foundation 
Soil    Pressure 
Brick   Stacks 
Tension 

Wind  Pressure 

Foundation 
Lining 


Chimneys   or 

Cupolas 

Height 

Drying     Rooms 
Floors 

Ceilings    aud 
and    Walls 


Pipes,   Etc, 


Boiler   Rooms 
Walls 


piece  in  such  fireplace  or  chimney  breast  but  the  iron  work  of  such 
simmer  piece  shall  be  placed  against  the  brick  or  stonework  of  the 
fireplace.  No  fireplace  shall  be  closed  with  a  wooden  fireboard. 

Section  132.  OFF-SETS.  No  off-set  made  to  reduce  the  size  of  a 
chimney  shall  exceed  one  (1)  inch  for  each  two  (2)  inches  of  the  height 
of  such  off -set;  and  no  corbel  extending  from  a  wall  shall  exceed  one 
(1)  inch  for  each  two  inches  of  the  height  thereof;  provided,  however, 
that  no  inlet  to  a  chimney,  stack  or  flue  shail  be  extended  out  more 
than  eight  (8)  inches. 

Section  133.  SMOKESTACKS.  Smokestacks  of  iron  or  steel  pass- 
ing through  floors,  ceilings,  roofs  or  partitions  of  any  building  shall  not 
be  constructed  nearer  than  twenty  (20)  inches  to  any  woodwork  and 
shall  be  protected  with  a  solid  metal  jacket  twelve  inches  from  the 
stack  extending  not  less  than  six  (6)  inches  above  and  not  less  than 
twelve  (12)  inches  below  the  joists  of  such  floor,  ceiling,  roof  or  parti- 
tion. All  woodwork  or  enclosure  of  such  stack  within  four  feet  thereof 
shall  be  metal  lathed  and  plastered  or  shall  be  covered  with  sheet 
metal.  Such  stack  on  the  outside  of  a  building  shall  be  not  nearer 
than  eighteen  inches  to  any  exposed  woodwork,  or  nearer  than  twelve 
(12)  inches  to  any  woodwork  or  metal  lath  and  plaster,  when  protected 
with  metal  extending  two  feet  on  each  side  of  such  a  stack.  Such 
stacks  shall  be  guyed  or  anchored  to  withstand  wind  pressure  .of  thirty 
(30)  pounds  projected  area. 

Masonry  Stacks — Stacks  built  of  reinforced  concrete  shall  comply 
with  the  following  conditions: 

The  tension  and  strain  on  the  steel  shall  not  exceed  8000  pounds 
per  square  inch. 

The  strain  in  compression  of  the  steel  and  concrete  combined  shall 
not  exceed  150  pounds  per  square  inch. 

The  stack  shall  be  built  to  withstand  a  wind  pressure  of  thirty 
pounds  per  square  foot,  projected  area.  The  resultant  center  of  gravity 
of  the  stack  due  to  the  dead  load  and  wind  load  shall  fall  within  the 
middle  third  of  the  foundation. 

The  foundation  shall  be  reinforced  in  such  a  manner  as  not  to  ex- 
ceed the  above  strains  on  the  concrete  and  steel. 

The  pressure  on  the  soil  due  to  wind  load  and  dead  load  shall  not 
exceed  two-thirds  of  the  loads  given  for  soils  in  Section  145. 

In  brick  stacks  the  brick  shall  be  laid  in  cement  mortar  with  just 
lime  enough  to  make  it  work  freely. 

The  allowable  tension  in  a  brick  stack  shall  not  exceed  fifteen 
pounds  per  square  inch.  The  allowable  strain  in  compression  sha1!  not 
exceed  100  pounds  per  square  inch. 

Brick  stacks  shall  be  built  to  withstand  a  wind  pressure  of  thirty 
pounds  per  square  foot,  projected  area.  The  resultant  center  of  gravity 
of  the  brick  stack  due  to  the  dead  load  and  wind  load  shall  fall  within 
the  middle  third  of  the  foundation. 

The  foundation  shall  be  built  as  provided  for  a  reinforced  concrete 
stack  and  the  allowable  load  on  the  soil  the  same. 

All  stacks  shall  be  lined  with  firebrick  to  a  height  equal  to  ten 
times  the  inside  diameters  above  the  point  where  the  furnace  or  boiler 
flue  enters  the  stack. 

Section  134.  CHIMNEYS  OR  CUPOLAS.  Iron  cupolas  or  chim- 
neys of  foundries  shall  extend  at  least  ten  feet  above  the  highest  point 
of  any  roof  within  a  radius  of  fifty  feet  of  such  cupola,  and  no  wood- 
work shall  be  placed  within  two  feet  of  the  cupo'a. 

Section  135.  DRYING  ROOMS.  The  floor  of  every  drying  room  in 
a  laundry  shall  be  not  less  than  two  inches  thick  and  constructed  of 
masonry  or  tile;  and  the  walls  and  ceiling  thereof  shall  be  constructed 
of  like  materials  and  shall  be  not  less  than  eight  inches  thick,  or  said 
walls  may  be  constructed  of  wood  studs  and  joists  spaced  twelve  inches 
on  center,  lathed  with  metal  lath  and  plastered  with  not  less  than 
three-fourths  of  an  inch  fireproof  plaster. 

All  steam,  hot  air  pipes,  stoves,  or  other  heating  apparatus  or  ap- 
pliance in  such  drying  rooms  shall  be  covered  with  wire  netting  of  not 
less  than  two  meshes  to  the  inch  of  not  less  than  No.  18  guage  wire. 
Such  netting  shall  be  not  less  than  six  inches  from  such  steam,  hot  air 
pipes,  stoves  or  other  heating  apparatus  or  appliance. 

Section  136.  BOILER  ROOMS.  All  walls  surrounding  a  boiler 
room  shall  be  of  masonry  or  terra  cotta .'for  the  full  height  of  the  base- 

44 


ment  or  story  of  the  building  in  which  the  boiler  is  located.   Such  walls, 

if  constructed  of  brick  shall  be  not  less  than  eight  inches  thick,  and  if 

constructed  of  terra  cotta  or  concrete  they  shall  be 'not  less  than  six 

inches  thick;  and  all  exposed  wood  or  woodwork 'in 'such  room  shall  be  Woodwork 

covered  with  metal  lath  and  plastered.  Covered.    HOW? 

Every  boiler  room  shail  be  provided  with  a  sump  hole  or  blowoff  Sump  Hole 
chamber,  independent  of  the  sewer,  for  the  purpose  of  blowing  off  the 
steam  from  the  boiler. 

Every  opening  into  a  boiler  room  from  the  interior  of  the  building  Openings  into 
in  which  such  boiler  room  is  located  shall  have  a  door  or  shutter  con- 
structed as  specified  in  Section  162  of  this  ordinance,  so  arranged  as 
to  c'ose  automatically;   and  where  oil  is  burned,  every  doorway  shall 
have  a  masonry  or  terra  cotta  sill  rising  not  less  than  eight  inches  from 
the  floor.     No  wood  shall  be  used  in  the  construction  of  the  floor  of  any  Floors  of 
boiler  room. 

In  buildings  of  Classes  "B,"'"C"  and  "D,"  there  shall  be  a  clear  space  Above 
space  above  such  boiler  of  not  less  than  five  feet,  and  above  the  breech-  Boilers 
ing  of  not  less  than  two  feet,  provided  that  a  sheet  of  No.  18  iron  shall 
be  suspended  not  less  than  two  inches  from  the  ceiling  over,  and  one 
foot  beyond  said  breeching. 

Adjacent  to  the  door  of  every  boiler  room  there  shall  be  provided  Standpipe* 
a  standpipe  not  less  than  one  and  one-half  inches  in  diameter,  with  at 
least   twenty-five   feet   of   standard   fire   hose   not   less   than   one   and 
one-half  inches  in  diameter,  attached  thereto.     Provided  that  cast  iron  Except  ioiis 
boilers  designed  for  heating  purposes  only,  and    not    carrying    over 
twenty-five  pounds  of  steam  shall  not  come  under  the  provisions  of  this 
section,  but  shall  comply  with  the  provisions  for  heating  furnaces.  (See 
Section  141.) 

Section    137.      WOODWORKING     ESTABLISHMENTS,     BOILER  Woodworking 
ROOMS  AND    FUEL   ROOMS  THEREIN.     Boiler  rooms  located  in  a  Establishments, 
woodworking  establishment,  shall  be  constructed  as  herein  provided  Etc. 
for  the  construction  of  boiler  rooms. 

The  fuel  room  used  in  conjunction  with  such  boiler  room  if  con-  Fuel  Room 
structed  in  or  less  than  twenty  feet  from  such  woodworking  establish- 
ment shall  be  constructed  of  masonry.     The  ceiling  thereof  shall  be 
constructed  of  fireproof  material  or  of  metal  lath  and  plaster.    Every 
door  in  a  fuel  room  or  boiler  room  shall  be  constructed  as  herein  pro-  openings  into 
vided  for  standard  fire  doors,  and  every  window  in  such  fuel  room  or 
boiler  room  shall  be  protected  by  metal  frames  and  sash,  glazed  with 
wire  glass. 

All  conveyors  into  such  fuel  or  boiler  rooms  shall  be  of  metal.          conveyors 

All  floors  of  boiler  rooms  shall  be  of  masonry,  tile  or  the  natural  Floors  of 
ground. 

Floors  of  woodworking  establishments,  if  of  wood,  shall  be  not  less 
than  two  inches  in  thickness. 

Section  138.  GAS  METERS.  No  gas  meter  shall  be  located  in  a  Gas  Meters 
room  or  enclosure  with  any  boiler,  hot  air  apparatus,  furnace  or  heater 
of  any  kind,  provided  that  the  unexcavated  space  under  a  dwelling  shall 
not  be  considered  the  same  room  or  enclosure  as  the  excavated  base- 
ment under  the  same  when  the  gas  meter  is  removed  not  less  than 
twenty  feet  from  such  heating  apparatus  and  located  in  such  unexca- 
vated space.  Where  the  entire  space  under  the  building  is  excavated 
gas  meter  located  in  the  basement  shall  be  not  less  than  thirty  feet 
from  any  heating  apparatus  and  located  as  near  the  under  side  of  the 
floor  as  practicable. 

In  Class  "D"  buildings  hereafter  erected  where  the  meter  is  set  openings  for 
below  the  first  floor,  there  shall  be  left  a  window  or  other  opening  not  Meters 
more  than  twelve  feet  from  the  front  of  the  building  at  least  eighteen 
by  twenty-four  inches. 

In  cases  where  it  is  impracticable  to  comply  with  the  above  re- 
quirements meters  may  be  otherwise  located  by  first  obtaining  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Building  Inspector. 

Section  139.    GAS  GRATES  AND  GAS  LOGS.  No  gas  grates  or  gas  Gas  Grates  a»d 
logs  shall  hereafter  be  installed,  unless  same  are  installed  in  fireplaces  Gas  i>ogs 
with  chimneys  as  provided  in  Sections  130  and  131  of  this  ordinance. 

Every  gas  heating  appliance  intended  to  imitate  a   grate    in    any  in  Alcove 
sense  designed  to  be  set  in  an  alcove  shall  be  deemed  a  gas  grate  or 
log  according  to  this  section. 

Any  gas  stove  designed  in  such  a  manner  as  to  set  flat  against  stove  Set  Flat 
the  wall  shall  have  a  backing  of  at  least  four  inches  of  masonry  extend-  Against  Wail 

45 


ing  not  less  than  ten  inches  on  each  side  and  above  said  stove  and  a 
terra  cotta  vent  extending  through  such  masonry. 

Gas  Vents,  General  Section  140.  GAS  VENTS.  In  every  building  hereafter  erected 

there  shall  be  a  vent  for  every  fuel  gas  outlet.  Such  vents  shall  be  con- 
structed in  one  of  the  following  manners: 

Automatic  Heaters  Automatic  gas  heaters,  such  as  the  Ruud,  Pittsburg,  Humphrey, 
etc.,  shall  in  all  cases  be  vented  with  sheet  iron  vent  pipe,  not  less  in 
size  than  the  vent  outlet  on  such  heater,  said  vent  pipe  to  be  connected 
to  a  masonry  chimny  flue,  without  passing  through  any  floor  or  ceiling. 
Flues  constructed  as  required  by  Section  130  shall  be  used  only  for  gas 
heater  and  other  gas  heating  appliances,  except  that  small  automatic 
water  heaters,  not  to  exceed  two  gallons  per  minute  in  heating  capacity 
may  be  vented  into  a  four-inch  terra  cotta  flue  with  a  three-inch  outlet. 
Said  vent  shall  be  used  solely  for  the  automatic  heater,  and  have  no 
offsets  or  turns  other  than  a  "T"  for  the  inlet. 

other  Gas  Water  Other  gas  water  heaters,  stoves  and  heating  appliances  not  other- 

Heaters,  Etc.  wise  provided  for  may  be  vented  with  a  vent  pipe  not  less  than  three 

inches  inside  diameter;  such  vent  pipe  shall  be  of  round  terra  cotta 
pipe  having  bell  joints  securely  cemented  together  with  asbestos  ce- 
ment, and  shall  extend  through  and  at  least  twelve  inches  above  the 
roof  of  the  building  and  shall  have  a  hood  at  the  top,  and  shall  be  flashed 
water  tight  where  it  passes  through  the  roof.  If  such  vent  pipe  is 
larger  than  three  inches  in  diameter,  all  inlets  shall  be  made  with  a 
"T"  and  shall  not  be  larger  than  three  inches. 

other  Shaped  Other  shaped  pipes  of  equal  area  with  square  joints  with  metal 

Gas  vents  sleeves  or  other  shaped  joints  satisfactory  to  the  Building  Inspector 

may  be  used  in  place  of  the  round  terra  cotta.  Joints  in  all  cases  shall 
be  well  cemented  with  asbestos  cement.  Pipes  shall  be  firmly  secured 
and  all  bell  joints  shall  be  at  the  top. 

indirect  Gas  Vents  Indirect  gas  vents  will  be  allowed  on  heating  appliances  if  they 
comply  with  the  following  requirements: 

steam  Pipe  1st.  If  other  pipe  than  terra  cotta  is  used,  it  shall  be  standard 

wrought  iron  steam  pipe  and  shall  be  treated  where  it  passes  through 
floors  and  partitions  and  near  inflammable  material  the  same  as  steam 
pipes.  (See  Section  144.) 

Positive  Exhaust  2nd.  If  steam  pipe  is  used,  there  shall  be  a  positive  exhaust  ac- 

complished by  the  operation  of  a  suction  fan  or  some  other  equally 
effective  means. 

Vent  Above  Roof  3rd.  The  exhaust  from  such  fan  shall  be  carried  above  the  roof 

either  by  a  vent  pipe  or  by  a  chimney.  Such  vent  pipe  may  be  of  sheet 
metal. 

Automatic  Gas  4th.    The  valve  controlling  the  gas  supply  for  such  fixture  shall  be 

Valve  a  gravity  valve  opening  against  the  gas  pressure  and  arranged  in  such 

a  manner  that  it  will  positively  close  if  the  suction  fan  stops.  A  pilot 

Pilot  i.iffht  light  may  be  arranged  by  a  1-16-inch  diameter  "by-pass,"  not  controlled 

by  the  suction  fan. 

Vents  in  Existing  In  buildings  already  erected  there  shall  be  a  vent  provided  for 

Buildings  each  gas  outlet  hereafter  installed,  built  in  the  manner  provided  above 

except  that  gas  heating  stoves  may  be  vented  in  the  following  manner: 
Such  stoves  may  be  vented  with  a  sheet  iron  pipe,  not  less  in  size 
than  the  vent  outlet  on  such  stove.  Such  pipe  shall  pass  through  the 
side  of  the  building  and  turn  up  vertically  and  shall  have  a  hood  at  the 
top.  The  vertical  part  of  the  pipe  shall  not  be  nearer  than  ten  inches 
to  the  outer  wall  of  the  building  or  any  other  woodwork.  The  length 
of  such  pipe  shall  not  be  less  than  four  feet  from  where  it  is  attached 
to  the  stove  to  the  top  of  the  hood,  including  elbows.  Where  passing 
through  the  side  of  the  building  it  shall  be  protected  by  a  metal  sleeve 
extending  the  full  thickness  of  the  wall  with  a  space  between  the  pipe 
and  sleeve  of  not  less  than  one  inch,  such  space  to  be  ventilated  on 
both  sides  of  the  wall. 

Hood.  Vents  In  new  or  old  dwellings  gas  cooking  stoves  may  be  vented  by  a 

hood  not  over  six  feet  eight  inches  from  the  floor.  Such  hood  shall  ex- 
tend from  the  wall  out  and  not  less  than  nine  inches  beyond  the  outer 
edge  of  the  stove  at  front  and  ends,  and  shall  have  a  metal  vent  of  not 
less  than  forty-eight  square  inches  in  area  extending  through  the  roof 
capped  with  a  hood  and  flashed  watertight. 

Vent  in  Flues  No  gas  heater  or  other  gas  burning  fixture  shall  be  vented  into  any 

chimney,  flue  or  pipe  to  which  any  cooking  or  other  heating  appliance 


4(1 


is  connected  that  burns  fuel  other  than  gas.     No  gas  heater  shall  be  Heater  m 
installed  in  a  closet.  Closet 

GAS  HEATING  FURNACES.     Every  gas  heating  furnace  shall  be  Gas  Furnaces 
constructed  in  such  a  manner  as  to  stand  the  following  test  without  Test 
gas  escaping  to  the  room  above  through  the  hot  air  pipes:  The  furnace 
shall  be  lighted  and  allowed  to  ourn  not  less  than  five  minutes;  it  shall 
then  be  turned  out  and  the  full  head  of  gas  turned  on  for  not  less  than 
ten  minutes.    There  shall  be  sufficient  draft  from  the  vent  pipe  to  al- 
low the  lighting  of  the  furnace  without  danger  ten  minutes  after  the 
gas  has  been  turned  off.    No  gas  furnace  shall  be  vented  into  a  chim- 
ney or  flue  in  which  any  heating,  cooking  or  other  appliance  is  con- 
nected, that  burns  fuel  other  than  gas. 

Section  141.     HEATING   FURNACES.     The  top  of  every  heating  Healing  Furnaces 
furnace  set  in  brick  shall  be  covered  with  sheet  iron  and  brick  so  con-  Top 
structed  as  to  be  perfectly  tight  and  shall  be  supported  by  iron  bars 
with  at  least  two  inches  of  sand  on  top  of  the  brick. 

The  top  of  every  portable  heating  furnace  and  every  smokepipe  1'ortabie 
shall  be  not  less  than  two  feet  from  the  under  side  of  the  nearest  joists 
or  girders,  where  such  joists  or  girders  are  of  wood,  excepting  where 
said  joists  or  girders  are  protected  by  metal  furring  strips  one  and  one- 
half  inches  deep  and  metal  plates  or  plaster  on  metal  lath;  but  in  no 
case  shall  the  top  of  the  furnace  or  smokepipe  be  nearer  than  fifteen 
inches  to  the  under  side  of  the  nearest  wood  joists  or  girders.  Such 
protection  above  such  furnace  or  smokepipe  shall  extend  not  less  than 
one  foot  on  each  side  of  such  smokepipe  and  two  feet  on  all  sides  of 
such  furnace.  Every  furnace  used  for  heating  purposes  snail  be  set  on 
a  masonry  floor,  and  no  woodwork,  or  wood  lath  and  plaster  shall  be  Masonry  Floor 
within  two  feet  of  such  furnace,  unless  said  woodwork  or  wood  lath 
and  plaster  is  protected  by  metal  furring  one  and  one-half  inches  deep 
and  metal  plates  or  plaster  on  metal  lath,  and  in  no  case  shall  such 
woodwork  be  nearer  than  fifteen  inches  to  either  smokepipe  or  furnace. 

Where  petroleum  or  any  product  of  petroleum  is  used  as  fuel  for  a  Petroleum  Fuel 
furnace,  the  said  furnace  shall  be  sunk  in  a  concrete  or  masonry  pit,  Pit 
with  a  concrete  floor  sunk  not  less  than  six  inches  below  the  surround- 
ing floor  level.  Such  pit  shall  be  capable  of  containing  not  less  than 
the  supply  tank  or  tanks  furnishing  the  fuel  for  the  burner  of  such  fur- 
nace; provided,  that  furnaces  may  be  set  on  the  floor  level  if  a  pit  is 
constructed  either  under  or  at  one  side  of  the  furnace.  If  such  pit  does 
not  have  a  dirt  bottom  it  shall  be  constructed  of  the  size  specified 
above.  If  such  pit  has  a  dirt  bottom,  it  shall  be  not  less  than  one-half 
the  above  specified  size.  There  shall  be  a  drain  pipe  not  less  than  one  Drain  Pipe 
(1)  inch  in  diameter,  leading  to  such  pit  from  a  concrete  basin  con- 
structed so  as  to  catch  all  leakage  from  the  valves  and  burner.  The 
drain  pipe  shall  be  so  arranged  that  the  first  gallon  of  leakage  will  re- 
main in  the  basin,  but  any  further  leakage  will  go  through  the  drain 
pipe  to  the  pit.  If  situated  at  one  side,  such  pit  shall  have  a  metal  or 
metal-covered  cover.  Cover 

In  Class  "A"  buildings  a  masonry  curb  may  be  built  around  such  Curb  in  class  "A" 
furnace  in  lieu  of  a  pit.  Buildings 

Section  142.  RESTAURANT  AND  HOTEL  RANGES.  All  restaurant  Restaurant  and 
or  hotel  ranges  which  are  set  on  a  wooden  floor  shall  be  set  upon  at  Hotel  Ranges 
least  eight  inches  of  brick  work  laid  on  not  less  than  a  No.  16  gal-  Floor 
vanized  sheet  iron  pan  and  if  there  is  any  woodwork  back  of  said  stove 
it  shall  be  protected  by  not  less  than  eight  inches  of  masonry  at  the 
back  in  addition  to  that  required  for  setting  the  stove.     There  shall 
also  be  an  apron  or  back  above  such  stove  for  a  distance  of  two  feet,  Apron 
not  less  than  two  inches  thick,  of  brick  or  tile.    In  no  case  shall  any 
range  set  in  brick  against  a  masonry  wall  have  any  combustible  ma- 
terial between  it  and  the  wall.    All  wood  and  lath  and  plaster  or  wood- 
en ceilings  over  all  ranges  in  hotels,  restaurants  and  boarding  houses 
shall  be  guarded  by  metal  hoods,  placed  at  least  nine  inches  below  the  Hoods 
ceilings,  or  shall  be  metal  lined,  on  walls  and  ceiling  back  of  and  above 
the  range.    All  ventilating  pipes  connected  with  the  hood  over  a  range  Vents 
shall  be  at  least  nine  inches  in  diameter  and  covered  with  at  least  two 
thicknesses  of  asbestos  paper  weighing  not  less  than  eight  pounds  to 
100  square  feet. 

Section  143.     FURNACE  PIPES,  BOXES  AND  FITTINGS.   All  con- Furnace  Pipes, 
cealed  wall  pipes,  register  boxes  and  fittings  shall  be  thoroughly  cov-  Boxes  and  Fittings 
ered  with  two  thicknesses  of  asbestos  paper  weighing  not  less  than 

47 


Wall  Pipes 


Xo  Right   Angle 
Bends 

Steam  Pipes 


Protected  Where 
Passing  Through 
Floors 


Safe  Loads 
on  Soils 


Footings 
Borings 


Inspect 
Excavations 

Safe  Loads 
on   Masonry 


Floor  and   Kool 
Loads 


Floors 


eight  pounds  to  100  square  feet,  cemented  to  same,  and  after  being 
placed  all  joints  shall  be  covered  in  the  same  manner. 

All  concealed  wall  pipes  and  all  first  floor  side  wall  boxes  shall  be 
provided  with  suitable  boots  extending  to  the  under  side  of  the  floor 
joists  and  all  joints  between  the  same  shall  be  tightly  fitted  together 
and  covered  as  above  provided. 

The  boots  at  the  bottom  of  all  risers  and  side  wall  register  boxes 
shall  be  attached  at  the  cime  said  risers  and  boxes  are  placed  in  the 
building. 

All  wall  pipes  from  such  heater  shall  have  full  capacity  at  all 
points  and  shall  have  no  right  angle  bends.  Advantage  may  be  taken 
of  all  available  space,  including  lath,  plaster  and  baseboard,  for  inlets 
or  throats  of  side  wall  register  boxes  on  first  floor. 

Section  144.  STEAM  PIPES.  Steam  pipes  shall  not  be  placed 
within  two  inches  of  any  timber  or  woodwork,  unless  the  timber  or 
woodwork  is  protected  by  metal,  in  which  event  such  distance  shall  be 
not  less  than  one  inch. 

All  steam  pipes  passing  through  floors,  ceilings  or  lath  and  plaster 
or  wood  partitions  shall  be  protected  by  a  metal  tube  having  a  metal 
cap  at  the  floor  one  inch  larger  than  the  pipe  passing  entirely  through 
said  floors,  ceiling  or  partitions. 

All  pipes  or  ducts  used  to  convey  heated  air  shall  be  of  metal  or 
other  non-combustible  material. 

All  steam  pipe  coverings  shall  consist  of  non-combustible  materials 
only. 

PART  X. 

STRENGTH  OF  MATERIALS. 

Section  145.  SAFE  LOADS  ON  SOILS.  Safe  loads  on  sound  na£- 
ural  soils  shall  not  exceed  the  following  in  tons  per  square  foot: 

Tons. 

Firm  gravel  or  hard  clay  not  less  than  eight  feet  below  natural  surface  4 
Firm  gravel  or  hard  dry  clay  from  three  to  six  feet  below  natural 

surface  ...  3 

Firm  gravel  or  hard  dry  clay  less  than  three  feet  below  natural 

surface    2 

Soft  clay  or  adobe  not  less  than  ten  feet  below  the  natural  surface. . .   3 

Soft  clay  or  adobe  not  less  than  two  feet  below  natural  surface 1 

Sandy  loam 1 

All  footings  shall  be  extended  through  the  surface  down  to  firm, 
undisturbed  natural  ground. 

When  a  doubt  arises  as  to  the  safe  sustaining  power  of  the  earth 
upon  which  a  building  is  to  be  erected  the  Building  Inspector  may 
order  borings  to  be  made  or  direct  the  sustaining  power  of  the  soil  to 
be  tested  by  and  at  the  expense  of  the  owner  of  the  proposed  building. 
All  excavations  shall  be  inspected  by  the  Building  Inspector  before 
any  masonry  or  work  is  started,  and  such  inspection  shall  be  made 
within  one  working  day  of  notification. 

Section  146.  SAFE  LOADS  ON  MASONRY.  Allowable  safe  loads 
in  tons  per  square  foot: 

Brick  work  laid  in  Mortar  Lime 

Common,  kiln  run 6 

Common,  selected  hard 8 

Pressed  brick,  hard 10 

Stone  Rubble  or  Cobblestone,  irregular 
and  loosely  bonded 

Stone  Rubble  coursed,  well  bonded 6 

Stone,  Ashlar,  with  full  beds 9 

Concrete Cement  1,  Sand  2,  Stone  4 

Concrete Cement  1,  Sand  2,  Stone  5 

Section   147.      FLOOR   AND   ROOF    LOADS. 

building  shall  be  constructed  to  carry  not  less  than  the  following  live 

load  in  pounds  per  square  foot  with  a  factor  of  safety  of  four: 

Warehouses,  Wholesale  Houses,  Heavy  Factories 250 

Stores  and  Light  Warehouses .   150 

Office  Buildings: 

In  office  rooms  proper 75 

In  all  hallways,  stairs,  lobbies  and  all  rooms  for  common 

use  of  tenants .   100 


Lime  and 

Portland 

Cement 

Cement 

8 

13 

10 

15 

12 

19 

5 

10 

7 

11 

12 

20 

16 

14 

The  floors 

of  every 

48 


Hotels,  Apartment  Houses,  Lodging  Houses  and  Clubhouses: 

In  private  rooms  and  apartments 60 

In   all   halls,    corridors,    passageways,    stairways,    offices, 

lobbies,  diningrooms,  cafe  and  all  rooms  for  public  use 100 

School  Building: 

In  class  rooms 60 

In  corridors,  halls  and  stairways,  laboratories  and  assem- 
bly  rooms 80 

Hospitals : 

In  rooms 60 

In  corridors,  etc 80 

Theaters,  Assembly  Halls: 

In  auditoriums  with  fixed  seats 80 

In    lobbies,    passageways,    corridors,    stairways,    and    in 

auditoriums  with  movable  seats 125 

Halls  used  for  dancing 150 

Tenement  Houses: 

Same  as  Hospitals. 

Dwellings  and  Flats 50 

Roofs    17  Roofs 

Attics  used  for  storage  purposes  only 40 

All  ceilings  shall  be  able  to  support  a  live  and  dead  load  combined 
of  fifteen  pounds  per  square  foot. 

All  wood  beams,  joists  and  girders  shall  support  the  full  load  for  Deflection  of 
which  they  are  designed  without  deflecting  more  than  one-thirtieth  Beams,  Etc. 
(1-30)  of  an  inch  for  each  foot  of  span. 

Section   148.      FLOOR    LOADS    IN    WAREHOUSES.     To  prevent  Floor  Loads  in 
overloading  in  all  warehouses,  storehouses,  factories,  workshops  and  AVa rehouses 
stores  where  heavy  materials  are  to  be  kept  or  stored,  or  machinery 
introduced,  the  weight  that  each  floor  will  safely  sustain  upon  each 
square  foot  thereof  or  upon  each  varying  part  of  such  floor,  shall  be 
estimated  by  a  competent  person  emplowed  by  the  owner  or  occupant,  Load  Estimated 
said  estimate  shall  be  posted  in  a  conspicuous  place  on  each  story  in  b^  Competent 
the  building  to  which  it  relates  and  a  copy  thereof,  signed  by  the  per- 
son  making  such  estimate,  shall  forthwith  be  filed  with  the  Building 
Inspector  for  his  inspection  and  approval  by  the  owner  of  such  build- 
ing.    Before  any  building  hereafter  erected  is  occupied  and  used  in 
whole  or  in  part  for  any  of  the  purposes  aforesaid,  and  before  any 
building  erected  prior  to  the  passage  of  this  ordinance,  but  not  at  such 
time  occupied  for  any  of  the  aforesaid  purposes,  is  occupied  or  used,  in 
whole  or  in  part  for  any  of  the  said  purposes,  the  weight  that  each  floor 
will  safely  sustain  upon  each  square  foot  thereof  shall  be  ascertained 
and  posted  in  a  conspicuous  and  permanent  place  in  each  story  and 
varying  part  of  each  story  of  the  building  to  which  it  relates.    No  per- 
son shall  place  or  cause  to  be  placed  on  any  floor  of  any  building  any 
greater  load  than  the  safe  load  thereof,  as  provided  in  Sections  145  to  Limit  of  Load 
149  inclusive. 

Section    149.      WEIGHTS    OF    MATERIALS.      In    computing    the  Weights  of 
strength  and  weights  of  walls,  floors  and  materials,  a  cubic  foot  of  ma-  Materials 
terial  shall  be  deemed  to  have  the  weight  and  strength  given  in  the 
table  of  either  of  the  following  hand-books:  F.  E.  Kidder's  "Architect's 
and  Engineer's  Pocket    Book,"    or    Haskell's    "Mechanics    Engineer's 
Pocket  Book/'   Trautwine's,   Carnegie's   or   Cambria's   Hand-books   on 
Steel,  copies  of  which  shall  be  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  Building  In- 
spector. 

PART  XI. 
FIRE  PROTECTION. 

Section  150.     FIRE   ESCAPES   REQUIRED.     It  shall  be  unlawful  rire  Escapes 
for    any    person,    firm    or    corporation,    as    principal,    agent,    officer,  Required 
clerk  or  employee,  for  himself  or  itself,  or  for  another  person,  firm  or 
corporation  to  construct,  erect  or  maintain  any  building  except  dwell- 
ings, warehouses,  ice  houses  or  cold  storage  plants  in  which  no  person 
except  the  watchman  is  regularly  employed  above  the  second  floor  after  Exception 
six  o'clock  P.  M.;  also  excepting  buildings  of  Class  "A"  construction 
which  are  used  exclusively  for  office  purposes  above  the  first  floor 
thereof,  and  also  excepting  buildings  or  structures  not  exceeding  two 
stories  in  height  of  front  or  rear  elevation  thereof,  without  first  pro- 
viding and  maintaining  on  and  in  such  buildings  fire  escapes,  stand- 

49 


pipes  and  other  fire  extinguishing  appliances  as  may  be  by  this  ordi- 
nance required. 

This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected. 

Permits  for  Section  151.     PERMITS  FOR  FIRE  ESCAPES.     It  shall  be  unlaw- 

Fire  Escapes  ful  to  erect,  construct,  or  change  the  location  of  any  fire  escape  in  the 

City  of  Pasadena  without  first  obtaining  a  permit  so  to  do,  as  herein 
provided. 

Plans  Every  person,  firm  or  corporation,  before  obtaining  such  permit, 

shall  file  with  the  Building  Inspector  on  a  blank  to  be  furnished  by  said 
Building  Inspector,  a  written  application  therefor,  together  with  a  copy 
of  the  plans  and  of  the  specifications  for  the  work  proposed  to  be  done 
under  such  permit,  and  shall  pay  to  said  Building  Inspector  for  such 
permit  a  fee  of  one  dollar. 

Fees  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  as  prin- 

r  M  law  fni  to  cipal,  agent,  officer,  clerk  or  employee,  for  himself  or  itself,  or  for  an- 

Oceupy  other  person,  firm  or  corporation  owning,  having  charge  or  control  of 

any  building  required  by  the  ordinances  of  this  City  to  be  provided 

with  a  fire  escape  or  fire  escapes,  to  permit  any  portion  of  said  building 

above  the  second  floor  to  be  occupied  by  any  person  or  persons  until 

after  all  fire  escapes  required  by  this  ordinance  shall  have  been  com- 

pletely installed  on  said  building,  in  accordance  with  the  requirements 

of  this  ordinance,  and  shall  have  been  inspected  and  approved  by  the 

Building  Inspector,  as  herein  provided. 

Upon  the  completion  of  such  fire  escape  or  fire  escapes  upon  such 
building,  such  person,  firm  or  corporation  shall  give  notice  thereof,  in 
writing,  to  said  Building  Inspector,  whereupon  said  Building  Inspector 
shall  inspect  said  fire  escape  or  fire  escapes,  and  if  the  same  are  con- 
ortificate  structed  in  accordance  with  this  ordinance  a  certificate  to  that  effect 

shall  be  issued  to  such  person,  firm  or  corporation,  without  charge.  This 
old  Buildings  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected. 

Fire  Escapes  Section  152.     FIRE  ESCAPES.     Every  building  mentioned  in  Sec- 

tion 150  of  this  ordinance  shall  be  provided  and  equipped  with  metallic 
fire  escapes,  combined  with  metallic  balconies,  platforms  and  railings, 
firmly  secured  to  the  outer  walls,  and  erected  and  arranged  in  such  a 
way  and  in  such  proximity  to  windows  or  doors  of  each  story  above  the 
first  story  of  such  building  as  to  render  said  fire  escapes  readily  acces- 
sible from  the  interior  of  such  building.  On  every  such  building  there 
of  Fire  must  be  at  least  one  fire  escape  connected  with  every  floor  above  the 
first'  floor.  Every  such  building  of  Classes  "B"  and  "C"  containing  more 
than  6000  square  feet  of  floor  area  on  any  floor  above  the  first  story 
shall  be  provided  and  equipped  with  an  additional  fire  escape  for  every 
additional  6000  square  feet  of  area,  or  fractional  part  there- 
of contained  in  the  floor  of  largest  area  above  the  first  story, 
except  such  buildings  of  Classes  "B"  and  "C"  used  exclusive- 
ly for  office  purposes  above  the  first  floor  thereof,  which  shall  require 
Additional  one  additional  fire  escape  for  every  additional  10,000  square  feet  of 

Fire  Escapes  area  or  fractional  part  thereof.    Every  such  building  of  Class  "D"  con- 

struction containing  more  than  4000  square  feet  of  floor  area  on  any 
floor  above  the  first  story  shall  be  equipped  with  an  additional  fire 
escape  for  every  additional  4000  square  feet  of  floor  area,  or  fractional 
part  thereof,  contained  in  the  floor  of  largest  area  above  the  first  story. 
On  every  building  of  Class  "A"  except  as  hereinbefore  provided,  there 
shall  be  a  fire  escape  for  every  10,000  square  feet  of  area,  or  fractional 
part  threof,  in  the  floor  of  greatest  area  above  the  first  story.  This 
Old  Buildings  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected. 

Construction  of  Section  153.     CONSTRUCTION  OF  FIRE   ESCAPES.     The  mater- 

Fire  Escapes  ials  and  mode  of  construction  for  fire  escapes  shall  be  as  follows: 

Balcony  Materials  Balcony.     The  balcony  of  every  fire  escape  shall  be  not  less  than 

ami  Dimensions  forty-four  inches  in  width  and  not  less  in  length  than  required  for 
stairways  and  landings  provided  for  in  this  section.  The  frame  of  the 
platform  thereof  shall  be  made  of  wrought  iron  or  steel  angles  of  the 
following  dimensions  : 

For  buildings  of  Classes  "A,"  "B"  and  "C,"  not  less  than  three 
inches  by  three  inches  by  five-sixteenths  inch,  except  on  the  building 
side  of  the  platform,  where  the  dimensions  shall  be  not  less  than  three 
inches  by  four  inches  by  five-sixteenths  inch.  For  a  building  of  Class 
"D"  not  less  than  two  inches  by  two  inches  by  five-sixteenths  inch,  ex- 
cept on  the  building  side  of  the  platform,  where  the  dimensions  shall 
be  not  less  than  two  inches  by  three  inches  by  five-sixteenths  inch. 

50 


Escape* 


The  angles  at  the  ends  of  the  platform  shall  extend  through  the 
wall  and  shall  be  firmly  secured  by  nuts  and  four  inch  square  washers 
at  least  three-eighths  inch  thick. 

The  floor  of  the  platform  shall  be  made  of  five-sixteenth  inch  by  Floors 
two  inch  wrought  iron  or  steel  slats,  running  at  right  angles  to  the 
face  of  the  building,  and  placed  not  more  than  one  inch  apart  and  well 
secured  at  each  bearing  by  rivets  or  bolts.  These  slats  shall  be  sup- 
ported at  the  center  by  a  wrought  iron  or  steel  angle  not  less  than 
three  inches  by  four  inches  by  five-sixteenths  inch,  securely  bolted  or 
riveted  at  each  end  to  the  outer  frame  of  the  platform. 

The  balcony  shall  be  provided  with  an  outside  top  rail  made  of  Top  Rail 
wrought  iron  or  steel  angles,  of  the  following  dimensions: 

For  buildings  of  Classes  "A,"  "B"  or  "C,"  two  inches  by  two  inches  "A."  "B"  and  "C" 
by  five-sixteenths  inch.  Buildings 

For  a  building  of  Class  "D,"  one  and  one-half  inches  by  one-quarter  Top  Kail 
inch.     Said  rail  shall  be  not  less  than  two  feet  ten  inches  above  the  nass  "D" 
floor  of  the  balcony.     The  ends  of  said  rail  shall  extend  through  the 
wall  and  shall  be  firmly  secured  by  nuts  and  three  inch  square  washers 
at  least  three-eighths  of  an  inch  thick.     In  the  space  between  the  rail 
and  the  frame  of  the  platform  there  shall  be  placed  upright  standards 
or  filling-in-bars  of  not  less  than  one-half  inch  round  or  square  wrought 
ir'on  or  steel  which,  shall  be  firmly  riveted  to  the  top  rail  and  to  the 
frame  of  the  platform,  and  shall  be  placed  not  more  than  eight  inches 
apart. 

The  opening  in  the  floor  of  the  balcony  for  the  stairway  shall  be  opening  in 
not  less  than  twenty  inches  by  forty  inches,  provided  that  no  such  Floors 
opening  shall  be  made  in  any  lowest  balcony,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided.    The  stairway  shall  be  not  less  than  'eighteen  inches  in  width  stairway 
and  shall  be  constructed  as  follows: 

The  stringers  shall  be  of  steel  not  less  than  one-half  inch  by  four  stringers 
inches,  the  treads  shall  have  a  rise  of  not  more  than  twelve  inches  and  Treads 
shall  be  of  one-quarter  inch  by  four  inch  steel  with  flanges  at  the  ends 
of  each  tread,  and  shall  be  riveted  at  each  end  to  the  stringer  with 
two  five-sixteenths  inch  rivets.    The  stairway  shall  have  an  inclination 
of  four  inches  horizontal  to  twelve  inches  vertical  height,  and  there 
shall  be  a  landing  not  less  than  twenty  inches  wide  at  the  top  and  at  Landing 
the  bottom  of  the  stairway.    In  all  cases  where  the  length  of  the  stair- 
way between  balconies  exceeds  twelve  feet,  such  stairway  shall  be 
braced  in  the  center  thereof.     Such  stairway  shall  be  provided  with  a  Braces 
hand  rail  at  each  side  of  iron  pipe  not  less  than  one  inch  in  diameter,  Rail 
which  shall  be  continuous  from  the  topmost  balcony  to  the  lowest  bal- 
cony. 

Each  platform  shall  be  braced  and  supported  at  each  end  by  a  strut  Platform 
made  of  two  inch  by  two  inch  by  five-sixteenths  inch  wrought  iron  or 
steel  angle,  the  upper  end  of  which  shall  be  riveted  or  bolted  to  the 
frame  of  the  platform,  and  the  lower  end  shall  be  securely  embedded 
in.  the  wall;  provided  that  where  the  platform  is  more  than  nine  feet 
in  length  there  shall  be  an  additional  support  of  the  description  afore- 
said for  each  additional  four  feet  or  fraction  thereof.  Such  support 
shall  be  placed  as  nearly  as  practical  equidistant. 

There  shall  be  an  iron  gooseneck  ladder  extending  from  the  bal-  Gooseneck  Ladder 
cony  at  the  top  floor  to  and  above  the  roof  of  the  building.     The  por-  to  Roof 
tion  of  the  ladder  from  the  balcony  to  the  top  of  the  wall  shall  be  par- 
allel to  the  general  face  of  the  wall.    Such  ladder  shall  be  not  less  than 
fifteen  inches  wide.    The  sides  of  such  ladder  shall  be  made  of  one-half 
inch  by  two  inch  wrought  iron  or  steel.     The  rungs  thereof  shall  be 
made  of  five-eights  inch  round  wrought  iron  or  steel,  placed  not  more 
than  fourteen  inches  apart.     The  base  of  the  ladder  shall  be  securely 
riveted  or  bolted  to  the  floor  of  the  balcony.     The  upper  end  of  the 
ladder  shall  be  fastened  with  the  bolts  to  the  roof  of  the  building.    The 
ladder  shall  be  well  braced  with  wrought  iron  or  steel  brackets,  built  Braces 
into  or  bolted  to  the  wall  of  the  building.     These  brackets  shall  be 
placed  not  more  than  four  feet  apart. 

All  parts  and  details  of  the    construction    of    balconies,    ladders,  Supports 
stairways  and  hand  rails  shall  be  firmly  supported  and  stiffened  so  as 
to  be  perfectly  rigid,  durable  and  secure. 

Each  balcony  shall  be  tested  by  the  owner  or  builder  thereof  at  his  Tests 
own  expense  whenever  required  so  to  do  by  the  Building  Inspector, 
with  a  dead  load  of  one  hundred  pounds  per  square  foot  of  floor  area. 
If  the  balcony  shows  any  weakness  in  construction  or  anchorage  it 

51 


shall  be  strengthened  at  once  by  the  owner  or  builder  and  made  in 
every  way  satisfactory  to  the  Building  Inspector. 

Balconies  of  equal  strength  may  be  built  of  other  fireproof  material 
provided  they  comply  with  the  other  requirements. 

other  Fire  In  lieu  of  the  above  fire  escapes,  stairways  may  be  built  entirely  of 

Escapes  non-combustible  material,  enclosed  in  a  shaft  of  masonry,  not  less  than 

eight  inches  thick  if  of  brick,  six  inches  thick  if  of  concrete,  or  four 
inches  thick  if  of  reinforced  concrete,  with  all  doors  opening  into  the 
open  air.  If  such  shaft  is  entirely  outside  of  the  building  it  may  be  en- 
closed with  sheet  metal  of  not  less  than  twenty  guage.  Such  shaft 
shall  run  from  the  ground  to  above  the  roof  of  the  building  and  en- 
trance into  such  shaft  shall  be  possible  only  by  passing  entirely  out 
of  the  building  into  the  open  air  on  to  a  fireproof  balcony.  Spiral 
spiral  Slides  •  slides  of  approved  type  may  be  used  in  place  of  stairs.  The  doors  to 

such  shaft  shall  be  constructed  of  fireproof  material  throughout  or  such 
shaft  shall  have  standard  fire  doors.  Such  doors  shall  be  hung  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  be  self-closing.  When  the  last  mentioned  type  of  fire 
escape  is  used,  if  the  balconies  are  constructed  of  fireproof  material, 
other  than  metal,  the  floors  having  no  openings;  the  windows  and  other 
openings  opposite  said  balconies  need  not  have  metal  frames  or  wired 
glass. 

NO  Openings  The  floor  or  bottom  of  the  lowest  balcony  of  every  fire  escape  shall 

in  Floors  have  no  opening  or  open  space  therein  of  greater  width  than  one  inch, 

except  as  hereinafter  provided. 

On  Hospitals,  Etc.  Every  fire  escape  on  any  hospital,  sanatorium,  sanitarium  or  asy- 

stairways  lum  shall  consist  of  an  iron  stairway  extending  from  the  ground  to  the 

topmost  story  and  shall  have  a  landing  at  each  story  communicating 
with  such  corridors.  The  treads  of  such  stairway  shall  be  not  less  than 
eight  inches  wide  and  the  risers  shall  be  not  more  than  seven  inches 
high. 

Each  such  stairways  shall  have  a  substantial  iron  railing  at  least 

three  feet  high  on  its  exposed  sides.    From  the  landing  at  the  top  story 

Ladder  to  Roof        a  metal  ladder  shall  extend  to  the  roof  as  provided  in  this  ordinance 

for  other  fire  escapes. 

old  Buildings  This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected. 

Passageways  to  Section  154.     PASSAGEWAYS  TO  FIRE  ESCAPES.     In  buildings 

Fire  Escapes  already  erected,  where  the  fire  escape  cannot  be  so  placed  as  to  be  ac- 

oid  Buildings  cessible  from  the  hall  or  corridor  and  where  the  only  means  of  reach- 

ing the  fire  escape  is  through  a  room,  then  the  door  to  such  room  shall 

be  a  sash  door,  and  upon  said  door  or  on  the  wall  contiguous  to  the 

same  there  shall  be  conspicuously  painted  or  printed  the  words  "To 

Electric  Sign  Fire  Escape,     the  letters  to  be  not  less  than  three  inches  in  height; 

and  over  said  door  there  shall  be  suspended  a  light  of  not  less  than 

eight  candle  power  enclosed  in  a  colored  globe,  which  said  light  shzJl 

be  kept  continuously  lighted  from  sunset  to  sunrise  of  each  succeeding 

day. 

Hallways  to  Section  155.     HALLWAYS  TO  FIRE  ESCAPES.    The  exterior  fire 

Fire  Escapes  escape  or  fire  escapes  required  by  this  ordinance  on  every  building 

hereafter  erected  or  remodeled  shall  be  located  at  the  end  of  a  hall  or 
passageway.  The  walls  and  ceilings  of  every  such  hall  and  passage- 
way shall  be  constructed  of  the  materials  prescribed  by  this  ordinance 
for  elevator  shafts  in  buildings  of  the  class  to  which  such  building  be- 
longs. 

Windows  Section    156.      WINDOWS    ADJOINING    FIRE    ESCAPES.      Every 

Adjoining  Fire         window  adjoining  any  part  or  portion  of  a  fire  escape  (except  the  top 

Escapes  balcony),  attached  to  the  wall  through  which  such  window  opens,  shall 

have  a  metal  frame  and  metal  sash  glazed  with  wire  glass  not  less  than 

Doors  one-fourth  inch  thick.     Every  door  in  an  exterior  wall  leading  to  or 

opening  upon  any  fire  escape  shall  be  made  as  hereinafter  provided  for 

fire  shutters  and  shall  be  glazed  with  wire  glass  not  less  than  one- 

fourth  inch  thick.    Such  glass  shall  be  not  less  than  twenty-two  inches 

by  thirty-six  inches.    Such  doors  shall  have  a  metal  frame  and  be  hung 

in  such  a  manner  so  as  not  to  obstruct  the  balcony. 

Old  Buildings  This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected, 

Exceptions  provided  that  windows  in  existing  buildings  of  Classes  "A,"  "B"  and 

"C"   may  have  the  frames,   sash  and  casings   entirely   covered  with 

metal  inside  and  out,  and  the  wired  glass  set  with  metal  stops  held  in 

place  with  screws;  or  they  may  be  covered  on  the  inside  with  a  coun- 


52 


terbalanced  steel  shutter,  released  in  case  of  fire  by  a  fusible  link,  to 
automatically  close  the  opening  and  cover  all  casings  not  protected 
with  metal. 

In  Class  "D"  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected,  the  inside  of 
the  sash  shall  be  metal  covered  and  the  wired  glass  shall  be  held  in 
place  by  metal  stops.  Such  stops  shall  be  fastened  with  screws. 

Section  157.     OBSTRUCTIONS  TO   FIRE   ESCAPES.     It  shall  be  obstructions  to 
unlawful  to  attach,  fasten  or  tie,  or  to  permit,  allow  or  suffer  to  be  at-  Fire  Escapes 
tached,  fastened  or  tied  to  any  fire  escape  any  sign,  rope,  cable,  wire, 
standard,  brace  or  support  that  is  not  by  this  ordinance  required  to  be 
attached,  fastened  or  tied  thereto. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  in  any  manner  or  by  any  means  to  obstruct,  or  obstruct  Hails 
to  permit,  allow  or  suffer  to  be  obstructed,  any  hallway  or  passageway 
leading  to  a  fire  escape. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  to  obstruct,  or  to  permit,  allow  or  suffer  to  be 
obstructed  in  any  manner  or  by  any  means,  any  fire  escape  or  portion 
thereof. 

This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected.  Location  of 

Section    158.       LOCATION     OF     FIRE     ESCAPES    AND    STAND- Fire  Escapes  and 
PIPES.    The  Building  Inspector  shall  have  power  to  determine  the  lo-  standpipes 
cation  of  all  fire  escapes  and  standpipes,  and  the  number  thereof,  in 
cases  in  which  the  number  and  location  thereof  is  not  fixed  by  this  ordi- 
nance; said  Building  Inspector  shall  have  power  to  inspect  the  same  to 
see  that  they  are  properly  constructed  and  maintained,  as  required  by 
this  ordinance.    Before  a  building  permit  is  issued  for  any  building  re- 
quired to  have  fire  escapes,  or  standpipes,  the  plans  therefor  shall  be  Plans 
submitted  to  said  Building  Inspector  and  the  location  and  number  of 
such  fire  escapes  must  be  designated  by  the  said  Building  Inspector 
and  indorsed  on  such  plans.    If  the  Building  Inspector  finds  that  any 
building  now  existing  or  in  course  of  construction  or  hereafter  to  be 
constructed  does  not  comply  with  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordi- 
nance in  regard  to  fire  escapes  or  standpipes,  such  building  Inspector 
shall  give  written  notice  of  such  deficency  to  the  owner,  lessee  or  oc-  Notice 
cupant  of  such  building,  requiring  such  owner,  lessee  or  occupant  with- 
in thirty  days  after  the  receipt  of  such  notice  to  make  such  building 
conform  to  the  said  provisions  of  this  ordinance.    It  shall  be  unlawful 
for  the  owner,  lessee  or  occupant  of  such  building  to  use  or  occupy  such  Unlawful  to 
building  or  permit  or  suffer  the  same  to  be  used  or  occupied  after  the  Occupy 
expiration  of  said  thirty  days  from  the  receipt  of  said  notice,  unless  the 
same  has  within  that  time  been  made  to  conform  to  the  provisions  of 
this  ordinance  and  a  certificate  of  such  conformity  has  been  issued  by 
said  Building  Inspector.     The  Building  Inspector  may,  by  notice  in 
writing,  extend  the  time. 

Secton  159.     STANDPIPES.     Every  building  of  three,  four  or  five  standpipes 
stories  in  height  shall  have  attached  to  the  outside  of  the  exterior  walls 
or  embedded  therein,  one  or  more  metallic  standpipes  at  least  four  Number 
inches  in  diameter,  which  shall  extend  from  a  point  four  feet  six  inches 
above  the  sidewalk  to  and  over  the  roof  of  such  building  and  at  each 
story  there  shall  be  a  branch  gate  valve  therein;  and  there  shall  be  a  Gate  Valves  and 
two-way  Siamese  inlet  attached  to  each  standpipe  not  more  than  four  inlets 
feet  six  inches  above  the  line  of  the  sidewalk,  and  an  outlet  over  the 
roof  consisting  of  two  valves  provided  with  a  cap  and  chains. 

Every  building  of  six  or  seven  stories  in  height  shall  have  outside  six  or  Seven 
of  the  exterior  walls  or  embedded  therein,  one  or  more  metallic  stand-  stories 
pipes  at  least  five  inches  in  diameter,  each  of  which  shall  have  a  four- 
way  Siamese  inlet  attached  thereto,  not  more  than  four  feet  six  inches 
above  the  line  of  the  sidewalk,  and  at  each  story  there  shall  be  a  gate 
valve  provided  with  a  cap  and  chain;  there  shall  be  an  outlet  at  the 
end  of  each  standpipe,  over  the  roof,  which  shall  be  connected  with  a 
three-way  Siamese  outlet  having  gate  valves  and  provided  with  caps 
and  chains. 

Every  building  of  eight  or  more  stories  in  height  shall  havfc  at-  Over  Seven  stories 
tached  to  the  putside  of  the  exterior  walls  thereof  or  embedded  there- 
in, one  or  more  metallic  standpipes  at  least  six  inches  in  diameter, 
each  of  which  shah  have  a  four-way  Siamese  inlet  attached  thereto,  not 
more  than  four  feet  six  inches  above  the  line  of  the  sidewalk;  and  at 
each  such  story  there  shall  be  a  gate  valve  provided  with  a  cap  and 
chain.  There  shall  be  an  outlet  at  the  end  of  each  such  standpipe,  over 
the  roof,  which  shall  be  connected  with  a  three-way  Siamese  outlet 

53 


Pressure 


At  Fire  Escape 


Size  of  Connection 


Couplings 


Brass    Couplings 


Old  Buildings 

Interior 

Standpipes 


Three  to   Five 
Stories 


Tank  on  Roof 


Old  Buildings 
Basement  Pipe 
Inlets 


Old  Buildings 
Metal    Frames, 
Wire  Glass 
Fire  Doors   and 
Shutters 


Wire  Glass 


having  gate  valves  and  provided  with  cap  and  chajns.  All  connections 
for  such  inlets  and  outlets  shall  be  not  less  than  three  incnes  in 
diameter. 

All  standpipes,  by  this  section  required,  shall  be  capable  of  sus- 
taining a  hydrostatic  pressure  of  three  hundred  pounds  to  the  square 
inch  throughout  their  entire  length,  after  the  same  are  erected. 

On  every  building  where  standpipes  are  required  there  shall  be  a 
standpipe  in  connection  with  every  fire  escape  required  by  this  ordi- 
nance, provided  that  buildings  of  Class  "A"  over  three  stories  in 
height  shall  have  at  least  one  standpipe  for  every  eighty  feet  of  street 
or  alley  frontage  or  fractional  part  thereof.  The  line  of  such  stand- 
pipe  shall  be  parallel  and  adjacent  to  the  vertical  line  of  the  fire  es- 
capes, whenever  such  fire  escapes  occur,  in  that  part  of  the  frontage  of 
such  building  in  which  a  standpipe  is  required  to  be  placed  or  installed 
by  this  ordinance. 

Every  inlet  and  outlet  connection  or  branch  or  Siamese  for  which 
provision  is  made  in  this  section  shall  be  not  less  than  three  inches 
across  its  inside  diameter. 

Every  coupling  for  a  fire  escape  connection  with  every  such  con- 
nection, branch  or  Siamese,  for  which  provision  is  made  in  this  section, 
shall  be  kept  and  maintained  of  a  size  that  will  permit  the  standard 
fire  hose  coupling  of  the  City  of  Pasadena  to  be  coupled  therewith  in 
the  usual  manner. 

Every  such  inlet  and  outlet  or,  branch  or  Siamese,  together  with 
the  coupling  thereto  and  the  valve  or  valves  and  gate  or  gates  thereof, 
shall  be  of  brass,  and  shall  be  kept  covered  at  all  times,  when  not  in 
actual  use,  with  a  cap  and  chain  of  brass. 

This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected. 

Section  160.  INTERIOR  STANDPIPES.  Inside  of  every  building 
over  two  stories  in  height,  except  those  of  Class  "A";  dwellings, 
churches,  cold  storage  plants  and  ice  houses,  there  shall  be  installed 
and  maintained  interior  standpipes  extending  from  a  direct  connection 
with  the  city  water  main  (such  connection  to  be  of  not  less  diameter 
than  that  of  the  standpipe),  to  and  above  the  roof  of  the  building  as 
follows: 

Buildings  of  three  stories  in  height  and  not  over  five  stories  in 
height  shall  have  such  standpipes  of  not  less  than  one  and  one-half 
inches  internal  diameter;  buildings  of  over  five  stories  in  height  shall 
have  such  standpipes  of  not  less  than  two  inches  internal  diameter. 
Such  standpipes  shall  have  a  one  and  one-half  inch  hose  connection  on 
each  floor  and  roof,  with  sufficient  standard  one  and  one-half  inch  fire 
hose  (and  suitable  nozzle)  attached  thereto  to  reach  all  points  of  such 
floor.  Such  standpipes  and  hose  shall  be  located  and  maintained  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  Building  Inspector.  If  the  height  of  such  building 
renders  the  available  water  pressure  insufficient  to  throw  a  reasonable 
stream  of  water  from  such  standpipes  through  such  fire  hose,  then  such 
standpipes  shall  be  connected  to  a  tank  containing  not  less  than  one 
thousand  gallons  of  water  upon  the  roof  of  the  building. 

This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected. 

Section  161.  BASEMENT  PIPE  INLETS.  The  cellar  or  basement 
of  any  store,  warehouse  or  factory  shall  have  through  its  ceiling  a  pipe 
inlet  with  a  cover  flush  with  the  floor  above.  Said  pipe  inlet  shall  be 
not  less  than  eight  inches  in  diameter  and  shall  be  kept  free  from  any 
obstruction. 

There  shall  be  one  pipe  inlet  for  every  fifty  feet  in  width  or  frac- 
tion thereof,  and  one  pipe  inlet  for  every  eighty  feet  or  fraction  there- 
of in  length  of  such  cellar  or  basement. 

This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected. 

Section  162.  METAL  FRAMES,  WIRE  GLASS,  FIRE  DOORS, 
SHUTTERS.  Every  exterior  window  or  opening  in  any  building  with- 
in Fire  District  No.  1  (except  windows  and  openings  located  in  a  court 
twenty  feet  or  more  in  width  in  any  Class  "B"  or  "C"  building  opening 
upon  a  street  or  alley  and  sixteen  feet  in  width  in  any  Class  "A"  build- 
ing, and  except  windows  and  openings  in  walls  of  Class  "D"  construc- 
tion, dwellings,  churches  and  schoolhouses)  situated  within  thirty  feet 
in  any  direction  of  a  wall  or  roof  of  any  building,  or  an  adjacent  wall 
of  the  same  building  (provided  that  in  Class  "A"  buildings  the  distance 
may  be  sixteen  feet  in  place  of  thirty  feet),  other  than  a  blank  masonry 
wall,  shall  have  metal  frames  and  sash,  glazed  with  wire  glass  not  less 


than  one-fourth  inch  thick,  no  light  of  which  said  glass  sliall  be  larger 
than  forty-two  by  seventy-two  inches;  said  metal  frames  and  sash  shall 
be  constructed  of  heavy  galvanized  iron,  and  all  joints  shall  be  locked 
and  riveted  without  solder;  or  such  openings  may  be  protected  with 
standard  fire  doors  or  shutters  constructed,  arranged  and  hung  in  ac-  Fire  Door 
cordance  with  the  specifications  prescribed  in  this  ordinance  for  doors  Shutters 
closing  communicating  openings;  provided,  however,  that  rolling  iron, 
or  steel  shutters  in  lieu  of  such  metal  frames  and  sash  may  be  used  on 
the  first  story  of  any  such  building,  and  such  shutters  shall  be  counter- 
balanced in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  readily  opened  from  the  outside. 
All  doors  opening  upon  fire  escape  balconies  shall  be  so  arranged  as  to 
be  readily  opened  from  the  outside. 

Communicating  Openings — Openings  through  exterior,  division  or 
party  walls,  whereby  communication  is  made  with  an  adjoining  build-  Openings 
ing  or  room,  shall  not  exceed  ten  feet  in  width  or  be  more  than  three 
in  number  in  any  one  story,  and  shall  have  metal  covered  fire  doors  on 
each  side  of  each  such  opening  constructed  and  arranged  as  specified 
in  this  section.  Any  fire  door  or  rolling  shutter  which  bears  the  Na- 
tional Underwriter's  stamp  of  approval  for  the  same  purpose  may  be 
used  in  lieu  of  any  doors  or  shutters  mentioned  in  this  section. 

Construction — All  fire  doors  or  shutters  shall  be  constructed  in  con-  Construction 
formity  with  the  following  specifications:  Such  doors  shall  be  con- 
structed of  two  or  three  thicknesses  of  matched  redwood  boards,  and 
such  shutters  shall  be  constructed  of  two  thicknesses  of  matched  red- 
wood boards.  All  doors  not  over  twenty-five  feet  in  area  shall  be  con- 
sidered shutters.  In  each  case  such  boards  shall  be  not  over  six  inches 
wide,  at  right  angles  to  each  other,  or  crossing  diagonally,  nailed  with 
wire  nails  clinched,  and  covered  on  both  sides  and  on  all  edges  with 
sheet  tin  not  more  than  fourteen  inches  by  twenty  inches  in  size, 
joined  with  lock  joint  and  nailed  to  the  woodwork,  nails  to  be  driven 
inside  the  lap  and  the  joints  hammered  down  over  the  nail  heads.  No 
solder  shall  be  used.  The  hinges,  bolts  and  latches  of  such  doors  shall  Hinges 
be  secured  or  fastened  to  the  door  or  shutter  after  the  tin  has  been 
nailed  on.  No  door  shall  be  less  than  twro  and  five-eighths  inches  in 
thickness,  nor  shutters  less  than  one  and  three-fourths  inches  in  thick- 
ness. 

Hinges  and  nangers  shall  be  of  strong  wrought  iron  and  fastened 
to  the  door  or  shutter  with  bolts  and  nuts.  Latches  shall  be  so  ar- 
ranged on  the  shutters  that  they  can  be  opened  from  either  side. 

Swinging  doors  and  swinging  shutters  shall  close  into  an  opening  Swinging  Doors 
provided  in  the  wall,  whicn  wall  shall  be  rabbetted  three  inches  at  the 
top  and  sides  and  one  and  one-half  inches  at  the  bottom  to  receive  the 
same;  provided  that,  in  buildings  erected  before  the  passage  of  this 
ordinance,  swinging  doors  and  swinging  shutters  must  close  into  the 
openings;  but  the  rabbet  may  be  omitted. 

All  sliding  doors  shall  extend  at  least  three  inches  over  the  mason-  Sliding  Doors 
ry  at  sides  and  top  of  the  doorway  or  opening,  and  one  and  one-half 
inches  below  the  top  of  the  sill.     Sliding  doors  may  run  at  the  bottom 
in  a  channel  iron  so  set  as  to  give  the  door  a  bearing  of  one  and  one- 
half  inches  below  the  top  of  the  sill. 

Sills  shall  break  the  floor  and  rise  at  least  one  inch  above  the  floor  Sills 
level,  and  shall  be  constructed  of  metal  or  masonry.     Wood  sills  shall 
not  be  used. 

The  rail  or  track  must  be  heavy  enough  to  withstand  heat  without  Kail 
warping,  and  may  be  made  of  angle  or  channel  iron,  and  both  rails 
must  be  secured  to  the  wall  wnenever  possible  by  bolts  passing  through 
the  wall,  otherwise  "expansion"  bolts  shall  be  used.  When  channel  or 
angle  iron  cannot  be  obtained,  tne  track  may  be  made  of  common  flat 
bar  steel  not  less  than  three-eighths  inch  thick  and  four  inches  wide, 
bolted  through  the  wall  with  three-fourths  inch  bolts.  The  distance  of 
the  track  from  the  wall  may  be  regulated  by  washers. 

Stops  shall  be  placed  so  as  to  prevent  the  door  from  rolling  off  the  stops 
track  at  either  end,  and  hold  it  in  position  when  closed. 

Occupants  of  all  buildings  provided  wtth  fire  doors  and  shutters 
shall  close  the  said  fire  doors  and  shutters  at  the  close  of  business  each 
day. 

This    section    shall   apply    to    all    buildings    already    or   hereafter  oid  Buildings 
erected,  except  that  openings  in  existing  buildings  which  are  situated 

55 


Theaters 
Character  of 
Construction 


Existing 
Buildings 


Permit  to  Use 


Frontage   and 
Courts 


Courts 


Width 


Corridor 


Ceilings   and 
Floors 


Doors 


Obstructions 


Main  Entrance 


Proscenium 
Opening 


Definition   of 
Street 


sixteen  feet  or  more  in  any  direction  from  the  wall  of  another  building 
or  the  adjacent  walls  of  the  same  building  need  not  have  fire  doors  or 
fire  shutters. 

PART  XII. 

THEATERS. 

Section  163.  CHARACTER  OF  CONSTRUCTION.  All  theaters 
and  theater  buildings  shall  be  of  Class  "A"  construction  throughout. 
No  building  which,  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance,  is  not 
in  actual  use  for  theatrical  or  operatic  purposes,  and  no  building  here- 
after erected  not  in  conformity  with  the  requirements  of  this  ordinance, 
shall  be  used  for  theatrical  or  operatic  performances,  or  for  public  en- 
tertainments of  any  kind,  until  the  same  shall  have  been  made  to  con- 
form with  the  requirements  of  this  ordinance.  All  existing  buildings  in 
use  as  theaters  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance  shall  be 
made  to  comply  with  the  provisions  thereof  under  the  direction  and 
supervision  of  the  Building  Inspector,  to  such  an  extent  as  may  be 
deemed  necessary  and  practicable  by  said  Building  Inspector,  except 
where  specially  mentioned  in  th  following  sections,  in  which  case  they 
shall  be  made  to  comply  with  said  sections. 

No  building  herein  described  shall  be  maintained  or  opened  to  the 
public  for  theatrical  or  operatic  purposes,  or  for  public  entertainments 
of  any  kind,  until  the  Building  Inspector  shall  have  approved  the  same 
in  writing  as  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  this  ordinance. 

Section  164.  FRONTAGE  AND  COURTS.  Every  theater  or  theater 
building  shall  have  at  least  one  frontage  on  a  street,  and  in  such 
frontage  there  shall  be  suitable  means  of  entrance  and  exit  for  the 
audience.  In  addition  to  the  aforesaid  entrances  and  exits  on  a  street 
there  shall  be  an  open  court  or  space  on  the  side  thereof  not  bordering 
on  a  street,  where  said  building  is  located  on  a  corner  lot,  and  on  both 
sides  of  said  building  where  there  is  but  one  frontage  thereof  on  a 
street.  The  width  of  such  open  court  or  courts  shall  not  be  less  than 
six  feet  where  the  seating  capacity  of  such  theater  is  not  more  than 
1000  persons;  where  such  seating  capacity  is  more  than  1000  persons 
and  not  more  than  1500  persons,  such  court  or  courts  shall  be  eight  feet 
in  width,  and  where  such  seating  capacity  is  more  than  fifteen  hundred 
persons,  such  court  or  courts  shall  be  ten  feet  in  width.  Such  open 
court  or  courts  shall  be  continuous  from  the  proscenium  wall  of  such 
theater  to  the  wall  separating  the  same  from  the  entrance  lobby  or 
vestibule.  A  separate  corridor  shall  continue  to  the  street  or  alley 
from  each  such  open  court  through  such  structure  as  may  be  built  on 
the  street  side  of  the  auditorium,  with  continuous  walls  of  brick  or  fire- 
proof materials  on  each  side  of  the  entire  length  of  said  corridor  or 
corridors,  and  the  ceiling  and  floors  of  such  corridor  shall  be  fireproof. 
Such  corridor  or  corridors  shall  not  be  less  than  five  feet  in  width  and 
there  shall  be  no  obstruction  in  said  corridor  or  corridors.  The  outer 
ends  or  openings  of  such  court  or  corridor  shall  be  provided  with  doors 
or  gates  opening  toward  the  street,  full  width  of  corridors.  During 
the  performance  or  presence  of  the  audience  in  such  theater,  the  doors 
or  gates  in  the  corridors  shall  be  kept  open  by  proper  fastenings;  at 
other  times  they  may  be  closed  and  fastened  by  movable  bolts  or  locks. 
The  said  open  courts  and  corridors  shall  not  be  used  for  storage  pur- 
poses, or  for  any  purpose  whatsoever,  except  for  exit  and  entrance 
from  and  to  the  auditorium  and  stage,  and  must  be  kept  free  and  clear 
of  obstruction  during  performances  in  such  theater.  The  elevation  of 
the  floors  of  said  corridors  at  the  front  entrance  to  the  building  shall 
be  continuous  with  the  sidewalk  where  they  begin  at  the  street  en- 
trance. The  entrance  in  the  main  front  of  the  building  shall  not  be  on 
a  lower  elevation  than  the  sidewalk,  and  shall  in  no  case  be  more  than 
twenty-eight  inches  above  the  sidewalk,  and  gradients  shall  be  ex- 
clusively used  in  all  exits  and  approaches  from  the  first  floor  levels  to 
the  street  or  alley. 

The  proscenium  openings  of  every  theater  shall  be  parallel  to  the 
principal  street  frontage  of  the  building  in  which  such  theater  is  lo- 
cated, and  the  foyer  and  lobby,  or  foyer  or  lobby,  of  such  theater  shall 
extend  at  substantially  right  angles  to  such  proscenium  opening  and  to 
such  principal  street  frontage.  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  no  al- 
ley or  place  or  court  shall  be  considered,  deemed  or  held  to  be  a  street. 


56 


Section  165.     THEATER  ON  CORNER  LOT— SPECIAL  REQUIRE-  Theater  on 
MENTS  UNDER  CERTAIN  CONDITIONS.    In  a  theater  building,  or  a  Comer  Lots 
building  in  which  a  theater  is  located  on  a  corner  lot,  that  portion  of 
the  premises  bordering  on  the  street  and  not  required  for  use  of  the 
theater  may,  if  such  portion  be  not  more  than  twenty-five  feet  in  width, 
be  used  for  offices,  stores  or  apartments,  provided  the  walls  separating  stores,  Etc. 
such  portion  of  such  building  from  the  theater  proper  are  carried  up 
solidly  without  openings  to  and  through  the  roof,  and  that  a  fireproof 
passage  or  corridor  be  provided  for  each  gallery,  equal  in  width  to  the  Passageways 
combined  width  of  the  exits  from  the  gallery  of  the  theater  which  it  is 
intended  to  accommodate;  such  passage  or  corridor  shall  lead  directly 
to  the  street  or  alley  by  means  of  fireproof  stairs  or  may  run  on  a  level 
directly  through  the  face  of  that  portion  of  the  building  bordering  on 
the  street  to  balconies  and  stairs  leading  to  the  ground  as  hereinbefore 
provided;  or  a  fireproof  court  shall  be  provided  as  elsewhere  described 
in  this  ordinance.    There  shall  be  no  means  of  communication  between 
said  passages,   corridors,  courts,  or  balconies  and  stairs  and  the  of- 
fice, store  and  apartment  section  of  the  building  except  for  the  private 
offices  of  the  theater. 

Section  166.     FOYERS,  LOBBIES,  ETC.     The  aggregate  capacity  Foyers,  Lobbies, 
of  the  foyers,  lobbies,  corridors,  passages  and  rooms  for  the  conven-  Etc. 
ience  of  the  audience,  not  including  aisle  space  or  the  space  between  Capacity 
seats,  in  every  theater  or  portion  of  a  building  usd  as  a  theater,  shall 
on  each  floor  and  gallery  thereof  be  sufficient  to  contain  the  entire 
number  to  be  accommodated  on  said  floor  or  gallery,  in  the  ratio  of 
150  superficial  square  feet  of  floor  room  for  every  100  persons,  but  no 
public  main  hall,  lobby  or  corridor  shall  be  less  than  six  (6)  feet  wide 
anywhere.     Gradients  or  inclined  planes  shall  be  employed  instead  of  Gradients 
steps  to  overcome  differences  of  level  in  the  aisles  on  the  main  floor 
and  in  the  corridors  and  passages  leading  from  all  floors  or  galleries  of 
any  such  theater.    This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  here- 
after erected  in  so  far  as  it  relates  to  gradients. 

Section  167.     INTERIOR  WALLS.     Fireproof  walls  shall  separate  interior  Walls 
the  auditorium  of  such  theater  from  the  entrance  vestibule,  and  from 
any  room  or  rooms  over  such  vestibule,  from  any  lobbies,  corridors, 
refreshment  or  other  rooms.    All  staircases  for  the  use  of  the  audience 
of  such  theater  shall  be  enclosed  with  walls  of  masonry  or  of  fireproof 
materials.     The  openings  to  the  staircases  from  each  gallery  in  said 
theater  shall  be  full  width  of  said  staircases.    No  door  shall  open  im- 
mediately upon  a  flght  of  stairs,  but  a  landing  at  least  the  width  of  the  Landing 
door  shall  be  provided  between  such  stairs  and  such  door.    Every  such 
stairway  landing  shall  be  capable  of  sustaining  a  load  of  not  less  than  Load 
125  pounds  per  square  foot  with  factor  of  safety  of  four,  and  shall  be 
of  fireproof  construction. 

Section  168.  PROSCENIUM  WALL.  A  fire  wall  built  of  masonry  Proscenium  Wall 
shall  separate  the  auditorium  of  every  theater  from  the  stage  thereof 
and  such  wall  shall  extend  at  least  three  (3)  feet  above  the  stage  roof, 
or  the  auditorium  roof  if  the  latter  be  the  higher.  Above  the  proscen- 
ium opening  there  shall  be  an  iron,  steel  or  reinforced  concrete  girder. 
Should  there  be  constructed  an  orchestra  balcony  above  the  stage  and  orchestra  Balcony 
above  the  proscenium  opening,  such  orchestra  balcony  shall  be  placed 
on  the  auditorium  side  of  the  proscenium  fire  wall,  and  shall  be  en- 
tered only  from  the  auditorium  side  of  said  wall.  The  moulded  frame 
around  the  proscenium  opening  shall  be  constructed  entirely  of  fire-  Opening 
proof  materials.  If  metal  is  used,  said  metal  shall  be  filled  in  solid  to 
such  proscenium  wall  with  non-combustible  material  and  securely- 
anchored  to  such  wall  with  iron.  The  proscenium  opening  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  a  fireproof  curtain  of  asbestos  or  other  fireproof  material,  Curtain 
and  shall  slide  at  each  end  within  iron  grooves  securely  fastened  to  the 
brick  wall  and  shall  extend  into  such  iron  grooves  to  a  depth  of  not 
less  than  six  inches  on  each  side  of  the  opening.  Said  fireproof  curtain 
shall  be  raised  at  the  commencement  of  each  performance  and  lowered 
at  the  close  thereof,  and  shall  be  operated  by  machinery  for  that  pur- 
pose, and  shall  be  hung  from  the  proscenium  wall  by  means  of  iron  or 
steel  rods,  chains  or  brackets  securely  fastened  to  such  wall;  and  shall 
be  balanced  in  such  manner  that  it  will  slide  down  automatically  when 
released,  and  it  shall  be  so  arranged  that  it  may  be  operated  at  each 
side  of  the  proscenium  arch  and  from  the  fly  gallery.  The  proscenium 
curtains  shall  be  placed  at  least  two  feet  distant  from  the  footlights  at 

57 


Door  in  Pros- 
cenium  Wall 


Old  Buildings 
Partitions 

Doors 

Dressing:   Rooms 

Windows 


Stage   and   Other 
Floors 

Stage 


Pin  Kails,  Etc. 


Foyer   or   Entrance 
Lobbies 

Width 


Doorways 


Common  Exit 


Inside   Stairways 


Width 

Risers  and 
Treads 
Winding  Stairs 


the  nearest  point.  No  doorway  or  opening  through  the  proscenium 
wall  from  the  auditorium  shall  be  allowed  above  the  first  floor,  and 
such  first  floor  openings  shall  have  fireproof  doors  on  each  face  of  the 
walls,  and  the  doors  shall  be  hung  so  as  to  be  opened  from  either  side 
at  all  times,  and  be  self-closing.  This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings 
already  or  hereafter  erected. 

Section  169.  PARTITIONS.  The  walls  separating  the  dressing 
rooms  from  the  stage  and  the  partitions  dividing  the  dressing  rooms, 
together  with  the  partitions  of  every  passageway  from  such  dressing 
rooms  to  the  stage,  and  all  other  partitions  on  or  about  the  stage,  shall 
be  constructed  of  fireproof  material.  All  doors  in  any  of  the  said  par- 
titions shall  be  fire  doors.  All  shelving  and  cupboards  in  each  and 
every  dressing  room,  property  room  or  other  storage  rooms  shall  be 
constructed  of  metal,  slate  or  other  equally  efficient  fireproof  material. 
Dressing  rooms  may  be  placed  in  the  fly  galleries,  provided  the  proper 
exits  are  secured  therefrom  to  the  fire  escapes  in  the  open  courts,  and 
the  stairs  leading  to  the  same  shall  be  fireproof.  The  dressing  rooms 
shall  have  an  exit  leading  directly  into  a  court,  street  or  alley,  and  shall 
be  ventilated  by  windows  in  the  external  wall  or  otherwise.  No  dress- 
ing room  shall  be  more  than  one  story  below  street  level. 

All  windows  in  any  theater,  except  those  of  street  front,  shall  have 
metal  frames  and  metal  sash,  glazed  with  wire  glass  not  less  than  one- 
fourth  inch  thick.  All  windows  to  dressing  rooms  shall  be  made  to 
open  and  shall  not  be  obstructed  with  grills  or  bars. 

This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected 
in  so  far  as  it  affects  exits  and  windows. 

Section  170.  STAGE  AND  OTHER  FLOORS.  All  floors  through- 
out the  entire  theater  building,  or  the  portion  of  a  building  used  as  a 
theater,  shall  be  of  Class  "A"  construction,  except  that  portion  of  the 
stage  immediately  back  of  the  proscenium  opening,  and  of  equal  width 
with  such  proscenium  opening,  may  be  of  wood  construction.  Pro- 
vided, however,  that  a  fiinishing  covering  of  wooden  flooring  boards  on 
wood  sleepers,  embedded  in  concrete,  may  be  laid  in  other  portions  of 
such  structure,  except  in  the  fly  galleries  thereof. 

The  pin  rails,  rigging-loft  and  gridiron  and  all  other  fixtures  about 
the  stage  of  such  building,  or  portion  of  a  building,  shall  be  of  iron  or 
steel  or  other  fireproof  material. 

Section  171.  FOYER  OR  ENTRANCE  LOBBIES,  ETC.  The  foyer 
or  entrance  lobby,  or  the  foyer  and  entrance  lobby,  of  every  theater  de- 
signed to  seat  not  more  than  600  persons,  on  the  first  floor  and  first  gal- 
lery floor  thereof,  shall  have  a  uniform  width  of  not  less  than  sixteen  feet ; 
and  the  width  thereof,  where  said  seating  capacity  is  designed  for  more 
than  600  persons,  shall  be  increased  in  the  ratio  of  one  foot  for  each 
additional  100  persons,  or  fractional  part  thereof,  to  be  seated  in  such 
theater  as  aforesaid. 

Every  wall  or  partition  extending  to  the  ceiling  or  otherwise  sep- 
arating the  first  floor  from  the  foyer  .or  entrance  lobby,  or  foyer  and 
entrance  lobby,  shall  be  pierced  by  a  doorway  opposite  each  aisle  in 
such  auditorium,  which  doorway  shall  be  not  less  than  five  feet  in 
width  and  not  less  than  seven  feet  in  height;  provided,  however,  that 
such  doorways  opposite  wall  aisles  shall  be  not  less  than  four  feet  in 
width. 

The  foyer  or  lobby,  or  the  foyer  and  lobby,  of  every  theater  may  be 
used  as  a  common  exit  only  for  the  main  floor  and  the  first  gallery,  in- 
cluding their  boxes. 

Section  172.  INSIDE  STAIRWAYS.  All  stairs  within  a  theater  or 
in  that  portion  of  a  building  used  as  a  theater,  shall  be  constructed  of 
fireproof  material  throughout.  Stairs  from  balconies  and  galleries 
shall  not  communicate  with  a  basement  or  cellar.  All  stairs  in  each 
flight  shall  have  treads  of  uniform  width  and  risers  of  uniform  height. 
Stairways  in  such  theaters  designed  to  accommodate  not  more  than 
fifty  people  shall  be  at  least  four  feet  wide,  and  for  each  fifty  persons 
in  'addition  to  such  fifty,  such  stairways  shall  be  increased  not  less  than 
six  inches  in  width.  In  no  case  shall  the  risers  of  any  ^stairs  exceed 
seven  and  one-half  inches  in  height;  nor  shall  the  treads,  exclusive  of 
nosings,  be  less  than  ten  and  one-half  inches  wide.  No  circular  -or 
winding  stairs  for  the  use  of  the  public  shall  be  permitted.  All  such 
stairways  shall  be  of  a  width  proportionate  to  the  seating  capacity  as  in 
this  ordinance  provided. 


58 


At  least  two  independent  stairways,  or  other  exits,  with  direct  ex-  stairways  for 
terior  outlets,  shall  be  provided  for  the  service  of  the  stage  and  shall  stage 
be  located  on  the  opposite  'sides  thereof.    All  inside  stairways  leading 
to  an  upper  gallery  in  such  theater  shall  be  enclosed  on  both  sides 
with  walls  of  fireproof  material.     Stairs  leading  to  the  first  or  lower 
gallery  in  such  theater  may  be  left  open  on  one  side  only.     When 
such  straight  stairs  return  directly  on  themselves,  a  landing  without 
steps  of  the  full  width  of  both  flights  shall  be  provided. 

The  outer  line  of  the  wall  of  such  landings  shall  be  curved  to  a 
radius  of  not  less  than  two  feet.  Such  stairs  turning  at  an  angle  shall 
have  a  landing  without  winders  introduced  at  the  turn.  Where  two 
or  more  flights  of  stairs  connect  with  one  main  flight,  no  winders  shall 
be  introduced,  and  the  width  of  the  main  flights  shall  be  at  least  equal 
to  the  aggregate  width  of  the  side  flights.  All  such  stairs  shall  have 
landings  introduced  at  convenient  distances.  All  such  inclosed  stair- 
ways shall  have  a  hand  rail  on  each  side  thereof  firmly  secured  to  the  Hand  Kail 
walls,  not  more  than  two  inches  distant  therefrom  and  not  more  than 
three  feet  above  such  stairs  or  landing.  Such  handrails  shall  not  be 
required  on  level  platforms  or  landings  which  are  of  greater  length 
than  the  width  of  the  connecting  stairs.  All  such  staircases  eight  feet 
or  more  in  width  shall  be  provided  with  a  center  handrail  of  metal,  not 
less  than  two  inches  in  diameter,  placed  at  a  height  of  not  more  than 
three  feet  above  the  treads,  and  supported  on  wrought  metal  or  brass 
standards,  placed  not  nearer  than  four  feet,  nor  more  than  six  feet 
apart,  and  securely  fastened  to  the  stairs. 

Sction  173.  AISLES  AND  SEATS.  All  aisles  on  the  respective  Aisles  ami  S 
floors  of  the  theater  having  seats  on  both  sides  of  the  same,  shall  not 
be  less  than  three  feet  six  inches  wide  where  they  begin  and  shall  be 
increased  in  width  toward  the  exits  in  the  ratio  of  one  and  one-half 
inches  to  five  running  feet.  Aisles  having  seats  on  one  side  only  shall 
be  not  less  than  three  feet  wide  at  their  beginning  and  shall  be  in- 
creased in  width  one  and  one-half  inches  to  ten  running  feet. 

All  seats  in  the  theater  shall  be  firmly  secured  to  the  floor,  ex- 
cepting those  contained  in  boxes  or  rest  rooms,  and  shall  be  not  less 
than  thirty-two  inches  from  back  to  back,  measured  in  a  horizontal 
direction.  No  seat  shall  have  more  than  six  seats  intervening  between 
it  and  an  aisle.  No  stool  or  seat  shall  be  placed  in  any  aisle. 

Section  174.     EXITS.    In  every  theater  there  shall  be  not  less  than  Exits 
two  exits  from  each  side  of  the  main  floor  and  each  side  of  every: gal- 
lery into  the  open  courts  of  such  theater,  or  into  a  street  or  alley.  Each 
of  such  exits  shall  be  not  less  than  five  feet  in  width  and  shall  open 
from  the  aisle  or  aisles  and  be  on  the  level  of  the  theater  connecting 
end  of  such  aisle  or  aisles.     The  doors  of  such  exits  may  be  made  of 
wood  and  hung  in  wood  frames.    The  exterior  of  such  doors  and  the  ex-  Doors 
terior  of  such  frames  shall  be  covered  with  lock  seam  tin  or  pressed  iron 
or  may  be  steel,  and  such  doors  shall  be  held  shut  by  a  device  which 
readily  yields  to  the  direct  pressure  of  one  person.     All  such  doors  Doors  to 
shall  be  hung  to  open  outwardly  and  when  open  shall  not  obstruct  any  Open  Out 
court,  passageway,  corridor,  stairway,  exit  or  balcony. 

The  exterior  balconies  and  stairs,  and  balcony  or  stairs,  leading  ulterior  Balconies 
from  a  gallery  in  every  theater,  shall  be  constructed  of  iron  or  steel  of 
sufficient  strength  to  sustain  a  load  of  eighty  pounds  per  square  foot  of 
floor  area  with  a  factor  of  safety  of  four.  Every  such  balcony  and 
stairs  or  balcony  or  stairs,  constructed  directly  above  any  other  such 
balcony  or  stairs  or  balcony  and  stairs,  shall  have  solid  iron  or  steel 
steps  and  floor.  Every  such  balcony  and  stairs  or  balcony  or  stairs 
shall  be  constructed  wholly  within  private  property  lines  and  shall  not 
extend  in  whole  or  in  part  over  or  upon  street  or  sidewalk  lines. 

This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected,  oid  Buildings 

Section  175.  GALLERY  FRONTS  AND  WAINSCOTING.    All  parts  Gallery  Fronts  and 
of  every  gallery  or  box  in  every  theater,  except  the  balustrade  capping,  Wainscoting 
shall  be  formed  of  fireproof  material;   provided,  however,  that  wains- 
coting of  wood  may  be  used  to  a  height  not  to  exceed  six  feet,  provided 
such  wainscoting  is  backed  solidly  by  fireproof  walls  or  partitions. 

Section  176.     STAIRWAYS  AND  EXITS  FROM  BALCONIES  AND  stairways  and 
GALLERIES.    Every  balcony  or  gallery  in  a  theater  shall  have  at  least  K*»»  from 
two  exits  and  stairways  (in  addition  to  side  exits  to  open  courts,  streets  Balconies  and 
or  alleys  mentioned  in  Section  174)  connecting  therewith,  one  of  such  Galleries 

59 


exits  and  stairways  shall  be  located  on  each  side  of  such  balcony  or 

gallery;  where  such  balcony  or  gallery  has  a  seating  capacity  of  less 

than  seven  hundred  and  fifty  persons,  each  of  such  exits  shall  be  not 

less  than  five  feet  in  width.  Where  such  balcony  has  a  seating  capacity 

Additional  of  more  than  seven  hundred  and  fifty  persons,  an  additional  exit  and 

stairway  stairway  separate  and  apart  from  every  other  exit  and  stairway  and 

leading  directly  to  the  street  shall  be  provided. 

stairway  from  Every  stairway  from  the  topmost  gallery  (above  the  first  gallery) 

Gallery  of  every  theater  shall  be  constructed  without  winders  and  shall  lead 

directly  to  the  street,  and  shall  be  fireproof  and  enclosed  by  fireproof 
walls  and  ceiling;  said  walls  shall  have  no  openings  therein  other  than 
window  openings  containing  metal  frames  with  metal  sash  glazed  with 
wired  glass  not  less  than  one-fourth  inch  thick.  Every  such  stairway 
shall  be  not  less  than  four  feet  in  width  and  such  width  shall  be  in- 
creased six  inches  for  each  and  every  fifty  persons,  or  part  of  such 
number  of  persons,  in  excess  of  fifty,  which  such  stairway  is  designed 
to  accommodate. 

old  Buildings  This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected, 

stage  Ventilation  Section  177.    VENTILATION  OF  STAGE.    There  shall  be  provided 

over  the  stage  of  every  theater  and  directly  to  and  through  the  ceiling 
thereof,  and  to,  through  and  at  least  ten  feet  above  the  roof  of  the 
Flues  building  in  which  said  theater  is  located,  two  metal  flues,  each  of  which 

shall  be  at  least  thirty-six  inches  in  diameter,  and  shall  be  securely 
stayed.  The  tops  of  such  flues  may  be  closed  with  an  over-balanced 
metal  disk,  hinged  at  one  side  thereof,  and  held  closed,  or  nearly  so, 
by  a  metal  catch.  Said  catch  shall  be  liberated  by  a  wire  or  metal 
cord  in  each  fly  gallery,  marked  "To  ventilate  stage  and  clear  of  smoke, 
pull  this  cord,"  also  by  a  closed  electric  circuit,  operated  from  the  fly 
galleries  and  from  the  box  office,  by  a  lever  marked  "To  ventilate  stage 
and  clear  of  smoke,  push  this  lever  to  the  right." 

old  Buildings  This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected. 

Lights  Over  Section   178.      LIGHTS   OVER    EXITS.     Over   every   exit  from   a 

Exits  theater  and  not  more  than  one  foot  above  such  exit  and  on  the  inside 

thereof,  there  shall  be  placed  and  maintained  a  metal  box,  the  front 
of  which  shall  be  colored  glass  upon  which  shall  be  inscribed  in  visable 
letters  not  less  than  five  inches  in  height  the  word  "EXIT."  There 
shall  be  placed  and  maintained  within  each  such  metal  box  a  lamp  in 
which  only  mineral,  sperm  or  other  non-explosive  oil  is  burned,  or  not 
less  than  two  incandescent  electric  lamps  of  not  less  tnan  four  candle 
power  each.  All  such  lamps  shall  be  lighted  previous  to  a  performance 
and  before  the  opening  of  the  doors  to  such  theater  and  shall  be  kept 
continuously  lighted  until  the  audience  shall  have  departed  from  the 
premises. 

This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected. 
Section  179.  WORKSHOPS,  STORAGE  ROOMS,  PROPERTY 
ROOMS.  No  workshop,  storage  or  general  property  room  shall  be  al- 
lowed on  the  auditorium  side  of  the  proscenium  wall,  nor  above  nor 
under  the  stage,  nor  in  any  of  the  fly  galleries  of  any  theater.  All  such 
rooms  or  shops  may  be  located  in  the  rear  or  at  the  side  of  the  stage, 
but  in  such  cases  they  shall  be  separated  from  the  stage  by  a  brick 
wall,  and  the  openings  leading  into  such  portions  shall  have  fireproof 
doors  on  each  side  of  the  opening  constructed  and  arranged  as  speci- 
fied in  this  ordinance.  No  portion  of  any  building  hereafter  erected 
or  altered,  used  or  intended  to  be  used  for  theatrical  purposes,  shall  be 
Building  Used  for  occupied  or  used  as  a  hotel,  boarding  or  lodging  house,  factory,  work- 
Hotel,  Etc.  shop,  or  manufactory,  or  for  storage  purposes  except  as  specially  pro- 
vided for.  Said  restriction  relates  not  only  to  that  portion  of  the  build- 
ing which  contains  the  auditorium  and  the  stage  but  applies  also  to 
the  entire  structure  in  conjunction  therewith. 

store  Keeping  No  store  or  room  contained  in  the  building,  nor  the  offices,  stores 

Hazardous  Goods  or  apartments  adjoining,  as  aforesaid,  shall  be  let  or  used  for  carrying 
on  any  business  dealing  in  articles  designated  as  especially  hazardous 
in  the  classification  of  the  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  of  the  Pacific 
Coast  nor  for  manufacturing  purposes.  No  lodging  accommodations 
shall  be  allowed  in  any  part  of  the  building  communicating  with  the 
auditorium. 

Boilers.  Heaters,  Section  180.     BOILERS  AND  HEATING  APPARATUS.     No  steam 

Etc.  boiler  or  heater  shall  be  located  under  the  auditorium,  stage,  property 

room  or  main  entrance  of  any  theater,  and  there  shall  be  no  communi- 


Old  Buildings 
Work  Shops, 
Storage    Rooms, 
Etc. 


60 


cation  between  such  parts  of  the  theater  and  the  boiler  room  except 

through  the  open  air.    The  space  allotted  to  such  boiler  or  heater  shall 

be  enclosed  by  walls  of  masonry  on  all  sides,  and  by  a  ceiling  of  metal 

lath  and  plaster.    All  openings  of  such  enclosure  shall  be  provided  with 

fireproof  doors.     No  floor  register  for  heating  shall  be  placed  in  any  Floor  Register 

such  theater;   except  where  same  is  a  direct  outlet  from  a  fireproof 

plenum  chamber,  nor  shall  any  coil  or  radiator  be  placed  in  any  aisle 

or  passageway  thereof  used  as  an  exit  therefrom,  but  same  shall  be 

placed  in  a  recess  built  in  the  wall  or  partition  thereof  to  receive  the 

same.    Every  supply,  return  or  exhaust  pipe  shall  be  properly  encased 

and  protected  where  passing  through  the  floors  or  woodwork. 

This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected,  old  Buildings 

Section  181.     FIRE  PROTECTION.     In  addition  to  the  provisions  Fire  Protection 
in  this  ordinance  elsewhere  contained,  every  theater  shall  be  provided 
with  the  apparatus,  appliances  and  equipment  in  this  section  provided, 
to-wit: 

Standpipes  two  inches  in  diameter  shall  be  provided  on  every  tloor  St»ndplp«« 
and  gallery  as  follows,  viz:  One  on  each  side  of  the  auditorium  and  one 
in  each  gallery;  at  least  one  in  the  property  room  and  one  in  the  car- 
penter shop,  if  the  same  be  contiguous  to  the  building.  All  such  stend- 
pipes  shall  be  kept  clear  from  obstruction.  Said  standpipes  shall  be 
separate  and  distinct  from  each  other  and  shall  receive  their  supply  of 
water  direct  from  the  city  main  through  a  connection  of  the  same  area 
as  the  standpipe.  To  said  standpipes  shall  be  attached,  ready  for  im- 
mediate use,  not  less  than  twenty-five  feet  of  the  best  quality  linen  hose 
with  nozzle  attached.  Said  hose  shall  be  hung  on  a  suitable  rack.  Ho&e  ami  Nozzle 
Standpipes  shall  be  kept  filled  with  water  at  all  times  and  ready  for 
immediate  use. 

A  separate  and  distinct  system  of  pipes  and  automatic  sprinklers,  Sprinkler  System 
approved  by  the  Building  Inspector,  supplied  with  water  from  a  sep- 
arate and  direct  connection  with  a  city  main,  shall  be  installed,  the 
size  of  which  connection  and  pipe  shall  be  regulated  by  the  number  of 
sprinklers  installed  in  accordance  with  the  following  table,  to-wit: 
Size  of  Pipe.                               Maximum  Number  of  Sprinklers  Allowed. 
%  inch   1  Sprinkler 

1  incn 2  Sprinklers 

1^4  inch   . '. 4  Sprinklers 

iy2  inch 8  Sprinklers 

2  inch   16  Sprinklers 

2y2  inch 28  Sprinklers 

3  inch   48  Sprinklers 

3%  inch   78  Sprinklers 

4  inch 110  Sprinklers 

5  inch    '  150  Sprinklers 

6  inch 200  Sprinklers 

Said  sprinklers  shall  be  installed  throughout  the  entire  stage  section 

back  of  the  proscenium  opening  as  follows:  Underneath  the  roof  above 
the  stage,  under  all  fly  galleries,  in  all  dressing  rooms,  property  rooms, 
carpenter  shops,  paint  rooms,  store  rooms,  passageways,  and  all  places 
back  of  the  proscenium  wall. 

The  number  of  sprinklers  to  be  used  will  be  determined  by  the  Number  of 
amount  of  area  to  be  sprinkled,  provided  that  for  each  area  of  thirty-  Sprinklers 
six  (36)  square  feet,  or  fraction  thereof,  of  area  herein  required  to  be 
protected  by  such  sprinklers  there  shall  be  provided  and  set  in  place 
one  such  sprinkler.    A  gate  valve  of  the  same  area  as  the  connection  at 
street  water  main  shall  be  placed  in  the  main  supply  pipe. 

All  piping  against  a  wall,  joist,  girder,  beam  or  rafter  shall  be  sup- 
ported in  a  substantial  manner  by  wrought  or  cast  iron  hangers,  and 
at  some  convenient  point  in  the  highest  part  of  the  sprinkler  system 
shall  be  placed  a  one-fourth  inch  Pet  Cock.  All  sprinklers  shall  be  hung 
in  a  perpendicular  position  unless  their  location  renders  it  impractica- 

8  SThere  shall  be  kept  in  readiness  for  immediate  use  on  the  stage  Fire  Barrels 
at  least  four  36-gallon  barrels  filled  with  water  and  two  buckets  to  each 
barrel  which  barrels  and  buckets  shall  be  painted  red  on  the  outside, 
charged  and  ready  for  use.  There  shall  also  be  provided  four  liquid 
chenLal  fire  extinguishers,  charged  and  ready  for  use,  at  least .four 
axes,  one  twenty-foot  hook,  one  fifteen-foot  hook  and  two  ten-foot  hooks  A 

61 


on  the  stage.     Every  portion  of  the  building  devoted  to  the  use  of  the 

public  and  every  outlet  leading  to  a  street  or  alley,  including  open 

courts  and  corridors,  shall  be  well  lighted  by  electricity  during  every 

performance,  and  shall  remain  so  lighted  until  the  audience  shall  have 

Electric-  Lights         left  the  premises.     All  lights  in  the  halls,  corridors,  lobbies  or  any 

and  Cut-off  other  part  of  said  building  used  by  the  audience,  except  the  auditorium, 

must  be  controlled  by  a  separate  shut-off  located  in  the  lobby  and  con- 

Gas  Mains  trolled  only  from  that  particular  place.    Gas  mains  supplying  the  build- 

ing shall  have  independent  connections  for  the  workshops,  fly  galleries, 

and  stage,  and  provision  shall  be  made  for  shutting  off  gas  from  the 

outside  of  the  building.    All  lights  in  passageways  and  corridors  in  said 

building  shall  be  protected  with  proper  wire  network. 

old  Buildings  This  section  shall  apply  to  buildings  already  or  hereafter  erected. 

Fire  Department  Section  182.     FIRE   DEPARTMENT  SUPERVISION.     It  shall  be 

Supervision  the  duty  of  the  owner,  agent  or  lessee  of  every  theater  to  employ  one 

Firemen  or  more  competent  experienced  firemen,  approved  by  the  Chief  En- 

gineer of  the  Fire  Department.  Said  firemen  shall  report  at  least  once 
Report  to  chief  a  week  to  the  Chief  Engineer  of  the  Fire  Department  at  his  office,  and 
be  subject  to  his  orders  at  all  times.  Said  Chief  Engineer  of  the  Fire 
Department  shall  keep  a  record  of  the  names  of  all  such  firemen,  and 
of  the  date  upon  which  each  reports.  Such  fireman  or  firemen  shall  be 
on  duty  in  uniform  at  such  theater  during  the  whole  performance,  ex- 
amine previous  to  each  performance  all  fire  apparatus  required  by  this 
ordinance,  and  see  that  the  same  is  in  proper  place  and  is  in  good 
working  order.  Such  fireman  or  firemen  shall  keep  diligent  watch 
during  every  performance  for  fires  and  take  prompt  measures  for  ex- 
tinguishing any  fires  that  may  occur;  and  shall  not  be  required  or  per- 
mitted while  on  duty  as  such  fireman  or  firemen  to  act  as  scene  shifter, 
or  stage  hand,  or  to  do  any  other  work  or  perform  any  duties  or  service 
other  than  as  herein  specified. 

May  Enter  The  Mayor  and  members  of  the  City  Council,  the  Building  Inspec- 

Buiiding  Any  tor,  the  Commissioners  and  Chiefs  of  the  Fire  Department  and  of  the 

Tims  Police  Department  shall  have  a  right  to  enter  at  any  time  any  building 

used  for  theatrical  or  operatic  purposes  or  for  public  entertainments  of 

any  kind. 

PART  XIII. 

MOVING  PICTURE  THEATERS. 

Moving  Picture  Section  183.     PERMIT  TO  CONDUCT.     It  shall  be  unlawful  for 

Theaters  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  as  principal,  agent,  officer,  clerk  or  em- 

ivrmit  to  Conduct    ployee,  for  himself  or  itself,  or  for  another  person,  firm  or  corporation 

to  hold,  conduct  or  carry  on,  or  to  cause  or  permit  to  be  held,  con- 

ducted or  carried  on,  any  moving  picture  exhibition,  or  any  entertain- 

ment at  which  moving  pictures  are  exhibited,  without  a  permit  therefor 

in  writing,  granted  by  the  Building  Inspector  as  hereinafter  provided. 

How  obtained          Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  desiring  to  obtain  a  permit  to  hold,  con- 

duct or  carry  on  a  moving  picture  exhibition  or  any  entertainment  at 

which  moving  pictures  are  exhibited,  shall  file  an  application  in  writing 

therefor  with  the  Building  Inspector,  specifying  the  place  where  such 

exhibition  or  entertainment  is  proposed  to  be  held,  conducted  or  car- 

ried on,  which  said  application  shall  be  signed  by  the  applicant. 

Permit  to  Be  Section  184.     PERMIT  NOT  TO  BE  ISSUED  WHEN.     No  permit 

issued  when?          to  hold,  conduct  or  carry  on  a  moving  picture  exhibition,  or  any  enter- 

tainment at  which  moving  pictures  are  exhibited,  shall  be  granted  by 

the  Building  Inspector,  except  in  a  theater  approved  by  the  said  Build- 

Building  Approved  ing  Inspector,  as  provided  by  the  ordinance  of  the  City  of  Pasadena, 

by  Building  unless  the  building  or  room  in  which  such  exhibition  or  entertainment 

inspector  is  to  be  held,  conducted  or  carried  on,  shall  conform  to  the  require- 

ments of  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of  Pasadena. 

Requirements  of  Section  185.     REQUIREMENTS  OF  CONSTRUCTION.    Any  room 

Construction  in  which  a  moving  picture  exhibition,  or  any  entertainment  at  which 

moving  pictures  are  exhibited,  is  held,  conducted  or  carried  on,  shall 

First  Floor  be  on  the  first  or  ground  floor,  or  sidewalk  level,  and  such  room  shall 

front  on  a  public  street,  and  the  back  or  rear  of  such  room  or  one  side 

thereof  shall  abut  upon  a  public  street  or  alley. 

Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  section,  any  moving  picture 
exhibition,  or  any  entertainment  at  which  moving  pictures  are  ex- 
hibited shall  be  held,  conducted  or  carried  on,  in  a  room  of  the  char- 


62 


acter  specified  in  this  section,  in  strict  compliance  with  the  provisions 
of  all  other  sections  hereof. 

Section  186.  EXTERIOR  WALLS.  The  exterior  walls  of  every  Exterior  Wall* 
room  in  which  a  moving  picture  exhibition  or  entertainment  is  con- 
ducted, shall  be  constructed  of  masonry  and  the  interior  walls  of  such 
room  shall  be  constructed  of  masonry  or  of  wood  studs  lathed  with 
metal  lath,  plastered  with  fireproof  plaster.  The  ceiling  of  any  such 
room,  if  the  same  is  in  a  building  two  or  more  stories  in  height,  shall 
be  constructed  of  non-combustible  material  or  of  wood  joists  ceiled 
with  metal  lath  and  plastered  with  fireproof  plaster,  or  wood  joists 
ceiled  with  quarter  inch  asbestos  covered  with  No.  20  sheet  iron,  and 
the  ceilings  of  all  basements  under  such  rooms  shall  be  metal  lathed 
and  plastered  with  fireproof  plaster. 

Section  187.     EXITS,     (a)    Every  room  in  which  a  moving  picture  Exits 
exhibition  or  entertainment  is  conducted  which  has  a  seating  capacity 
of  100  persons,  or  less,  shall  have  at  least  one  exit  in  the  rear  thereof,  100  or  Less 
not  less  than  five  feet  wide,  and  not  less  than  six  feet  and  eight  inches 
high,  opening  directly  upon  the  street  or  alley  at  the  rear  or  side  of 
such  room  so  used  or  occupied. 

(b)  Every  room  in  which  a  moving  picture  exhibition  or  enter-  100  to  250 
tainment  is  conducted  and  which  has  a  seating  capacity  of  more  than 

100  and  not  more  than  250  persons  shall  have  one  exit  in  the  rear  there- 
of, not  less  than  six  feet  wide,  or  two  exits  each  of  which  shall  be  not 
less  than  three  feet  wide.  All  exits  shall  be  not  less  than  six  feet  eight 
inches  in  height,  and  shall  open  directly  into  the  street  or  alley  at  the 
rear  or  side  of  such  rooms  so  used  or  occupied. 

(c)  Every  room  in  which  a  moving  picture  exhibition  or  enter-  330  to  -^ 
tainment  is  conducted  which  has  a  seating  capacity  of  more  than  250  * 

and  not  more  than  500  persons,  shall  have  two  exits  in  the  rear  thereof, 
each  of  which  shall  be  not  less  than  five  feet  wide  and  seven  feet  high, 
and  shall  open  directly  into  the  street  or  alley  at  the  rear  or  sides  of 
such  room  so  used  or  occupied.  In  lieu  of  the  two  exits  at  the  rear, 
one  exit  may  be  used  when  the  width  of  such  exit  is  equal  to  the  aggre- 
gate width  required  and  its  location  is  approved  by  the  Building  In- 
spector. 

(d)  Every  room  in  which  a  moving  picture  exhibition  or  enter-  500  to  »oo 
tainment  is  conducted,  which  has  a  seating  capacity  of  more  than  500 
persons,  and  not  more  than  900  persons,  shall  have  two  exits  in  the 

rear  thereof,  each  of  which  shall  be  not  less  than  six  (6)  feet  wide  and 
seven  (7)  feet  high,  and  shall  open  directly  into  the  street  or  alley  at 
the  rear  or  sides  of  such  room  so  used  or  occupied. 

Provided,  however,  that  in  lieu  of  the  requirements  that  exits  open  Exits  Through 
directly  into  a  public  street  or  alley,  said  exits  may  open  into  a  pas- 
sageway  or  passageways,  said  passageway  or  passageways  to  be  con- 
structed along  one  side  of  such  room,  if  the  seating  capacity  be  not 
more  than  500  persons,  or  on  both  sides  of  such  room,  if  the  seating 
capacity  be  more  than  500,  or  may  be  constructed  in  the  rear  of  such 
room.    All  such  passageways  shall  have  a  width  of  not  less  than  eight  Width 
feet  if  on  one  side,  or  in  the  rear,  and  six  feet  if  on  both  sides,  and 
shall  open  directly  into  a  public  street  or  alley,  and  shall  be  used  for 
no  other  purpose  excepting  as  exits  from  such  room.     All  such  pas- 
sageways must  be  constructed  of  brick  walls  on  both  sides,  or  wood  Wails  and 
studs  covered  with  metal  lath  and  plaster  on  both  sides.    The  ceilings  ceilings 
to  such  passageways  shall  also  be  of  metal  lath  and  plaster,  and  the 
floors  to  the  same  shall  be  double  with  a  sheet  of  asbestos  paper  be- 
tween layers;  and,  should  any  basement  exist  under  such  passageways, 
the  ceiling  of  such  basement  shall  be  covered  with  metal  lath  and 
plaster. 

(e)  Every  room  in  which  a  moving  picture  exhibition  or  enter-  Over  9 
tainment  is  conducted  which  has  a  seating  capacity  of  more  than  900 
persons  shall  conform  to  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of  Pasadena  gov- 
erning theaters,  in  so  far  as  said  ordinances  provide  for  the  construc- 
tion of  theaters,  location  of  exits,  and  the  construction  and  location  of 
balconies  and  galleries,  location  and  width  of  aisles,  and  the  exits  there- 
from.    The  exits  from  any  room  in  which  a  moving  picture  exhibition 

or  entertainment  is  conducted  shall  be  separate  from  the  entrances  at 
the  front  of  the  building  or  room  so  used  or  occupied. 

(f )  Every  exit  door  shall  be  so  hung  that  it  will  swing  to  the  ex-  Exit  Doors 
terior  of  the  room,  and  shall  not  be  locked  or  fastened  during  the 

63 


progress  of  any  exhibition  or  entertainment  in  any  manner  except  by  a 
small  catch  or  spring  upon  the  inside,  which  will  readily  yield  to  the 
pressure  of  one  person  from  within. 

Section  188.  EXIT  SIGNS:  Over  every  exit  there  shall  be  placed 
on  the  inside  of  the  building  or  room  used  as  a  theater  or  moving 
picture  as  defined  in  this  ordinance,  the  word  "EXIT"  in  legible  letters 
not  less  than  three  inches  in  height,  on  a  red  glass  panel  with  two 
electric  lights  of  not  less  than  four  candle  power  each,  directly  behind 
such  panel,  on  a  circuit  independent  of  all  other  lights  in  said  building, 
and  independent  of  electric  energy  furnished  to  operate  the  machine 
used  for  the  production  of  moving  pictures. 

Exit  Protection  Section  189.     PROTECTION  OF  EXITS.     It  shall  be  unlawful  for 

any  person  to  place  or  maintain  any  chair,  sofa,  settee,  stool,  seat,  or 
Obstructions  in  other  obstruction  whatever  in  any  aisle  in,  or  in  any  passageway,  exit 
Aisles,  Etc.  or  doorway  leading  to  or  from,  any  room  in  which  any  moving  picture 

exhibition  or  entertainment  is  held,  conducted  or  carried  on,  during 
the  time  when  such  exhibition  or  entertainment  is  being  so  held,  con- 
ducted or  carried  on,  or  to  permit,  or  to  cause  or  permit  any  person  to 
standing  in  be  or  remain  upon  the  floor  of  any  such  room,  in  excess  of  the  number 

Aisles,  Etc.  of  seats  provided  for  the  floor  thereof,  except  the  necessary  ushers  and 

other  attendants  whose  services  are  required  in  and  about  the  conduct- 
ing of  such  exhibition  ,or  entertainment;  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person  to  stand  or  remain  in  any  such  aisle,  passageway  exit  or  door- 
way during  the  time  when  such  .exhibition  or  entertainment  is  being 
held,  conducted  or  carried  on. 

Aisles  Section  190.     AISLES.    In  every  room  or  enclosure  in  which  any 

moving  picture  exhibition,  or  any  entertainment  at  which  moving  pic- 
tures are  exhibited,   is  held  or  conducted,  which   is  not  more   than 
Width  twenty  feet  in  width  and  not  more  than  100  feet  in  depth,  there  shall 

be  one  aisle  through  the  center  thereof,  not  less  than  five  feet  in  width, 
or  one  aisle  on  each  side  thereof,  each  not  less  than  three  feet  in 
width. 

In  every  room  or  enclosure  in  which  any  moving  picture  exhibition 
or  any  entertainment  at  which  moving  pictures  are  exhibited  is  held  or 
conducted,  which  is  more  than  twenty  feet  in  width,  and  not  more 
than  thirty  feet  in  width,  and  not  more  than  100  feet  in  depth,  there 
shall  be  two  aisles  from  front  to  rear  each  not  less  than  four  feet  in 
width. 

In  every  room  or  enclosure  in  which  any  moving  picture  exhibition 
or  any  entertainment  at  which  moving  pictures  are  exhibited  is  held  or 
conducted,  the  width  of  which  shall  be  more  than  thirty  feet,  or  the 
depth  of  which  shall  be  more  than  100  feet,  the  width  of  the  aisles  shall 
be  increased  two  inches  for  each  additional  foot,  or  traction  thereof,  in 
the  width  or  the  length  of  such  room,  above  the  width  of  the  aisles  last 
specified;  and  such  number  of  aisles  from  front  to  rear  shall  be  so  pro- 
vided and  maintained  that  not  more  than  six  seats  shall  intervene  be- 
tween any  seat  and  an  aisle;  provided,  however,  that  in  all  cases  where 
the  depth  of  such  room  is  more  than  100  feet,  a  cross  aisle  shall  be  pro- 
vided and  maintained  in  the  middle  thereof,  not  less  than  six  feet  in 
width,  which  cross  aisle  shall  extend  entirely  across  such  room. 

All  seats  shall  be  firmly  secured  to  the  floor  and  shall  be  not  less 
than  thirty-two  inches  from  back  to  back,  measured  in  a  horizontal 
direction. 

Section  191.  MOVING  PICTURE  MACHINES.  It  shall  be  unlaw- 
ful for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  as  principal,  agent,  officer,  clerk 
or  employee,  for  himself  or  itself,  or  for  another  person,  firm  or  corpor- 
ation to  use  or  operate,  or  to  cause  or  permit  to  be  used  or  operated, 
any  moving  picture  machine,  unless  the  same  and  the  enclosure  or 
room  in  which  the  same  is  operated  conform  to  the  following  require- 
ments : 

(a)  Every  moving  picture  machine  must  be  placed  in  an  enclosure 
or  room  rendered  proof  against  fire  by  having  the  ceiling  and  wall  pro- 
tected with  quarter  inch  asbestos  covered  with  sheet  iron,  of  not  less 
than  No.  26  B.  &  S.  gauge,  and  the  floor  covered  with  sheet  iron  not 
less  than  No.  20  B.  &  S.  gauge,  and  the  floor  coverings  shall  be  put  on 
in  a  workmanlike  and  mechanical  manner;  or  such  enclosure  or  room 
may  be  rendered  proof  against  fire  in  a  manner  approved  by  the  Build- 
Sides  and  ceilings  ing  Inspector.  Provided,  that  if  all  sides  and  the  ceiling  or  top  of  such 
enclosure  or  room  are  at  least  one  foot  from  any  woodwork,  such  en- 

64 


Cross  Aisles 


Seats 


Moving    Picture 
Machines 


Operating   Room 


closure  or  room  may  be  constructed  of  sheet  iron  not  less  than  No.  20 
B.  &  S.  gauge,  which  sheet  iron  shall  be  "lock"  lapped  and  riveted,  and 
supported  by  angle  iron. 

(b)  All  openings  into  such  enclosure  or  room  must  be  arranged  openings  into 
so  as  to  be  closed  entirely  by  doors  or  shutters  constructed  of  the  same 

or  equally  good  fire-resisting  material  as  the  walls  of  the  enclosure  or 
room  itself,  and  arranged  to  be  normally  closed.  Every  door  of  such  Door 
enclosure  or  room  shall  open  outward,  shall  close  against  a  jamb  and 
shall  be  provided  with  springs  so  placed  as  to  keep  such  door  closed. 
A.11  work  on  such  enclosure  or  room  shall  be  done  in  a  workmanlike  and 
mechanical  manner. 

(c)  No  trap  door  for  entering  any  such  enclosure  or  room  shall  Trap  Doors 
be  permitted,  unless  such  enclosure  or  room  is  provided  with  an  addi- 
tional door.     Every  such  enclosure  or  room  must  be  kept  clean  and 

free  from  all  inflammable  materials  of  any  kind  whatever. 

(d)  The  door  or  coverings  for  all  other  openings  shall  be  held  Fastenings 
open  by  small  cords  suspended  directly  over  the  arc  lamp,  and  shall  be 

so  arranged  that  when  severed  they  will  readily  close  all  openings. 

(e)  All  openings  for  the  operator's  view  and  for  the  projection  of  openings  for 
the  picture  shall  be  as  small  as  possible,  and  shall  not  be  larger  than  Operator 
twelve  inches  by  twelve  inches. 

(f)  Each  such  enclosure  or  room  shall  be  ventilated  by  an  open-  Ventilation 
ing  or  flue  made  of  galvanized  iron  not  less  than  No.  20  B.  &  S.  gauge, 
substantially   constructed  and   not  less   than   twelve    (12)    inches   in 
diameter.    Such  flue  shall  extend  to  the  outside  of  the  building  or  into 

the  chimney  with  a  flue  area  of  not  less  than  sixty  (60)  square  inches. 
Such  enclosure  or  room  shall  be  as  near  as  possible  to  the  outside  of 
the  building  and  unless  the  vent  for  the  same  is  installed  in  a  vertical 
position,  such  vent  shall  not  exceed  fifteen  (15)  feet  in  length,  unless 
such  vent  is  provided  with  an  approved  forced  draught. 

The  provisions  of  this  ordinance  relating  to  moving  picture  ex-  Exceptions 
hibitions  shall  not  apply  when  such  exhibition  is  held  in  a  ground  floor 
room  of  any  church   or   church   bulding,   where   no   admission   fee   is 
charged,  or  where,  if  an  admission  fee  is  charged,  the  proceeds  are  de- 
voted exclusively  to  religious  or  educational  purposes;  provided,  how- 
ever, that  in  such  room  twenty  per  cent  of  the  floor  area  shall  be  set  20  Per  cent  Aisle 
apart  for  aisle  space  and  the  moving  picture  machine  shall  be  placed  Space  Required 
in  a  fireproof  enclosure  as  specified  in  this  section.    And  provided  fur- 
ther, that  the  provisions  of  Sections  187  (f)  and  189  of  this  ordinance 
shall  be  complied  with  in  such  case. 

Section  192.     SMOKING  PROHIBITED.     It  shall  be  unlawful  for  Smoking 
any  person  to  place  or  permit  to  remain  in  any  enclosure  or  room  in  Prohibited 
which  any  moving  picture  machine  is  operated,  any  open  fire,  or  any 
lighted  cigar  or  cigarette  or  pipe. 

Section  193.  EXCEPTIONS.  The  provisions  of  Sections  185,  18G  Exceptions 
and  187  (with  the  exception  of  the  provisions  of  subsection  "f"  of  said 
Section  187,  shall  not  apply  to  any  building  or  room  in  which  a  moving- 
picture  exhibition  or  entertainment  is  being  conducted  at  the  time  of 
the  passage  of  this  ordinance;  provided  that  no  exit  now  in  use  or 
capable  of  being  used  in  any  such  building  or  room  shall  be  olosed  or 
obstructed  so  as  to  prevent  the  use  of  such  exit  by  any  person  \isiting 
such  moving  picture  exhibition  or  entertainment. 

PART  XIV. 
REINFORCED  CONCRETE  CONSTRUCTION. 

Section  194.     DEFINITION.    By  reinforced  concrete  is  meant  con-  Definition 
crete  in  which  steel  is  embedded  in  such  a  position  that  it  shall  resist 
all  tensile  stresses  and  assist  in  the  resistance  of  shear  along  proper 
structural  lines  so  that  the  stresses  in  the  combination  can  be  ascer- 
tained by  computation  and  verified  by  tests. 

The  concrete  shall  be  mixed  in  such  proportions  and  so  handled  Mixing  and 
that  after  it  is  placed  in  the  forms  all  voids  in  the  aggregate  will  be  Proportions 
filled  with  mortar  and  all  voids  in  the  mortar  filled  with  cement.  Thirty  Time 
(30)  days  after  mixing,  it  shall  develop  at  least  a  crushing  strength  of  strength  of 
fifteen  hundred  (1500)  pounds  per  square  inch,  by  testing  a  six  (6)  inch 
cube. 

If  test  samples  are  taken  at  least  thirty  (30)  days  before  the  pour-  Test  Samples 
ing  of  the  concrete,  and  tests  are  made  on  six  (6)  inch  cubes  from  a  Taken  Before 
full  sized  working  batch  of  concrete,  samples  of  the  aggregate  used  be-  Operation 
ing  placed  on  file  at  the  Building  Inspector's  office  and  such  concrete 

65 


increased  develops  more  than  1500  pounds  per  square  inch,  the  allowable  strains 

Compression  in  direct  compressions  may  be  increased  in  the  direct  proportion  —  1500 

Ibs.  :  the  developed  crushing  strength  :  :  450  Ibs.  :  the  allowable  strain. 
inspection  of  Such  samples  shall  be  taken  under  the  personal  supervision  of  the 

Tests  Building  Inspector  and  the  aggregate  used  in  the  actual  structure  must 

Samples  on  File       be  of  the  same  kind  and  quality  of  the  samples  placed  on  file  in  the 

Building  Inspector's  office.     Such  aggregate  must  be  approved  by  said 

Building  Inspector  before  mixing. 

Drawing,  Etc.  Section  195.     REQUIREMENTS  FOR   DRAWINGS.     Before  a  per- 

Kequirrd  mit  shall  be  issued  for  a  reinforced  concrete  building  or  structure,  com- 

plete working  drawings,  details  and  specifications  shall  be  filed  with 

the  Building  Inspector,  giving  the  size  and  location  of  members,  the 

size  and  position  of  reinforcing  rods,  stirrups,  bent  rods  and  any  other 

information  necessary  for  the  proper  calculation  of  the  structure  or 

building,  including  the  load  on  columns,  beams,  girders  and  floors,  and 

the  bending  moment  on  structural  parts.     The  Building  Inspector  re- 

serves the  right  to  demand  that  the  owner,  architect  or  engineer  shall 
Certified  Copy  submit  a  certified  copy  of  such  computation  or  stress  sheets  for  exam- 

«f  stress  Sheets        ination  as  may  be  required,  upon  application  for  building  permit. 
Final  Approval  The  Building  Inspector,  in  granting  a  permit  to  erect  any  rein- 

forced concrete  structure,  does  not,  in  any  manner,  pass  the  construc- 

tion until  after  tests  have  been  made  of  the  actual  construction  and 

same  proves  satisfactory. 

Section  196.     REINFORCED  CONCRETE  UNIT  STRESSES.     The 
Working  stresses     following  unit  working  stresses  shall  not  be  exceeded: 

Iron  in  Tension  ..................................  12,000  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Medium  Sieel  in  Tension,  Plain  Bars  .............  16,000  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

High  Carbon  Steel  in  Tension  ....................  18,000  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Cold  Twisted  Medium  Steel  in  Tension  ...........  18,000  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Steel  to  resist  Diagonal  Tension  .............  ....  .10,000  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Concrete  in  Direct  Compression  .....  ............  .      450  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Concrete    in   Direct    Compression    (Spiral    Reinforced    Columns),    see 
Section  202. 

Concrete  in  direct  Compression  (Banded  Columns)      540  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Concrete,  Extreme  Fibre  in  Compression  ..........      650  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Concrete,  Extreme  Fibre  in  Compression  at  Support      750  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

(As  determined  by  the  straight  line  formula.) 

Bond  Stresses  for  Plain  High  Carbon  Bars  ........        50  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Bond  Stresses  for  Plain  Low  Carbon  Bars  .........        75  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Bond  Stresses  for  Twisted  or  Deformed  Bars  ......      100  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Bond,  On  specially  formed  bars,  not  over  one-fourth  the  ultimate  bond 

Specially  Formed      strength  of  such  bars  without  appreciable  slip,  determined  by  tests  to 
•am  the  satisfaction  of  the  Building  Inspector,  but  provided  that  in  no  case 

shall  such  allowable  unit  stress  exceed  100  Ibs.     For  other  grades  of 

concrete  the  adhesion  bond  strength  shall  be  assumed  to  be  propor- 

tionate to  the  ultimate  strength  of  the  concrete. 

Concrete  in  Diagonal  Tension  ......  ..............        40  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Reinforced  Concrete  in  Diagonal  Tension  .........      120  Ibs.  per  sq.  in. 

Compression  NOTE  —  The  compressive  stress  in  the  steel  shall  not  exceed  the 

in  steel  product  of  the  compressive  stress  in  the  concrete  multiplied  by  the 

elastic  modulus  of  the  steel  and  divided  by  the  elastic  modulus  of  the 

concrete. 

Section  197.     DESIGNS  FOR  SLABS,  BEAMS  AND  GIRDERS.   All 

reinforced  concrete  work  shall  be  designed  in  accordance  with  standard 

engineering  practice  and  the  following  assumptions: 
Modulus  of  That  the  ratio  of  moduli  of  elasticity  of  concrete  to  steel  is  one  (1) 

to  fifteen  (15)  ;  that  the  adhesion  of  the  concrete  to  the  steel  makes  the 

two  materials  act  together;  that  tensile  stresses  are  taken  by  the  steel 

and  that  the  stress  strain  curve  of  concrete  in  compression  is  a  straight 

line. 
continuous  Beams,  slabs  and  girders  shall  be  calculated  and  reinforced  as  con- 

tinuous, unless  constructed  so  as  to  act  as  simple  beams.     When  con- 
Bending  Moment      tinuous  for  uniform  loads,  the  bending  moment  at  the  center  shall  be 

WL  WL 

figured    as    not    less    than  -  for  the  intermediate  spans,  and    -- 

12  10 

WL 

for  the  end  spans,  and  -    -  for  simple  beams,  provided  at  least  sixty- 
8 


66 


six  (66)   per  cent  as  much  reinforcement  is  provided  at  the  top  over 
supports  as  at  the  center  of  the  member;   and  the  reinforcement  ex-  Reinforcement  at 
tends  beyond  the  support  a  sufficient  distance  to  insure  proper  bond  to  Supports 
fully  develop  the  stress  in  the  steel. 

In  all  cases,  however,  beams  and  girders  which  are  built  mono-  Monolithic 
lithic  at  the  supports  shall  have  at  least  fifty   (50)  per  cent  as  much  Construction 
steel  in  the  top  over  supports  as  at  the  center.    For  concentrated  loads 
on  continuous  beams  or  girders,  the  bending  moment  at  the  center  shall 
be  calculated  as  for  a  simple  beam  and  this  moment  may  be  reduced 
twenty  (20)  per  cent  for  intermediate  spans-  or  ten  (10)  per  cent  for 
end  spans. 

Where  a  short  span  adjoins  a  long  span  and  one-half  (%)  of  the 
short  span  considered  as  a  cantilever  cannot  produce  a  bending  mo- 
ment which  will  develop  the  strength  of  the  reinforcement  over  the 
supports,  the  long  span  shall  be  considered  as  an  end  span. 

For  simple  girders,  beams,  or  slabs  the  span  shall  be  taken  as  the  simple  Beams  Etc 
clear  span  and  for  continuous  girders,  beams  or  slabs,  the  span  shall  span  Length 
be  taken  as  the  distance  between  centers  of  supports.    Brackets  shall  Brackets 
not  be  considered  as  reducing  the  clear  span  in  the  sense  here  intended 
unless  they  are  specially  designed  for  the  purpose.     Top  finish  of  ce-  Top  Finish 
ment  mortar  shall  not  be  considered  in  computing  the  moment  of  re- 
sistance of  slabs,  beams  or  girders. 

Section  198.     LIMITING   WIDTH   OF   FLANGE   IN   THE  BEAMS. 
When  beams  are  made  monolithic  with  the  floor  slab,  a  portion  of  the  Floor  siab 
floor  may  be  assumed  as  acting  in  flexure  in  combination  with  the  as  Flange  Area 
beam. 

If  the  neutral  axis  falls  below  the  bottom  of  slab,  compensation  Neutral  Axis 
for  the  lost  compression  area  must  be  provided.    Results  approximately  Below  slab 
correct  may  be  obtained  by  designing  for  an  assumed  bending  moment 

expressed  by  the  formula  M(l+^_),  in  which  M  is  the  actual  bending 


moment  of  the  beam,  (a)  the  distance  of  the  neutral  axis  below  the  bot- 
tom of  the  slab,  and  (b)  the  distance  of  neutral  axis  below  the  top  of 
slab. 

The  width  of  slab  so  acting  in  flexure  is  to  be  governed  by  the  width  of  slab 
shearing  resistance  between  the  slab  and  beam,  but  limited  to  a  width 
equal  to  one-third  (1-3)  of  the  span  length  of  the  beams  between  sup- 
ports and  also  to  a  span  length  of  three-quarters  (%)  of  the  distance 
iTom  center  to  center  between  the  beams,  nor  exceed  five  (5)  times  the 
thickness  of  slab  on  each  side  of  beam  plus  the  width  of  beam. 

No  part  of  the  slab  shall  be  considered  as  a  portion  of  the  rib,  or  as  siab  Cast 
a  compression  flange,  unless  the  slab  and  rib  are  cast  at  the  sime  time,  with  Beam 

Where    reinforced    concrete    girders    support   reinforced    concrete  Flange 
beams,  the  portion  of  the  floor  slab  acting  as  a  flange  to  the  girder  Reinforcement 
must  be  reinforced  with  rods  near  the  top,  at  right  angles  to  the  girder 
to  enable  it  to  transmit  local  loads  directly    to    the    girder   and    not 
through  the  beams. 

Effective  bond  must  be  provided  at  the  juncture  of  beam  and  slab.  Bond  Between. 
Transverse  reinforcement  extending  well  into  the  slab  may  be  required  Slab  and  Beam  . 
to  increase  the  bond  when  the  principal  slab  reinforcement  is  parallel 
to  the  beam  or  girder.  ...  ,...  ?T 

Section  199.     WEB  STRESSES.     Where  the  diagonal  tension  ex-  Diagonal 
ceeds  forty  (40)  pounds  per  square  inch,  additional  web  reinforcement  Tension 
of  approved  design  shall  be  used. 

Stirrups  shall  not  be  placed  further  apart  than  two-thirds  (2-3)  d,  stirrups, 
if  they  are  considered  as  adding  to  the  shearing  resistance.  Spacing  of 

In  no  case  shall  the  shear  exceed  one  hundred  and  twenty  (120)  shear,  Limit  of 
pounds  per  square  inch. 

When  reinforcement  is  used  to  increase  the  unit  shear,  the  proper-  shear 
tion  of  the  unit  shear  taken  by  the  concrete  shall  not  exceed  forty  (40)  Reinforcement 
pounds  per  square  inch,  and  the  reinforcement  shall  be  sufficient  to  Unit  shear 
take  the  remainder.     If  unattached  stirrups  are  used  they  shall  pass  stirrups 
under  the  main  reinforcing  bars,  and  shall  be  vertical  unless  rigidly  at-  Unattached 
tached  to  tension  steel. 

There  shall  be  sufficient  anchorage  to  develop  the  stirrups  above  Anchorage 
the  natural  axis  of  the  beams,  without  exceeding  the  bond  stresses  spe-  for  stirrups 
cified.    If  the  stirrups  are  attached  to  the  reinforcing  bars,  the  connec- 
tion must  be  sufficient  to  develop  the  elastic  limit  of  the  steel  without 
causing  slipping  along  the  main  bars. 

67 


Bent  Up  Rods 
to  Resist  Shear 


Compressed  Steel 


Reinforcement 
Two  Ways 
Bending  Moment 


Distribution 
of  Loads 
Thickness   of 
Slabs 
Length, 
Limit  of 
Minimum  Size 


Unit  Compressioi 


Eccentric  Loading1 

Stress  Reduced 
Stress  for 
Plain  Columns 
Stress  for 
Spiral  Columns 
Reinforcement 

Area  of 

Longitudinal   Rods 
Steel  in 
Compression 
Rods  Tied 
Spacing  of  Ties 

Steel  Hoops 


Unit  Stress 
Increase  Due  to 
Spiral  Hooping 


Percentage 
Spiral    Hooping 
Pitch  of  Spiral 
Uniform 
Fastening  of 
Spirals 


If  the  reinforcing  rods  are  bent  to  approximately  forty-five  (45) 
degrees  and  are  spaced  no  farther  apart  than  (d)  or  if  the  bars  are  bent 
at  one-quarter  (%)  points,  they  may  be  figured  as  shear  members  in 
providing  for  the  excess  shear  over  40  pounds  per  square  inch,  but  not 
to  exceed  60  pounds  per  square  inch.  The  notations  (d)  shall  be  effec- 
tive depth.  For  T  beams,  the  width  of  stem  only  shall  be  considered 
to  resist  shear. 

Compression  steel  in  beams  must  be  anchored  to  the  tension  steel 
by  means  of  stirrups  or  ties  equivalent  in  section  and  frequency  as  re- 
quired to  resist  diagonal  tension. 

Section  200.  SQUARE  AND  RECTANGULAR  SLABS.  For  square 
slabs  with  two  way  reinforcements  the  bending  moment  at  the  center 

wl2 


of  the  slab  shall  be  not  less  than 


20 


for  intermediate  spans,  and 


w*2     for  the  end  spans. 
18 


The  moment  over  supports  shall  be  not  less 


than 


— and  the  sum  of  the  two  moments  over  one  support  and  at 

the  center  of  the  span  shall  be  taken  not  less  than  J5L.L—  which  above 

formula  w  is  the  load  per  linear  foot  and  1  is  the  length  of  the  span. 

For  square  or  rectagular  slabs  the  distribution  of  the  loads  in  the 
two  directions  shall  be  inversely  as  the  cubes  of  the  two  dimensions. 

Reinforced  concrete  slabs  shall  not  be  less  than  three  (3)  inches 
thick  for  floors  and  three  (3)  inches  for  roofs. 

Section  201.  REINFORCED  CONCRETE  COLUMNS.  Reinforced 
concrete  columns  shall  not  exceed  in  length  fifteen  (15)  times  the  least 
side  or  diameter,  and  the  minimum  size  shall  be  not  less  than  twelve 
inches  by  twelve  inches,  except  by  permission  of  Building  Inspector, 
and  where  such  columns  exceed  twelve  (12)  times  the  least  diameter  or 
side,  the  unit  compression  of  the  concrete  shall  be  taken  as  the  allow- 
able unit  compressive  stress  multiplied  by  the  least  side  or  diameter  of 
the  column  in  inches  and  divided  by  the  unsupported  length  in  feet. 

For  columns  subject  to  eccentric  loading  or  bending  of  an  inde- 
terminate amount,  the  above  stress  shall  be  reduced  at  least  twenty 
(20)  per  cent.  When  the  bending  stresses  in  a  column  can  be  definitely 
determined,  the  combined  bending  and  direct  stress  shall  not  exceed 
five  hundred  (500)  pounds  per  square  inch  for  plain  reinforced  columns 
and  not  to  exceed  six  hundred  fifty  (650)  pounds  for  spiral  reinforced 
columns.  Columns  with  longitudinal  rods  shall  have  at  least  one  (1) 
square  inch  of  steel  in  the  total  area,  and  not  less  than  four  (4)  rods; 
and  rods  shall  not  be  used  of  less  diameter  than  one-half  ('%)  inch. 
The  area  of  the  longtitudinal  rods  shall  not  be  less  than  one-half  \y2) 
of  one  per  cent  of  the  effective  cross  sectional  area  of  columns  (where 
rods  are  figured  to  take  compression  stress),  and  shall  not  exceed  four 
(4)  per  cent  of  the  effective  cross  sectional  area  of  the  column.  The 
longitudinal  rods  must  be  tied  together  to  effectively  resist  outward 
flexure  at  intervals  not  greater  than  the  least  width  or  diameter  of 
column. 

The  steel  hoops  shall  not  be  less  than  number  3  wire  and  spaced 
not  more  than  twelve  (12)  inches  apart. 

Section  202.  SPIRAL  REINFORCED  COLUMNS.  Where  the  re- 
inforcement consists  of  vertical  bars  and  spiral  hooping,  the  concrete 
shall  not  be  stressed  beyond  four  hundred  fifty  (450)  pounds  per  square 
inch,  plus  the  increase  due  to  spiral  hooping,  provided  that  the  amount 
of  vertical  reinforcement  be  not  less  than  the  area  of  spiral  reinforcing 
or  less  than  one  (1)  per  cent  of  enclosed  area  within  the  spiral  rein- 
forcement, nor  greater  than  five  (5)  per  cent  of  the  area  within  the 
hooping;  that  the  percentage  of  spiral  hooping  be  not  less  than  one-half 
(%)  of  one  per  cent  and  not  to  exceed  one  and  one-half  (l1/^)  per  cent; 
that  the  pitch  of  the  spiral  be  uniform  and  not  less  than  two  (2)  inches 
nor  greater  than  three  (3)  inches;  that  the  spirals  be  properly  secured 
to  the  verticals  at  every  other  spiral  on  every  other  vertical,  except 
a  four  (4)  rod  column,  where  they  shall  be  secured  at  every  intersec- 


68 


tion,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  ties  be  over  eight  (8)  inches  apart  on  the 
same  vertical  to  insure  the  maintaining  of  its  form  and  position;  that  Verticals, 
the  verticals  be  spaced  so  that  their  distances  apart,  measured  on  the  How  Spaced 
circumference,  be  not  greater  than  nine  (9)  inches  except  for  a  four 
rod  column.    In  such  columns  the  action  of  the  steel  hooping  may  be  increased 
assumed  to  increase  the  compressive  resistance  per  square  inch  of  the  Compression 
enclosed  concrete  within  the  hooping,  in  accordance  with  the  following 
formula,  f  cpC,  in  which  fc  shall  be  taken  as  four  hundred  fifty  (450) 
pounds,  p  as  the  percentage  of  spiral  reintorcement,  C  as  a  constant  of 
30.    It  is  assumed  that  this  action  does  not  alter  the  modulus  of  elas- 
ticity of  the  concrete.  No  part  of  the  concrete  outside  the  hooping  shall 
be  considered  as  a  part  of  the  effective  column  section. 

The  effect  of  eccentric  loading  must  be  considered  in  calculating  Eccentric 
the  unit  stress  of  columns.  Reinforced  concrete  columns  built  mono- 
lithic with  beams  or  girders,  or  rigidly  attached  to  them,  must  be  de- 
signed to  resist  the  maximum  unbalanced  moment  that  may  be  caused 
thereby  in  addition  to  the  direct  column  loads. 

Section  202.    (a)    No  water,  steam,  soil  or  vent  pipes  shall  be  built  Pipes  Not 
into  the  structural  part  (or  any  conduit  built  into  the  effective  area)  Permitted  in 
of  any  concrete  column,  beam  or  girder.    Pipes  of  any  kind  if  embedded  structural  Parts 
in  the  floor  slab,  must  be  so  dispersed  as  not  to  impair  the  strength  of 
the  floor. 

Section   203.      STRUCTURAL    STEEL    COLUMNS    ENCASED    IN 
CONCRETE.     Where  structural  steel  columns,  in  structures  in  which 
the  loads  are  transmitted  directly  to  steel  columns,  are  encased  in  con- 
crete, the  structural  steel  shall  be  proportioned  to  carry  the  total  live  concrete 
and  dead  load  that  can  be  transmitted  to  same.     For  steel  columns  Enclosing  steel 
filled  with,  and  encased  in,  concrete  extending  at  least  three  inches  be- 
yond the  outer  edge  of  the  steel,  where  the  steel  is  calculated  to  carry 
the  entire  live  and  dead  load,  the  allowable  stress  per  square  inch  stress  Allowed 
shall  be  determined  by  the  following  formula: 

L 

18,000—70— 
R 
But  shall  not  exceed  16,000  pounds  per  square  inch  of  net  steel  section. 

Stresses  due  to  eccentric    loading    shall    be    provided   for    in    all  Eccentric  Loading 
columns. 

The  length  of  rolled  steel  columns  shall  not  exceed  120  times  the  Length  of  Boiled 
least  radius  of  gyrations,  except  struts  for  wind  bracing  only  may  be  steel  Columns 
not  to  exceed  150  times  the  least  radius  of  gyrations. 

The  length  of  cast  iron  columns  shall  not  exceed  seventy  times  the  Length  of 
least  radius  of  gyrations.  Cast  iron  Columns 

In  columns  of  this  design  the  concrete  shall  be  reinforced  with  Spiral 
spiral  hooping  of  not  less  than  number  three  (3)  wire.    The  pitch  of  the  Reinforcement 
spiral  shall  be  uniform,  and  not  less  than  three  (3)  inches  nor  greater 
than  six  (6)  inches.    The  spirals  shall  be  secured  at  the  intersection  to 
not  less  than  four   (4)   vertical  spacing  bars  of  not  less  than  three- 
eighths  (%)  inch  diameter. 

In  latticed  6r  open  web  structural  columns,  it  shall  not  be  neces-  Latticed  or  Open 
sary  to  use  the  hooping  specified  above.  Web  columns 

All  structural  steel  which  is  to  be  encased  in  concrete  shall  be  structural  steel  En 
wrapped  with  wire  mesh  in  such  a  manner  as  to  insure  the  bonding  of  closed  in  Concrete 
the  concrete  to  the  steel  and  no  structural  steel  which  is  to  be  encased  When  Not  Painted 
in  concrete  shall  be  painted  or  oiled.    Before  encasing  structural  steel  Scale  or  Bust 
in  concrete,  scale  or  rust  of  any  appreciable  amount  shall  be  removed.    Removed 

Section  204.    COLUMN  SPLICES.    In  all  buildings  hereafter  to  be 
erected  the  column  splices  shall  be  made  in  such  a  manner  as  to  trans- 
mit the  stresses  for  which  they  are  designed.    The  connections  shall  be  Connections 
made  either  by  turnbuckle,  sleeve  nut,  slip  sleeve  or  by  lapping  the  rods 
or  bolting  together  in  such  a  manner  that  the  stresses  will  be  trans- 
mitted properly.     Where  rods  of  less  than  one  and  one-quarter  (1%) 
inches  in  diameter  are  lapped  not  less  than  thirty  (30)   diameters  it  Rods  Lapped 
shall  be  assumed  that  the  concrete  transmits  the  stresses  properly. 
Rods  one  and  one-quarter  (l1^)  inches  in  diameter  and  over  shall  be 
made  with  sleeves  or  other  rigid  connection.     If  the  device  used  re-  Threaded 
quires  the  rod  to  be  threaded  the  effective  area  shall  be  taken  at  the 
root  of  the  thread.  If  a  slip  sleeve  is  used  the  rods  must  have  their  ends  Slip  Sleeve 
milled  or  equal.  The  diameter  of  the  sleeve  to  be  not  over  one-sixteenth 

69 


Rods  in  Tension, 
Connection   of 


Where  Spliced 


Exterior   Walls 

Thickness 

Reinforcement 

Spacing  of  Rods 
Lapping:   of  Bars 


Rods,  Location  of 
Strength    Required 


Required 
Reinforcement 
for  Walls 


RodN    not   Painted 
Fire   Protection 


Materials  not 
Fireproof 
Care    of    New 
Concrete 


Proportions 
Ag:g:reg:ate 

Machine  Mixing 
Hand  Mixing 

Proportions 

Measured 

Cement 

Quality  Required 


(1-16)  inch  larger  than  the  diameter  of  the  rod.  Where  the  bearing. is 
made  metal  to  metal,  the  contact  shall  be  made  so  as  to  transmit  all 
stresses  properly.  Where  the  rods  are  in  tension  due  to  wind  stresses, 
the  connection  shall  be  made  by  means  of  positive  connection.  The 
use  of  pipe  sleeve  connection  is  prohibited  unless  they  fit  the  rods  as 
above  described.  All  column  steel  shall  set  directly  in  line  with  the 
steel  below,  and  be  constructed  in  such  a  manner  as  to  eliminate  any 
short  bends  in  the  steel.  The  steel  reinforcement  shall  be  spliced  at 
such  a  point  above  the  floor  that  the  bond  stress  in  the  rods  is  devel- 
oped enough  to  carry  the  increased  load  transmitted  to  it. 

Section  205.  CURTAIN  WALLS  IN  SKELETON  CONSTRUCTION 
BUILDINGS.  Buildings  having  a  complete  skeleton  construction  of 
steel  or  of  reinforced  concrete  construction,  or  a  combination  of  both, 
may  have  exterior  walls  of  reinforced  concrete  six  (6)  inches  thick, 
provided,  however,  that  such  walls  shall  support  their  own  weight  and 
that  such  walls  shall  have  steel  reinforcement  of  not  less  than  three- 
tenths  (.3)  of  one  per  cent  in  each  direction  vertically  and  horizontally, 
the  rods  spaced  not  more  than  twelve  (12)  inch  centers  and  wired  to 
each  other  at  each  intersection.  All  bars  shall  be  lapped  for  a  length 
sufficient  to  develop  their  full  stress  for  the  allowable  unit  stress,  for 
adhesion..  Additional  bars  shall  be  set  around  openings,  the  verticals 
wired  to  the  nearest  horizontal  bars,  and  the  horizontal  bars  at  the  top 
and  bottom  of  openings  shall  be  wired  to  the  nearest  vertical  bars. 

The  steel  rods  shall  be  combined  with  the  concrete  and  piaced 
where  the  combination  will  develop  the  greatest  strength,  and  the 
rods  shall  be  staggered  or  placed  and  secured  so  as  to  resist  a  pressure 
of  thirty  (30)  pounds  per  square  foot,  either  from  the  exterior  or  from 
the  interior  on  each  and  every  square  foot  of  each  wall  panel. 

Section  206.  The  amount  of  reinforcement  required  for  walls  shall 
be  sufficient  to  resist  the  stresses  occasioned  by  dead  and  live  load, 
wind  and  earth  pressure,  and  other  acting  forces  without  exceeding  the 
allowable  unit  stresses  prescribed  in  this  ordinance,  and  the  sectional 
form  and  thickness,  unless  specifically  prescribed  by  law,  shall  be  suit- 
able for  the  purpose  intended,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Building 
Inspector. 

Reinforcing  steel  used  in  reinforced  concrete  construction  shall 
not  be  painted,  but  shall  be  free  from  all  mill  scale  and  loose  rust. 

Section  207.  Fl REPROOFING.  For  the  purpose  of  fire  protection 
the  outer  surface  of  reinforcing  steel  shall  be  kept  away  from  the  sur- 
face of  the  concrete. 

One  and  one-naif  (l1/^)  inches  in  columns  and  girders. 

One  and  one-half  (1%)  inches  in  beams. 

Three-quarters  (%)  inch  in  slabs. 

No  reinforcing  steel  not  protected  from  fire  shall  be  considered  as 
adding  to  the  strength  of  the  construction. 

Lime  or  hard  wall  plaster  shall  not  be  considered  as  a  fireproofing 
material  in  reinforced  concrete  work. 

Care  and  effective  supervision  must  be  exercised  to  protect  new 
concrete  from  injury  of  any  kind. 

Section  208.  SYSTEM.  No  system  of  reinforced  concrete  shall  be 
used  which  is  not  capable  of  design  and  investigation  in  accordance 
with  the  formula  and  principles  laid  down  in  this  Code. 

Section  209.  PROPORTION  FOR  MIXING  REINFORCED  CON- 
CRETE. All  reinforced  concrete  shall  be  mixed  in  proportion  of  one 
(1)  part  Portland  cement  to  two  (2)  parts  clean,  sharp  sand  and  not 
more  than  four  (4)  parts  aggregate.  The  proportion  of  the  aggregate 
shall  be  reduced  in  order  to  have  the  voids  properly  filled.  In  no  case 
shall  more  than  two  (2)  parts  of  sand  be  used  to  one  (1)  part  of  cement 
and  all  mixing  shall  be  done  by  a  machine,  except  where  limited  quan- 
tities are  required  or  where  the  conditions  of  the  work  make  hand  mix- 
ing preferable;  hand  mixing  to  be  done  only  when  approved  by  the 
Building  Inspector.  In  all  mixing  the  separate  ingredients  shall  be 
measured  and  shall  be  thoroughly  mixed  and  must  be  uniform  in  color, 
appearance  and  consistency  before  placing. 

Section  210.  CEMENT,  SAND  AND  INERTS.  (a)  Cement.  Only 
Portland  cement  shall  be  used  which  conforms  to  the  Standard  Specifi- 
cations of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials. 


70 


All  cement  shall  be  tested  in  lots  of  hot  more  than  one  (1)  carload,  Quantities  Tested 
and   the   Building  Inspector   may  at  any  time  demand  that  certified 
copies  of  all  test  records  be  submitted  for  examination. 

The  minimum  requirements  for  tensile  strength  for  briquettes  one  Tensile  strength 
(1)  inch  square  in  section  shall  be: 

NEAT  CEMENT. 

24  hours  in  moist  air 175  Ibs. 

7  days  (one  day  in  air,  six  in  water) 500  Ibs. 

28  days  (one  day  in  air,  twenty-seven  in  water) 600  Ibs. 

ONE  PART  CEMENT,  THREE  PARTS  STANDARD  SAND. 

7  days  (one  day  in  air,  six  in  water) 200  Ibs. 

28  days  (one  day  in  air,  twenty-seven  in  water) 275  Ibs. 

Sand    (b).     The  sand  used  shall  be  clean,  coarse,  sharp,  natural  Sand 
sand,  preferably  a  mixture  of  coarse  and  fine  grains  with  the  coarse  Quality 
grains  predominating.    The  maximum  percentage  of  clay  or  loam  shall 
not  exceed  five  (5)  per  cent,  and  not  over  one  (1)  per  cent  of  organic 
matter,  and  at  least  sixty-five  (65)  per  cent  shall  be  retained  on  a  fifty 
(50)  mesh  sieve. 

Aggregate  (c).    The  aggregate  shall  consist  of  hard,  broken  stone,  Aggregates 
free  from  dust,  clean  gravel,  crushed  and  screened  to  pass  through  a  Quality 
two  (2)  inch  ring,  and  be  rejected  by  a  one-quarter  (^4)  inch  ring.   The  Size 
aggregate  shall  in  no  case  be  larger  than  will  make  a  compact  mass 
around  the  reinforcing  metal  and  completely  filling  the  forms.     Both 
sand  and  aggregate  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Building  In-  Approval  of 
spector,  who  may  demand  that  any  material  in  question  be  tested  at  inspector 
the  expense  of  the  owner  or  owners,  in  an  approved  testing  laboratory  Tests  Required 
and  the  certified  results  submitted  to  the  Building  Inspector  to  aid  in 
forming  an  opinion  as  to  the  fitness  or  unfitness  of  the  material  for  the 
purpose  intended. 

Section  211.    STEEL  IN  CONCRETE.    All  steel  shall  be  tested  by  Tests  of  steel 
an  approved  testing  laboratory  and  the  Building  Inspector  may,  at  any 
time,  demand  that  certified  copies  of  all  test  records  be  submitted  to  Certified  Copies 
him  for  examination.    All  reinforcing  steel  rolled  from  billets  shall  com-  of  Tests 
ply  with  the  Standard  Specifications  for  Concrete  Reinforcement  Bars  standard 
Rolled  from  Billets,  as  adopted  by  the  Association  of  American  Steel  Requirements 
Manufacturers,  1910  and  revised  in  1912. 

The  above  modified: 

All  reinforcing  steel  not  rolled  from  billets  shall  be  rolled  from  Boiled  from 
standard  section  Tee  rails,  and  shall  comply  with  the  Standard  Specifi-  Tee  Rails 
cations  for  Rail  Steel  Concrete  Reinforcement  Bars,  as  adopted  by  the  standard 
Association  of  American  Steel  Manufacturers  in  1912.    These  tests  and  Requirements 
materials  shall  be  subject  to  the  regulations  prescribed  in  Paragraphs 
2,  4,  5a,  6d,  7,  7e,  7f,  9  and  10  of  the  above  mentioned  specifications. 

Hot  twisted  bars  of  high  carbon  steel  shall  be  twisted  with  one  High  Carbon  steel 
complete  twist  m  a  length  equal  to  not  more  than  twelve  (12)  times  the 
thickness  of  the  bar. 

The  Building  Inspector  may  demand  the  owner,  builder,  contractor,  L 
sub-contractor  or  foreman  to  make,  or  cause  to  be  made,  bending  tests 
in  the  field  on  all  grades  of  reinforcing  steel,  when  in  his  opinion  there 
is  any  doubt  as  to  whether  the  reinforcing  steel  is  up  to  the  standard  of 
these  regulations. 

These  bending  tests  shall  be  those  specified  in  the  above  men- 
tioned Standard  Specifications. 

Section  212.     PLACING   CONCRETE  AND   STEEL.     In  filling  in  Regulations 
concrete  around  reinforcing  steel  the  concrete  must  be  worked  con- 
tinuously with  suitable  tools,  as  it  is  put  in  place.    Filling  the  columns 
completely  and  puddling  afterwards  will  not  be  permitted.    In  placing 
the  concrete  the  work  shall  be  so  laid  out  that  partially  set  concrete  Care  I 
will  not  be  subjected  to  shocks  from  the  wheeling  or  handling  material  Ham 
over  it.     Concrete  placed  in  warm  weather  shall  be  drenched   with  net 
water  twice  daily,  Sunday  included,  during  the  first  week  after  being 

Joints  in  monolithic  structures  are  to  be  avoided  as  far  as  practica-  Joints 
ble,  but  when  necessary  they  must  comply  with  the  following  regula- 

Concrete  in  members  of  a  floor  system  may  be  joined  at  or  near  a  Joinings 
section  of  minimum  shear,  usually  in  the  middle  of  the  span,  but  not  at 
a  point  of  concentrated  loading,  and  in  columns  at  the  bottom  of  the 


Resumption  of 
Work 


Time  Between 
Pourings 

Cleaning  of 

Col  minis 

Te»  Beam 

Steel,  Held  in  Place 


Longitudinal  Rods, 
Spacing   of 


Compression  Rods 


Manner  Built 


Supports  and 
Braces 
Clean  Out 
Openings 

Cleaning    Out    of 

Forms 

Columns    Stripped 

Before   Shores 

Removed 


Removal  of  Shores, 
Beams,  Girders 
Time  Elapsed 


Supports 
Removed. 
Floor  Slabs 


Provisions  for 


Special   Inspector 


Daily    Reports    to 
Building   Inspector 


deepest  intersecting  floor  members;  joints  shall  be  at  right  angles  to 
the  direction  of  the  principal  compressive  stress. 

Joints  in  longitudinal  reinforcing  of  columns  shall  occur  only  at  or 
near  floors  or  other  adequate  lateral  supports. 

When  work  is  resumed  the  concrete  previously  placed  shall  be 
cleared  of  all  foreign  material,  drenched  and  slushed  with  a  mortal- 
composed  of  one  (1)  part  cement  and  one  (1)  part  sand,  or  sprinkled 
over  with  cement. 

Beams  and  girders  shall  not  be  constructed  over  freshly  placed 
columns  without  permitting  a  period  of  fifteen  (15)  hours  to  elapse  to 
provide  for  settlement  and  shrinkage  in  columns. 

Before  resuming  work  the  top  of  the  column  shall  be  cleansed  of 
foreign  matter,  and  if  the  column  has  become  hard  the  top  shall  be 
treated  as  above  specified. 

When  beams  are  designed  as  Tee  beams,  the  slab  shall  be  poured 
at  the  same  time  as  the  web. 

Some  means  satisfactory  to  the  Building  Inspector  shall  be  used  to 
hold  the  reinforcing  steel  in  its  proper  position  by  means  of  an  effective 
clamping  device. 

The  longitudinal  steel  in  beams  and  girders  shall  be  so  disposed 
that  there  shall  De  a  thickness  of  concrete  between  the  separate  pieces 
of  steel  of  not  less  than  one  and  one-half  (iy2)  times  the  maximum  sec- 
tional dimensions  of  the  steel. 

When  steel  is  used  in  the  compressive  side  of  beams  and  girders, 
the  rods  shall  be  tied  in  accordance  with  requirements  of  vertical  rein- 
forced columns,  with  stirrups  connecting  with  the  tension  rods  of  the 
beams  or  girders. 

Section  213.  CENTERING  AND  FORMS.  All  forms  shall  be  built 
in  a  substantial  manner,  plumb  and  true,  with  tight  joints,  so  that  no 
appreciable  part  of  the  concrete  mixture  can  escape,  and  shall  be  so 
supported  and  braced  that  they  will  carry  all  the  usual  loads  which 
may  come  upon  mem  without  springing  or  deflection. 

An  opening  shall  be  left  at  the  bottom  of  all  column  forms  for 
cleaning  and  adjusting  the  steel.  This  opening  shall  not  be  closed  un- 
til all  is  in  readiness  for  pouring  the  columns.  The  forms  shall  be  care- 
fully cleaned  just  before  concreting,  and  all  chips  and  other  foreign 
matter  removed. 

Before  removing  the  shores  under  any  beams  or  girder  the  columns 
supporting  it  shall  be  stripped,  so  that  the  columns  may  be  examined 
on  all  sides.  Pouring  columns  in  chases  left  in  the  masonry  shall  not 
be  allowed. 

Provided  ample  shores  are  used  to  carry  the  full  weight  of  the 
floor,  column  forms  may  be  removed  in  not  less  than  four  (4)  days  after 
pouring. 

The  time  which  shall  elapse  before  removing  the  shores  under  the 
beams  and  girders  varies  with  the  design  and  condition  of  the  weather, 
but  in  no  case  shall  they  be  removed  in  less  than  three  (3)  weeks  after 
pouring,  provided  that  the  beams  and  girders  carry  their  own  weight 
only.  Where  beams  and  girders  carry  construction  loads  from  above, 
sufficient  shoring  shall  be  left  in  place  to  carry  these  loads  until  the 
completion  of  the  work. 

The  supports  under  floor  slabs  shall  not  be  removed  in  less  than 
ten  (10)  days  after  pouring,  but  this  clause  is  not  intended  to  prevent 
removing  the  joists  and  lagging  in  less  time,  provided  the  slabs  are 
kept  properly  shored. 

Section  214.  INSPECTION  AND  TESTS.  When  any  reinforced 
concrete  is  used  in  construction,  the  owner  shall  provide  for  the  inspec- 
tion of  cement  and  inerts,  as  required  by  the  Building  Inspector.  Un- 
less otherwise  authorized  in  writing  by  the  Building  Inspector,  the 
owner  shall  also  provide  a  special  inspector  of  the  work  who  shall  be 
satisfactory  at  all  times  to  the  Building  Inspector,  and  who  shall  be  on 
the  work  continuously  during  the  mixing  and  the  placing  of  concrete 
and  steel,  and  the  removal  of  forms.  Such  special  inspector  shall  make 
daily  written  reports  to  the  Building  Inspector  on  the  progress  of  the 
worK.  Before  reinforced  concrete  work  is  started,  the  owner  shall 


72 


name  in  writing  the  special  inspector,  and  such  special  inspector  shall  Examination  of 
pass  such  examination  as  may  be  required  by  the  Building  Inspector  Special  inspector 
to  determine  his  competency. 

Before  a  building  containing  reinforced  concrete  floor  is  occupied,  Testing  of  Floors 
the  floors  shall  be  tested  by  applying  a  load  equal  to  two  (2)  times  the 
figured  live  load  to  suck  parts  as  the  Building  Inspector  or  deputies 
may  select.  The  floor  shall  sustain  this  load  for  at  least  twenty-four 
(24)  hours  without  cracking  or  other  evident  signs  of  failure  or  a  de- 
flection of  more  than  one  seven-hundredth  (1-700)  of  the  span. 

PART  XV. 
PENALTY,  ETC. 

Section  215.  SPECIFIC  PROVISION.  The  requirements  of  this 
ordinance  are  hereby  specifically  declared  to  cover,  govern  and  control 
the  location,  construction,  alteration,  repair  or  demolition  of  any  school 
buildings  and  other  buildings  and  structures  by  any  school  district, 
school  board,  board  of  education  or  any  public  or  quasi  public  or  politi- 
cal corporation  or  body. 

Section  216.     GENERAL  PENALTY.    Any  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion who,  as  principal,  agent,  contractor,  sub-contractor,  officer,  servant 
or  employee,  for  himself  or  itself,  and  for  any  other  person  or  for  any 
firm  or  corporation,  and  for  any  school  district,  school  board,  board  of 
education,  or  other  public  or  quasi  public  or  political  corporation  or 
body,  or  who,  by  agent,  contractor,  sub-contractor,  servant  or  employee, 
shall  violate  or  neglect  or  refuse  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  this  Violation 
ordinance  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and  upon  conviction  thereof 
shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $10  nor  more  than  $500,  or  Fine  and 
by  imprisonment  in  the  City  Jail  for  not  less  than  five  (5)  days  nor  imprisonment 
more  than  six  (6)  months,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

Every  such  person,  firm  or  corporation  shall  be  guilty  of  a  separate 
offense  for  each  and  every  day  during  which  any  building  or  structure 
or  part  thereof  erected,  constructed,  altered,  repaired,  raised,  bunt 
upon,  demolisned,  maintained,  or  moved  by  such  person,  firm  or  corpor- 
ation, in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance,  continues 
in  such  condition,  or  for  every  day  during  which  any  other  violaton  of 
this  ordinance  by  such  person,  firm  or  corporation  continues,  and  shall 
be  punished  therefor,  as  herein  provided. 

Section  217.  REPEAL  OF  CONFLICTING  ORDINANCES.  Ordi- 
nance No.  1197  and  all  other  ordinances  and  parts  of  ordinances  in  con- 
flict with  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  are  hereby  repealed;  pro- 
vided, that  such  repeal  shall  not  affect  or  prevent  the  prosecution  and 
punishment  of  any  person  for  any  act  done  in  violation  of  any  ordi- 
nance of  said  City  which  may  be  repealed  by  this  ordinance;  and  shall 
not  affect  any  prosecution  or  action  which  may  be  pending  in  any  court 
for  the  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  any  ordinance  of  said  City 
repealed  by  this  ordinance. 

Section  218.  The  City  Clerk  shall  certify  to  the  adoption  of  this 
ordinance  and  cause  the  same  to  be  published  once  in  the  Pasadena 
Daily  News. 

I  hereby  certify  that  the  foregoing  ordinance  was  adopted  by  the 
City  Council  of  the  City  of  Pasadena  at  its  meeting  held  January  14th, 
1913,  by  the  following  vote: 

Ayes:  Councilmen  Barnes,  Chaff ee,  Korstain,  Rhodes,  Root  and 
Shutt. 

Noes:  None. 

HEMAN  DYER, 
Clerk  of  the  City  of  Pasadena. 

Approved  this  14th  day  of  January,  "W^^^  TfflJM( 

Mayor  of  the  City  of  Pasadena. 


73 


INDEX 


Sec.  Page.  Par. 
A 

Account  of  fees 34  17 

Additions  to  hospitals,  Class  A 21  11  6 

Alcoves,  recesses  for 108  37  4 

Alterations 

Not  to  exceed  $25.00 7  3  4 

Shall  conform  to 3  1 

To  existing  buildings 8  3  7 

Chimneys  and  vents 8  4  (j) 

Churches,  schools,  public  halls  and  hotels. ...     8  4  (h)' 

Cornices  and  appendages 8  4  (g) 

Elevator  shafts,  etc 8  4  (d) 

Fire   stops    8  3  (a) 

Increased  height  of  light  courts 8  4  (e) 

Note — Sections  applying  to 8  4  9 

Relathing    8  3  (b) 

Skylights    8  4  (f ) 

Structural   parts 8  4  (c) 

Windows,  doors  and  other  openings 8  4  (i) 

To  street  front  in  Fire  Dist.  No.  1 7  3  3 

Alterations  and  additions  in  Fire  Dist.  No.  1. 18  8  (g) 

Alteration,  definition  of 19  8  12 

Alteration  of  plans 32  17  1 

Alterations  permissible 32  17  2 

Anchors 

For  fire  walls 107  37  1 

Joists,  Class  B 53  21  4 

Joists,  Class  C 67  25  1 

Joists  strutted  and  anchored,  Class  B 53  21  4 

Joists  strutted  and  anchored,  Class  C 67  25  2 

Steel  girders,  Classes  B  and  C 66  24  11 

Steel  to  wood,  Class  C 66  24  12 

To  brick  walls,  Class  B 53  21  4 

Wood  girders,  Class  C 67  25  1 

Apartment  Houses   22  11  7 

Class  D 22  11  8 

Exceptions  outside  Fire  Dist.  No.  1 22^  11  7 

3  stories 22  11  7 

4  stories   22  11  7 

5  stories 22  11  7 

Heating  plants  22  11  9 

Apartment  houses,  definition  of 19  9  11 

Appeal,  Board  of 14  5 

Appendages   and   cornices 118  39  4 

Approval  of  Street  Supt 16  7  6 

Arches    105  36 

Artificial  stone 115  38  3 

Factor  of  safety 115  38  3 

Limit  of  height 115  38  4 

Assembly  halls  in  schools 23^  12a 

Auditoriums,  Public  assembly,  etc 24  12  (c) 

Aisles 24  12  (c) 

Exit  lights 24  13  (f) 

Fire  escapes  24  13  (f ) 

Halls  in  existing  buildings 24  13  4 

Halls  on  second  floor 24  13  (f) 

Halls  on  third  floor. 24  13  (f) 

Staircase  to  galleries 24  12  (d) 

Landings    24  13  (d) 

74 


Sec.  Page.  Par. 

Width  of  Exits 24  13  (e) 

Awnings   - .  1.27  41  8 

Canvas    127  41  8 

Drainage 127  42  1 

Metal  127  41  8 

Supports 127  42  1 

B 

Basement-pipe  inlets   161  54 

Basement  stairway,  Class  A 45  19  9 

Basement  stairways,  display  goods,  Class  B 55  22  10 

Basement  stairways,  Class  B,  storage 55  22  9 

Basement  stairways,  Class  C,  display  goods 74  27  9 

Basement  stairways,  Class  C,  storage 74  27 

Basement  stairways,  Class  D,  display  goods 87  32  7 

Basements  under  sidewalks 97  34 

Beam  protection,  Class  A 38  18  4 

Beams,  wood 116  39  1 

Bearing  on  walls,  Class  B 53  21  5 

Bearing  of  walls,  Class  C 71  26  7 

Bearing  partitions,  terra  cotta,  Class  C 73  26  10 

Bearing  wall,  definition  of 19  9 

Bearing  walls,  terra  cotta 116  38  12 

Billboards    31  15  (a) 

Above  roofs 31  15  (d) 

Approval  of  Fire  Chief 31  15  (c) 

Braces 31  15  (b) 

Distance  from  sidewalk 31  15  (a) 

Height  above  ground 31  15  (a) 

Metal  facings  31  15  (b) 

Name  of  owner 31  15  (b) 

Posts  31  15  (b) 

Supervision  of 31  (e) 

Boarding  house,  definition  of 19  10  1 

Board  of  appeal 14  5 

Boiler  rooms 136  44  17 

Exceptions  136  45 

Floors  of 136  45 

Openings  into  136 

Spaces  above  boilers 136  45 

Standpipes  136 

Woodwork  covered  136 

Bond  in  brickwork 110 

No  diagonal  bond 112  37 

Pressed  brick  112  37 

See  Veneer  Bond. 

Bond  iron,  Class  B 52 

Bond  iron,  Class  C 68 

Bond,  terra  cotta ; 116 

Borings,  Test I45 

Bracing,  corner 85 

Brackets,  cornice H8 

Brackets,  Lugs,  etc.,  Class  A,  protection  of 44 

Brick  partitions -1°6 

Bridging,  Class  B 54  22 

Bridging,  Class  C 69  6 

Bridging,  Class  D 86 

Builder's  name • 32 

Buildings 

Alteration  of  existing « 

Classes  of,  in  Fire  Dist.  No.  1 17 

Extensions  to •  •   1 

Classification  of  81  •  • 

Code  to  apply  to  existing 

Condemnation  of  

Unlawful  to  occupy 

Definition  of   !  17 

Demolition  of  121 

75 


Sec.  Page.       Par. 

Destruction  of   5  2  3 

Factory 25  13  7 

Factory,  Class  D 93  33 

Height  of , 20  10       10-12 

In  lumber  yards   18  8  (f ) 

Inspection  of  (See  also  inspections) 12  4  13 

Measurements  of 20  10  9 

Move  into  District  No.  1 .- 7  3  3 

Removal  of 16  7  4 

Approval  of  Street  Supt 16  7  5 

Deposits    16  7  5 

Fees  16  8  1 

Repair  to  damaged  6  2  6 

Terra  cotta 116  38  6 

Taken  for  sidewalk 7  3  3 

Unlawful  to  use 4  2  2 

Without  studding 85  31  1 

Building  Inspector  and  Deputies 20  10  14 

Interference  with    11  4  12 

Power  to  stop  work 10  4  11 

C 

California  construction  85  31  1 

Canopy,  Metal   127  41  8 

Certificate  of  inspection 12  5  2 

Chimneys  and  fluees  (See  also  smoke  pipes  and 
smoke  stacks.) 

Anchors  to  outer  walls 130  43  4 

Bake  oven  130  42  5 

Boiler  flues 130  42  6 

Braces  above  pitched  roof 130  43  5 

Chimneys  or  cupolas 134  44 

Corbelling    130  43  1 

Fireplaces : 

Arch  bar 131  43  6 

Arches     131  43  6 

Fire  boards   131  44  1 

Flues  for    131  43  7 

Grates   131  43  7 

Hearths    131  43  6 

Mantles  131  43  8 

See  also  gas  grates 139  45 

Wood  centers   131  43  6 

Flues  in  party  walls , 130  43  2 

Height  above  roof ..130  42  6 

Height  above  pitched  roofs 130  43  5 

Inlets  and  thimbles 130  42  7 

Linings    130  42  4 

Masonry    130  42  4 

Offsets     132  44  2 

Offsets     130  43  1 

Outside  of  buildings 130  42  4 

Size  of  inlets 130  42  4 

Space  around  chimneys 130  43  3 

Supports  130  43  1 

Terra  cotta   128  42  2 

Woodwork  near  130  43  3 

Chimneys  and  vents 8  4  (j) 

Church,  Lecture  Room,  etc 24  12  11 

Churches   8  4  (h) 

Class  A  Bldg.,  Definition  and  limit  of  height 36  17 

Class  B  Bldg.,  Definition  and  limit  of  height 50  20 

Class  C  Bldg.,  Definition  and  limit  of  height 62  24 

Class  D  Bldg.,  Definition  and  limit  of  height 80  29 

Classification  of  buildings 81  29 

Columns,  outer,  Class  A. 38  18  4 

Concrete,  not  reinforced,  Classes  A,  B  and  C 95  34  8 

Concrete,  not  reinforced,  Class  D 82  30  8 

76 


Sec.  Page.      Par. 
Concrete,  reinforced,  see  last  part  of  index,  page  — 

Construction,  unlawful   18  g 

Cornices ....'.'.".'.'     8  4          (g) 

Cornices  and  appendages,  Classes  B  and  C 118  39              3 

Cornices,  Class  A 48  20              4 

Cost,  increased   32  17              3 

Courts,  light,  Class  A 43  19 

Courts,  exterior  light,  Class  B 57  23      10-11 

Courts,  interior  light,  Class  B 57  23              8 

Courts,  less  than  60  sq.  ft.  in  area,  Class  B 57  23              9 

Courts,  exterior  light,  Class  C 70  26          3-4 

Courts,  interior  light,  Class  C 70  26 

Courts,  Class  C,  less  than  60  sq.  ft.  in  area 70  26              2 

Courtain  walls  104  36 

Curtain  walls,  definition  of 19  9            jg 

D 

Damaged  buildings,  repairs  to 6  2              6 

Dangerous  construction   4  1              4 

Definition,  See  Sect.  19 

Deflection  of  beams 147  49              3 

Deflection  of  floors,  beams  and  girders.  See  Rein- 
forced Concrete.  (1-700  of 
span  allowed  on  test.) 

Demolition  of  buildings 121  40 

Deposit  to  Street  Supt 16  7              5 

Depth  of  foundation.     (See  Foundation). 
Depth,   standard.      (See   Sec.   832,   Civil   Code   of 
State  of  California.) 

Deputy  Building  Inspector 20  10            14 

Destruction  of  buildings,  emergency 5  2              3 

Division  wall,  definition  of 19  9              4 

Doors,  to  basement  stairways: 

Class    A 45  19              9 

Class   B    55  22              9 

Class  C  74  27              7 

Doors  to  dumb  waiters,  Classes  B,  C  and  D  (Same)  .56  23              5 

Doors,  elevator,  Classes  B,  C  and  D  (Same) 56  23              4 

Doors,  fire  162  55              1 

Construction  of   162  55              3 

Communicating  openings    162  55              2 

Hinges  162  55              3 

Rails    162  55              8 

Sills    162  55              7 

Sliding    162  55              6 

Stops    162  55              9 

Swinging    162  55              5 

Doors,  to  furnace  and  boiler  rooms,  construction  of  24  12          (a) 
Where    required    see    Sections    22, 23, 24, 136, 
137  and  180. 

Doors,  opening  upon  a  street 126  41 

Doors  to  swing  out 126  41 

Double  fee  33 

Drying  rooms  135  44            15 

Dumb  waiters,  requirements  for  Classes  B,  C  and 

D  the  same 56  23              6 

Dwellings,  definition  of 19  9              9 

E 

Earth  to  be  removed  from  street 123  41              2 

Elevator  shafts    8  (d) 

Elevator  shafts,  Class  A 45  19 

Elevator  shafts,  Class  B,  freight 56 

Elevator  shafts,  Class  B,  passenger 56 

Elevator  shafts,  Class  C,  freight 75 

Elevator  shafts,  Class  C,  passenger 75  28 

Elevator  shafts,  Class  D.     (Same  as  Class  C.) 

Excavations,  lateral  support 98  34 

(See  also  reference  to  State  Code  under  depths). 

77 


Sec.  Page.  Par. 

Excavations  under  sidewalks 122  40  4 

Existing  party  walls 103  36 

Exit  lights 24  13  (f ) 

Exits,  (See  also  theaters). 

Exits,  width  of 24  13  (e) 

Exterior  walls,  Class  D 80  29  3 

Exterior  walls,  definition  of .  . 19  9  6 

F 

Factory,   definition   of 19  10  4 

Fees,  building  permit ,  .   33  17  4 

Fees,  double 33  17  7 

Fees,  moving  buildings 16  8  1 

Fees,  moving  building  on  same  lot 33  17  6 

Fees,  not  included 33  17  5 

Fence  enclosing  part  of  sidewalks 122  40  5 

Filler  walls  40  18  6 

Fine  and  general  penalty 216  73 

Fire  Districts 15  5  7 

Fire  District  No.  1 15  5  8 

Fire  District  No.  2 15  7  1 

Fire  District  No.  3 15  7  4 

Fire  escapes: 

Additional 152  50  6 

Certain  windows  excepted .156  52  10 

Certificate  of  completion 151  50  5 

Construction  of    ..'.../ 153  50  7 

Balconies 153  50  8 

Dimensions  of  supports 153  50  9 

Angles 153  51  1 

Floors 153  51  2 

Top  rails,  Class  A,  B  and  C 153  51  3 

Top  rails,  Class  D 153  51  4 

Balconies  of  other  material 153  52  2 

Fire  escapes  of  other  designs 153  52  3 

Spiral  slides 153  52  3 

For  Hospitals,  Halls,  etc 153  52  5 

Ladders  to  roof .153  52  6 

Goose  necked  ladders 153  51  10 

Braces    153  51  10 

No  openings  in  floors 153  52  4 

Openings  in  floors 153  51  5 

Stairways   153  51  5 

Braces  and  rails 153  51  8 

Landings 153  51  7 

Platforms    . 153  51  9 

Stringers  and  treads 153  51  6 

Supports   153  51  11 

Tests    153  51  12 

Doors  adjoining  fire  escapes 156  52  9 

Hallways  to  fire  escapes 155  52  8 

Location  of 158  53  7 

Marked  on  plans 158  53  7 

Notice  to  erect 158  53  7 

Unlawful  occupation  158  53  7 

Number  of 152  50  6 

Obstructions  to    .157  53  3 

Obstructions  to  halls  to .  .157  53  4 

Passageway  to  fire  escapes 154  52  7 

Signs  and  lights 154  52  7 

Permit  for 151  50  2 

Plans 151  50  3 

Required     150  49 

Exceptions 150  49 

Unlawful  to  occupy  buildings 151  50  4 

Windows  adjoining  fire  escapes.  ,. 156  52  9 

Fire  escapes,  churches,  assembly  halls,  etc 24  13  (f) 

Fire  escapes,  hospitals 21  11  .3 

78 


Sec. 

Page. 

Par. 

Fire  hydrants  

.    97 

34 

10 

Fire  proofing  structural  steel,  Class  A  

.    44 

19 

4 

Fire  protection  in  garages  

.  ao 

15 

3 

Fire  protection,  (See  theaters) 

Fire  resisting  roof,  definition  of  

.   20 

10 

13 

Fire  stops,  floor  joists,  Class  C  

.    69 

25 

(b) 

Chimney  breasts   

.    69 

25 

(g) 

Furred  walls  

.    69 

25 

(K) 

Stud   partitions    

.    69 

25 

(d) 

Fire  walls   

.107 

36 

Fire  walls,  definition  of  

.    19 

10 

7 

Flat,  definition  of  

.    19 

9 

12 

Floor  construction,  Class  A  

.    42 

18 

8 

Floor  construction,  Class  B  masonry  

.    53 

21 

1 

Floor  construction,  Class  B  mezzanine  

.    53 

21 

(b) 

Floor  construction,  Class  B  wood  

.    53 

21 

(a) 

Header  beams    

.   53 

21 

5 

Loaded  bearing   

.   53 

21 

5 

Floor  construction,  Class  C  

.    71 

26 

5 

Floor  construction,  Class  C  masonry  .  .  . 

.    72 

26 

9 

Floor  construction,  Class  D  

.    86 

31-32 

Floors,  garages   

.    30 

15 

2 

Floor  lights,  Classes  A,  B,  C  and  D  the  same  

.    42 

18 

9 

Floor  loads   

.147 

48 

Floor  loads,  warehouses  

.148 

49 

3 

Estimate  of  

.148 

49 

Limit  of  load  

.148 

49 

3 

Floors,  mezannine  

.   52 

20 

10 

Floors,  mill  construction   

.    94 

33 

8 

Floor  timbers   

.    94 

33 

9 

Floors,  stable  

28 

13 

(a) 

Floors,  stable  .  .  

.    28 

14 

(f) 

Floors,  toilet  rooms  in  schools  

.    23 

12 

(b) 

Footings  

.145 

48 

16 

For  fire  doors  and  shutters  see  doors  and  windows. 

Foundations,  Classes  A,  B  and  C  

.    95 

33 

14 

Concrete  for  

.    95 

34 

7 

Depth  of  

.    95 

33 

15 

Greater  depth  

.    95 

34 

2 

Isolated  pier  

.    95 

34 

6 

Projections  of  footings  

.    95 

34 

3 

Proportion  to  load  

.    95 

34 

5 

Width  of  footings  

.   95 

34 

4 

Foundations,  Class  D,  one  story  

.    82 

29 

5 

Foundations,  Class  D,  two  story  

.    82 

29 

5 

Foundations,  Class  D,  over  two  story  

.    82 

29 

5 

Concrete  for   

.    82 

30 

8 

Depth  of: 

1   story    

.    82 

29 

9 

2  story  

.    82 

29 

10 

3  and  4  stories  

.    82 

29 

11 

8  inches  allowed  when  

82 

29 

12 

Finished  grade  before  final  inspection  when  . 

.    82 

29 

13 

Exceptions  to  the  above: 

Curtain  walls  on  porches  

.   82 

30 

(c) 

Dwellings  not  exceeding  $750.00  , 

.   82 

30 

(a) 

Garages   and   outbuildings  

.   82 

30 

(c) 

Isolated  piers  when  allowed  

82 

29 

(a,b) 

Porch  foundations  

.   82 

30 

(c) 

Size  of  piers   

82 

30 

(c) 

Posts  placed  in  ground  

.   82 

30 

(c) 

Spacing  of  piers  .  

.   82 

30 

(c) 

Tnickness  of  concrete  

,   82 

29 

6 

Front  of  building,  definition  of  

.   19 

10 

8 

Furnace  pipes    

,143 

47 

8 

Boots   

.143 

48 

3 

Boxes  and  fittings  

,143 

47 

8 

No  right  angle  bends  

,143 

48 

4 

79 


Sec.  Page.  Par. 

Wall  pipes  143  48  2 

G 

Garages    30  14  11 

Class  of  building,  Fire  Dist.  No.  1 30  14  12 

Exceptions     30  15  5 

Fireproof  floors    30  15  2 

Fire  protection 30  15  3 

Sand  box   30  15  4 

Gas  furnaces 140  47  2 

Tests  140  47  2 

Gas  heater  in  closet 140  47  1 

Gas  grates  and  logs 139  45  14 

Definition  of  1 39  45  15 

Protection  for  stoves 139  45  16 

Gas  meters   138  45  11 

Openings  for 138  45  12 

Gas  vent  in  flues 140  46  13 

Gas  vents,  indirect 1 40  46  6 

Automatic  valve    140  46  10 

Pilot  light   140  46  10 

Positive  exhaust    140  46  8 

Steam  pipe   140  46  9 

Vent  above  roof 140  46  11 

Gas  vents  in  existing  buildings 140  46  11 

Hood  vents   140  46  12 

Gas  vents  in  general 140  46  2 

Automatic  heaters    140  46  3 

Other  shaped  vents 140  46  5 

Other  water  heaters 140  46  4 

General  penalty  216  73  3 

Girders,  steel,  Class  C 65  24  9 

Girders,  steel,  Class  A 44  19  4 

Girders,  steel,  Class  B 50  20  6 

Granite  facing  38  18  3 

H 

Halls  in  existing  buildings 24  13  4 

Heating  apparatus   13  5  4 

Notice  of   13  b  4 

Heating  furnaces: 

Masonry  floor  141  47  4 

Petroleum  fuel  141  47  5 

Cover     141  47  5 

Drain  pipe   141  47  5 

Pit    141  47  5 

Pit  in  Class  A  building 141  47  6 

Portable   141  47  4 

Top    141  47  3 

Heating  plants,  public  halls 24  12  (a) 

Heating  plants,  schools 23  12  (k) 

Height,  limit  of  Class  A 36  18  2 

Height,  limit  of  Class  B 50  20  6 

Height,  limit  of  Class  C 62  24  7 

Height,  limit  of  Class  D 80  29  2 

Height  of  Stories 102  36 

Hollow  terra  cotta  buildings 116  38 

Hollow  terra  cotta,  Class  B 53  21  l 

Hollow  terra  cotta,  Class  C 72  26  9 

Hollow  terra  cotta.  Class  C 73  26  10 

Hollow  terra  cotta,  Class  D 116  38 

Hollow  terra  cotta  walls  and  partitions,  Class  B. .  .1.16  38 

Hollow  tile,  Class  A 44  19  6 

Hood  vent  140  46  13 

Hospital,  definition  of 19  9  16 

Hospitals    21  10  15 

Additions 21  11  6 

80 


Sec.  Page.      Par. 

Porches 21  11              6 

Doors    21  11              2 

Exceptions 21  11              5 

Fire  escapes  [  21  11 

Stairways  of  21  11              4 

Floors,  walls  and  ceilings ."!!.*!  21  10            16 

Passageways 21  11 

Pavilion  system 21  11              5 

Hotels,   definition   of 19  10 

Hotels : 

Class  D             22  11          7-8 

Heating  plants  22  11              9 

Height  of 22  11 

Overhanging  cornice   22  11              7 

Repairs  to  8  4           (h) 

Wood  roof  allowed  22  11              7 

Hotel  range    !!!l42  47              7 

Apron 142  47               7 

Floor    142  47               7 

Hoods    142  47               7 

Vents 142  47              7 

Increased  cost 33  17              3 

Inner  district  7  3              5 

Inspection: 

Of  excavations   12  4            13 

Lathing 12  4            14 

Finish 12  5              2 

Isolated  piers  82  29            14 

J 

Joists,  deflection  of 147  49              3 

Joists,  strength  of 147  48-49 

L 

Light  courts,  (See  courts). 

Lintels    105  36 

Loads: 

Floor   147  48 

Floor  in  warehouses 148  49 

Limit  of   148  49 

Roof    147  49 

Safe  on  masonry 146  48 

Safe  on  soils 145  48 

Load  tests  for  floors,  (Classes  A,  B  and  C  same) ...  42  19 

Lumber  yards: 

Alter  or  add  to 18  8          (g) 

Erect  buildings  in 18  8           (f) 

Increased  capacity 18  8          (e) 

Occupy  ground  18  8          (d) 

Piling  lumber  in 18  8          (h) 

M 

Masonry,  definition  of 19  9              8 

Masonry  piers   100  35              3 

Masonry  stacks: 

Brick  stacks   133  44            10 

Compression    133  44            11 

Foundations 133  44            13 

Pressure  of  soil 133  44            13 

Tension  133  44            11 

Wind  pressure 133  44            12 

Lining  133  44            14 

Reinforced  concrete  133  44              4 

Foundations 133  44              8 

Pressure  of  soil 133  44              9 

Strain  in  compression 133  44              g 

Strain  of  steel 133  44             '5 

81 


Sec.       Page.       Par. 

Wind  pressure 133  44  7 

Materials,  strength  of: 

Floor  and  roof  loads 147  48 

Safe  load  on  masonry 146  48 

Safe  load  on  soils 145  48 

Warehouse   floors    148  49 

Weights  of  materials 149  49 

Measurement  of  buildings 20  10  9 

Moving  picture  theaters,  see  theaters. 

Metal  frames  and  wired  glass 162  54 

Metal  Lath   .24  12  (b) 

Metal  lath,  Class  B 50  20  7 

Metal  lath,  Class  C 69  25  (e) 

Mezzanine  floors,  Class  B 53  21  (b) 

Mezzanine  floors,  Class  B 52  20  10 

Mill  construction: 

Columns    94  33  9 

Definition  of 94  33  6 

Floors 94  33  10 

Floor  timbers 94  33  11 

For   Class   C 94  33  7 

Hollow  space    94  33  12 

Partitions     94  33  12 

Plate    1 . . .   94  33  8 

Stairways  94  33  12 

N 

Notice  to  Building  Inspector: 

For  excavation  12  4  13 

For  finish 12  5 

For  fire  escapes 158  53  7 

For  heating  apparatus 13  5  5 

For  lathing   12  4  14 

For  standpipes  and  other  fire  protection. 158  53  7 

Notice  to  owners  or  others 4  1 

Time  limit  4 

Notice,  posting  of 5 

Notice,  in  writing 6  7 

O 

Obstructions  to  fire  escapes 157  53 

Obstructions  to  streets 122  7 

Occupation  of  streets 123  40 

Office  building,  definition  of 19 

Offsets,  chimneys   132 

Offsets,  chimneys   130 

Openings  for  gas  meters 138  45 

Openings  in  sidewalks 125  41 

Outbuildings: 

Foundations  for 82 

No  plans 3.2  16 

P 

Partition  walls  106  36  7 

Class    A 43  19 

Cloth   or   paper 85 

Partition  walls,  definition  of 1 

Party  walls,  definition  of 19 

Party  walls,  existing 103  5 

Party  walls,  thickness  of 101 

Passenger  elevators,  Class  B 56 

Passenger  elevators,  Class  C 75 

Passenger  elevators,  Class  D 88 

Penalty,  general   216 

Permission  to  use  streets .122 

82 


Sec.  Page.       Par. 
Permits: 

Application  blanks 32  16              3 

Cost,  see  Fees. 

Expires... 35  17              9 

Official  stamp 32  ^g 

Plans  not  required [[[   32  ] g 

Plans  on  file 32  16 

Alterations  allowable .,  32 

Permission  to  alter . .. 32 

scaie ..;*;;".;  32  16       3 

Time  held . . ..   32  16              3 

Unlawful  to  erase... 32  16              4 

Plans  required   32  16 

Required ....i...... /....'."*!   32  16               1 

Exceptions 32  16           1-2 

Revoked .. ...   35  17              ^ 

Permits  for  fire  escapes 151  50              3 

Piers,  masonry 100  35 

Pipes  in  columns 109  37              5 

Pipe  inlets '.'.  161  54             11 

Number   of 161  54             12 

Pipes,  steam  144  43 

Pipes  in  walls 109  37              5 

Plans  for  fire  escapes 151  50              4 

Pressed  brick  facing 112  37 

Pressure  on  standpipes 159  54              2 

Pressure  on  standpipes,  interior 160  54              9 

Projections  over  sidewalks 126  41 

Protection  of  sidewalks ]  24  41 

Public   halls    24  12 

Public  halls,  definition  of ..                                            .19  9 


Ranges,  setting  of 142  47              7 

Recesses  in  walls 108  37              4 

Reinforced  concrete,  (See  last  part  of  index). 

Reinforced  concrete  partitions 106  36            12 

Repairs,   definition  of 19  9              1 

Repairs  to  floors  in  stables 29  14              8 

Repairs  over  twenty-five  dollars 7  3              4 

Repeal  of  conflicting  ordinances 217  73 

Retaining  walls   96  34              9 

Retaining  wall,  definition  of 19  9            19 

Reviewing  Stands  31%  16% 

Roofs,  Class  A 46  20               2 

Roofs,  Class  B 58  23             12 

In  Fire  Dist.  No.  1. 

Roofs,  Class  C 76  28               7 

In  Fire  Dist.  No.  1 76  28               7 

Roofs,  Class  D 90  33 

Roof  drainage  (Class  A,  B,  C  and  D  the  same) 46  20              2 

Roofs,  pent  house 119  40              1 

Roof  spaces  (Classes  A,  B,  C  and  D  the  same) ....   59  24 

S 

Safe  load  on  masonry 146 

Safe  load  on  soils 145  48 

Sanitariums,  definition  of 19  9            16 

School  buildings   23  12a 

Assembly  Halls    23V2  12a         (a) 

Automatic  Sprinklers   23V2  12b 

Ceiling,  not  Class  A 23y2  12b            1 

Floors 23y2  12b 

Doors  to  attic  space 23%  12b            5 

Elevator  shafts,  etc 23%  12b         (c) 

Fireproof  stairway  from  balcony   23%  12b         (d) 

FireWalls 23%  12b            5 

83 


Sec.  Page.  Par. 

Heating  plants 23  12a  (k) 

Light  Shafts  23^  12b  (c) 

Roofs 23V2  12b  5 

Standpipes,  fire  23  12b  (b) 

Toilet  rooms: 

Doors    23  12a  (e) 

Floors    23  12a  (c) 

Grade 23  12a  (c) 

No  exposed  woodwork 23  12a  (g) 

Side  walls  and  floors 23  12a  (a) 

Stalls    23  12a  (f ) 

Floors  of 23  12a  (h) 

Standpipes 23  12a  ( i ) 

Ventilation 23  12a  ( j ) 

Walls    23  12a  (b) 

Windows    23  12a  (d) 

Shoes  and  plates 85  31  g 

Sidewalks,  openings  in 125  41  4 

Sidewalk  protection 124  41  3 

Canopy,  construction  of 124  41  3 

Sidewalk,  strength  of 125  41  4 

Skylights,  Class  A 47  20  3 

Skylights,  Class  B 60  24  4 

Skylights,  Class  C 78  28  10 

Skylights,  Class  D 89  33  2 

Skylights,  repairs   8  4  (f ) 

Smokehouses    26  13  8 

Smokestacks,  iron 133  44  3 

Space  around  pipes 85  31  14 

Specific  provisions   215  73 

Stables    27  13  9 

Connection  to  sewer 28  14  (b) 

Exceptions,  Dist.  No.  2  and  3 28  14  (b) 

Exceptions  29  14  8 

Existing  stable  requirements 29  14  5 

Floors 29  14  6 

Manure   pits    29  14  5 

Repairs  to  floors 29  14  7 

Floors   28  13  (a) 

Gutter  drain   28  14  (b) 

In  existing  buildings 28  14  (f ) 

Manure  pit   28  14  (d) 

Outside  Dist.  No.  1 28  14  (d) 

Ventilation    28  14  (e) 

Wash  racks  28  14  (b) 

Stairways: 

Assembly  halls,  etc 24  12  (b,  d) 

Assembly  halls,  etc 24  13  (f ) 

Class  A 45  19  6 

Class  B  55  22  6 

Class  C  74  27  3 

Class  D 87  32  6 

Hospital    21  11  3 

Mill  construction  94  33  12 

Standpipes,  exterior 159  53  7 

Cap  and  chain   159  54  6 

Couplings  159  54  6 

Couplings   159  54  5 

Gates  and  valves  159  53  7 

Location  of   159  54  3 

Number  of 159  53  7 

Pressure  test    159  54  2 

Size  of    159  53  8-9 

Size  of  connections 159  54  4 

Standpipes,  interior  160  54  7 

Hose    160  54  8 

Location   160  54  8 

84 


Sec.  Page.  Par 

Size  of 160  54  8 

Tank  on  roof 160  54  8 

Where  required 160  54  7 

Steel,  Class  A 36  is  2 

Store  buildings,  definition  of 19  10  5 

Story  and  one-half  building,  definition  of 19  10  6 

Strength  of  materials   149  49 

Structures  above  roofs 119  39 

Structures,  definition  of 19  9  17 

Structural  metal,  Class  A 44  19  4 

Structural  metal,  Class  B 52  20  9 

Over  windows,  Class  B 52  20  (c) 

Structural  parts,  Class  A 41  18  7 

Studding,  Class  B 50  20  6 

Studding,  Class  C 64  24  9 

Studding,   Class   D 85  30  11 

Studding,  Class  D,  ll/2  story  building 85  31  12 

Studs  against  another  building 85  31  15 

T 

Tanks    120  40  2 

Tenement  house,  definition  of 19  9  10 

Tents  and  movable  structures 9  4 

Theater,  (See  theater  index,  page  — ). 

Toilets,  school   23  12a 

Towers  and  Turrets,  (See  amendment  to  Cornices 

and   Appendages)    118  39  4 

U 

Unlawful  to  use  building 4  2  2 

Unlawful  construction  in  Dist.  No.  1 18  8       (a,  b) 

Unlawful  to  establish 18  8  (c) 

Unlawful  to  occupy 12  5  3 

Use  of  sidewalks  and  streets 122  40  4 

Occupation  of  123  40  9 

Piling  of  earth 123  41  2 

Street  railways 123  41  1 

V 

Veneering    84  30  9 

Bond    84  30  10 

Bond    113  37 

Bond  for  stone,  etc 113  37  11 

Facing 84  30  11 

Hollow  terra  cotta 114  38  2 

Ventilation  of  toilets,  Classes  A,  B,  C  and  D  the 

same   49  20  4 

Vents,  gas,  (See  gas  vents). 

Vent  shafts,  (See  elevator  shafts). 

W 

Walls: 

Arches  and  lintels 105  36  7 

Bearing,  definition  of 19  9  5 

Brick  partitions  106  36  9 

Concrete  partitions 106  36  11 

Curtain   104  36  6 

Curtain,  definition  of 19  9  18 

Division,  definition  of 19  9  4 

Existing  party   103  36 

Exterior,  definition  of 19  6 

Exterior  light,  Class  A 38  18  4 

Fire    107  36  14 

Exceptions   107  2-3 

Anchors  for 107  37 

How  supported 106 

Masonry  piers 100  35 

85 


Sec.  Page.       Par. 

Outer  Class  A 38  18              4 

Outer,  hollow  tile,  Class  A 38  18              4 

Partition,   definition  of 19  9               3 

Partition     106  36              8 

Partition,  Class  A 43  19               2 

Party,    definition    of 19  9              2 

Recesses    in    108  37              4 

Reinforced  concrete  partitions 106  36             12 

Retaining   96  34              9 

Retaining,  definition  of 19  9             19 

See  also  hollow  terra  cotta. 

Thickness  of,  definition  of 19  9              7 

Thickness  of,  miscellaneous 102  36 

Thickness  of   (table) 101  35 

Underpinning    99  35               2 

Weight  of  materials 149  49 

Windows  adjoining  fire  escapes 156  52 

Woodworking  establishments 137  45 

THEATERS,  SPECIAL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR 

Admission  to  certain  public  officials 182  62               3 

Aisles  and  seats 173  59 

Distance  apart   173  59               3 

Width  of 173  59 

Apartments,  same  building 165  57 

Apparatus  for  fire  inspection  of 182  62 

Automatic  sprinklers   181  61               4 

Balcony: 

Orchestra  168  57 

Stairways     176  59               9- 

Additional    ^.. 176  60               1 

Exits  from  176  59 

From  gallery 176  60 

Character  of  construction 163  56 

Existing  buildings   163  56 

Permit   to   use 163  56 

Corner  lot,  theater  on 165  57               1 

Courts   and   frontage 164  56               4 

Corridors    164  56               4 

Ceilings  and  floors 164  56               4 

Doors  164  56               4 

Obstructions    164  56               4 

Courts   164  56               4 

Width 164  56               4 

Curtain  proscenium   168  57 

Doors   to   stairs 167  57 

Doors  to  swing  out 174  59              5 

Dressing  rooms   169  58              2 

Doors     169  58               2 

Exits    169  58 

Partitions 169  58 

Windows 169  58 

Entrance,  main    164  56               4 

Frontage 164  56               4 

Existing   buildings    163  56               2 

Permit   to   use 163  56 

Exits,   emergency    174  59               5 

Doors  to 174  59               5 

Exterior  balconies 174  59               5 

Exits  for  stage 172  59               1 

Exit   lights    178  60               4 

Exits,  ordinary 171  58               9 

Exits,    ordinary 176  59               9 

Exits,  ordinary 176  60           1-2 

Exits  through  other  parts  of  building 165  57               1 

Exits,   width  of 174  59               5 

Exits,  width  of,  (See  also  Sections  171,  176,  165). 

86 


Sec.  Page.  Par. 

Fire  Department  supervision 182  62 

Standpipes  '.181  61 

Hose  and  nozzle 181  61 

Automatic  sprinklers .181  61  4 

Number  of  .'. ]  181  61  5 

Electric   lights    181  62  1 

Cut-out 181  62  1 

Extinguishers    181  61  6 

Gas  supply 181  62  1 

Water   barrels    181  61  6 

Floors    170  58  4 

Stage  and  others 170  58  4 

Floor  registers  180  61  1 

Foyer  entrance 171  58  6 

Doorways   171  58  7 

For  .common  exit 171  58  8 

Width    .171  58  6 

Foyers   and   lobbies 166  57  2 

Capacity  and  width 166  57  2 

Gradients   166  57  2 

Gallery   fronts    175  59  8 

Heating  apparatus    180  60  7 

Hooks,   fire 181  61  8 

Inside  stairways    172  58  8 

Handrails 172  59  2 

Landings    172  59  2 

Risers  and  treads  and  winding  stairs 172  58  2 

Width  of 172  58  2 

Moving  picture  theatres  following  theatre  index. 

Passageways,  corner  lot 165  57  1 

Permit  to  use  building 163  56  4 

Pin  rails  and  rigging  loft 170  58  6 

Property  and  store  room 179  60 

Proscenium  opening    164  56  6 

Definition  of  street 164  56  6 

Location   164  56  6 

Proscenium  wall   168  57  4 

Doors  in  . . . . 168  58  1 

Opening 168  57  4 

Curtain    , 168  57  4 

Radiators  180  61  1 

Rigging   loft    170  58  6 

Seats   173  59  3 

Stairways : 

Balcony     176  59  9 

Inside    172  58  8 

Stage     172  59  1 

Standpipes     , 181  61  3 

Storage  room 179  60  5 

Stores,  etc 165  57  1 

Stores,  keeping   179  60  6 

Theater,   corner  lot 165  57  1 

Stores,  etc 165  57  1 

Passageways  165  57  1 

Ventilation  of  stage 177  60 

Wainscoting    175  59 

Walls,  boiler  room 180  60  7 

Walls,  interior  167  57 

Workshops 179  60 

MOVING  PICTURE  THEATRES 

Aisles,  cross 190  64  5 

Aisles,    standing    in 189  64  2 

Aisles,  width  of 190  64 

Ceilings    187  63  7 

Ceilings    186  63  2 

Construction,  requirements  of 185 

87 


Sec.  Page.  Par. 

Exceptions  191     65  « 

Exceptions  193     55  8 

Exits    187             63  3 

Exceptions  187             63  7 

Passageways   187             63  7 

Walls  and  ceilings 187             63  7 

Width  of 187             63  7 

Obstructions  to   189            64  2 

Protection  of 189             64  2 

Width  of   .....187  63  a,b,c,d 

Exit  Signs  188 

Exterior  walls    186             63  2 

Moving  picture  machines  and  enclosure 191            64  7 

Operating  room 191            64  (a) 

Doors     ^ 191  65  (b) 

Fastenings  191  65  (d) 

Openings  into  191  64  (b) 

Operator's  openings   191  65  (e) 

Sides  and  ceilings 191  64  (a) 

Smoking  prohibited 192  65  7 

Trap  doors  191  65  (c) 

Ventilation    191  65  (f ) 

Moving  picture  theaters  over  900  (See  theater) 187  63  (e) 

Permit  to  conduct 183  62  4 

Building  approved  184  62  5 

How  obtained  183  62  4 

Issued  when   184  62  5 

Requirements  of  construction 185  62  6 

RE-INFORCED  CONCRETE 

Aggregate    210  71  (c) 

Approval  of 210  71  (c) 

Tests  required   210  71  (c) 

Assumptions   197  66 

Assumptions    201  69  1 

Beams,   design  of 197  66  $ 

Bending  moment  197  66  Ifr 

Continuous    197  66  10 

Span  length    197  67  4 

Bending  moment,  slabs  200  68  3 

Cement,  Sand  an  Inerts 210  70  11 

Aggregate 210  71  (c) 

Approval  of  210  71  (c) 

Tests  required   210  71  (c) 

Cement: 

Quality  required    210  70  (a> 

Quantities  tested  210  71  1 

Tensile  strength    210  71  2 

Sand,  quality  of 210  71  (b) 

Centering  and  forms 213  72  10 

Cleaning  of  forms 213  72  11 

Clean-out  openings   213  72  11 

Columns  stripped  before  shores  removed 213  72  12 

Manner  built 213  72  1# 

Removal  of  shores  under  beams  and  girders. . .  .213  72  14 

Supports  and  braces 213  72  10 

Supports  removed  under  floor  slabs 213  72  15 

Time  elapsed 213  72  14 

Columns : 

Eccentric  loading   201  68  & 

Stress  reduced 201  68  5 

Limit  of  length 201  68  4 

Limit  of  length 201  68  4 

Minimum  size    201  68  4 

Reinforcement    201  68  & 

Area  of  201  68  & 

88 


Sec.  Page.  Par. 

Steel  in  compression 201  68  5 

Ties  and  hoops 201  68  5 

Stress  for  plain  columns 201  68  5 

Stress  for  spiral  columns 201  68  5 

Unit  compression    201  68  4 

Columns,  spiral   reinforced 202  68  7 

Eccentric  loading    202  69  2 

Formula  for  increased  compression 202  69 

Increased   stress    202  68  7 

Percentage  and  pitch  of  hooping 202  68  7 

Percentage  of  vertical  reinforcement 202  68  7 

Verticals,  how  spaced 202  69  1 

Column  splices    204  69  12 

Connections     204  69  1 

Connection  of  rods  in  tension 204  70  1 

Rods  lapped    204  69  12 

Slip   sleeve    204  69  12 

Where  spliced    204  70  1 

Columns,  structural  steel  encased 203  69  4 

Cast  iron,  length  of 203  69  8 

Concrete  inclosing   203  69  4 

Eccentric  loading    203  69  6 

Latticed  or  open  web 203  69  10 

Rolled  steel,  length  of 203  69  7 

Spiral  reinforcement    203  69  9 

Stress  allowed   203  69  5 

Wrapping  of  steel 203  69  11 

Compression  increased   194  65  11 

Compression  strains  (See  Unit  Stresses). 

Definition     194  65  9 

Designs  for  slabs,  beams  and  girders 197  66  8 

Bending  moment  197  66  10 

Continuous    197  66  10 

Modulus  of  elasticity 197  66  9 

Monolithic  construction    197  67  2 

Reinforcement  at  supports 197  67  1 

Span  length,  of  simple  beams,  etc 197  67  4 

Brackets  197  67  4 

Top  finish    197  67  4 

Drawings,  requirements  for 195  66 

Certified  copy  of  stress  sheets 195  66  2 

Final  approval   195  66  3 

Fireproofings   207  70  6 

Materials  not  fireproof 207  70  7 

Increased  compression   194  66 

Inspection  of  tests , 194  66  1 

Samples  on  file 194  66 

Test  samples  taken  before  operation 194  65  11 

Inspection  and  tests 214  72 

Daily  report  to  Building  Inspector 214  72  16 

Examination  of  Special  Inspector 214  73  1 

Provisions  for  Special  Inspector 214  72  16 

Testing  of  floors 214  73 

Test  samples  taken  before  operation 194  65  11 

Inspection  of  tests 194  66  1 

Samples  on  file 194  66  1 

Limiting  width  of  flange  in  beams 198  67 

Bond  between  slab  and  beam 198  67  10 

Flange  reinforcement 198  67 

Floor  slab  as  flange  area 198  67  5 

Neutral  avis  below  slab 198  67  6 

Slab  cast  with  beam 198  67 

Width  of  slab 198  67  7 

Mixing  and  proportions —  -194  65 

Strength  of  concrete 194  65  10 

Time.., 194  65  10 

89 


Sec.       Page.      Par. 

Mixing  reinforced  concrete,  proportions  for 209  70  10 

Aggregate    209  70  10 

Hand  mixing 209  70  10 

Mixing  machine 209  70  10 

Proportions  measured   209  70  10 

Pipes  not  permitted  202  69  3 

Placing  concrete  and  steel 212  71 

Care  used  in  handling 212  71  .11 

.  Cleaning  of  columns 212  72  5 

Compression  rods   212  72  9 

Joinings    212  71  13 

Joints 212  71  12 

Longitudinal  rods,  spacing  of 212  72  8 

Regulations   212  71  11 

Resumption  of  work 212  72  3 

Steel  held  in  place 212  ,72  7 

Tee  beam 212  72  6 

Time  between  pourings 212  72  4 

Wetting    212  71  11 

Reinforcements  at  supports 197  67  1 

Removal  of  shores 213  72  14 

Reports,  daily   214  72  16 

Requirements  for  drawings 195  66  2 

Resumption  of  work 212  .72  3 

Rods,  not  painted 206  70  5 

Samples  on  file 194  66  -1 

Special  Inspector   214  72  16 

Square  and  rectangular  slabs 200  68  3 

Distribution  of  load 200  68  4 

Reinforcement,  two  ways 200  68  3 

Formulas    20  68  3 

Thickness  of  slab 200    .        68 

Steel  in  compression 196  66  7 

Steel  in  concrete 211  71  6 

Certified   copies  of 211  ,71  6 

High  carbon  steel 211  71  8 

Rolled  from  Tee  rails 211       ,      71 

Standard  requirements    , 211  71  7 

Standard  requirements   211  71  6 

Tests   ; 2U  71.  6 

Tests  required 211  71  9 

Stresses,  working 196  66  4 

(See  also  unit  stresses.) 
(See  also  web  stresses.) 

Structural  steel  in  .columns 203  69  4 

Systems  of  reinforced  concrete 208  70  8 

Tensile  strength,  cement 210  71  1 

Testing  floors  , .214  73  2 

Test  samples   194  65  11 

Samples  on  file. 194  65  11 

Taken  before  operation 194  65  11 

Unit  stresses 196  66  4 

Bond,  specially  formed  bars 196  .         66  5 

Diagonal  tension 196  66  6 

Reinforced  concrete  196  66  6 

Steel  in  compression 196  66  7 

Walls 205  70  2 

Curtain  205  70  2 

Lapping  of  bars 205  70  2 

Reinforcement    205  70  2 

Spacing  of  rods 205  70       . ,  •  \.  2 

Thickness     205  70       '^v.  2 

Required  reinforcement 206  70    ;•  ^r/  4 

Rods,  location  of 205  70         ,     3 

Rods,  not  painted 206  70       ,."  •;•  5 

Strength  required  205  70  3 

90 


Sec.  Page.  Par. 

Web  stresses   199  67  11 

Anchorage  for  stirrups 199  67  15 

Bent  up  rods  to  resist  shear 199  68  1 

Compressed  steel    199  68  2 

Diagonal  tension 199  67  11 

Reinforcement  increasing  unit  shear 199  67  14 

Shear,  limit  of 199  67  13 

Stirrups,  spacing  of 199  67  12 

Stirrups,  unattached    .199  67  14 

Unit  shear  .                                                               .  .199  67  14 


91 


Ordinance  No.  1398 


An  Ordinance  of  the  City  of  Pasadena  Amending  Ordinance 
No.  1312  Entitled,  "An  Ordinance  of  the  City  of  Pasa- 
dena Regulating  the  Construction,  Alteration,  Repair, 
Moving  and  Demolition  of  Buildings  and  Structures, 
and  the  Use  Thereof,  Providing  for  the  Issuing  of  Per- 
mits for  the  Same,  Establishing  Fire  Limits  and  Pro- 
viding for  the  Demolition  of  Buildings  and  Other  Struc- 
tures Dangerous  to  Life  or  Property." 


The  Commission  of  the  City  of  Pasa- 
dena ordains  as  follows: 

SECTION  1.  That  Section  3  of  Or- 
dinance No.  1312  be  and  is  hereby 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow- 
ing words: 

"Provided  that  whenever  it  shall  ap- 
pear to  the  Commission  that  in  a  par- 
ticular instance  the  provisions  of  this 
code  are  inapplicable,  or  that  the  en- 
forcement of  this  code  would  work  a 
hardship  without  tending  to  secure  the 
objects  hereof,  to-wit,  the  safe  and 
secure  construction,  maintenance  and 
use  of  buildings,  structures  and  appli- 
ances, and  the  protection  of  the  inhab- 
itants of  the  City  from  loss  of  life  and 
Property  by  fire  and  otherwise,  the 
ommission  may  grant  permission  for 
the  erection,  construction,  alteration, 
repair,  raising,  building  upon,  moving, 
demolition,  maintenance  or  use  of  any 
building  or  structure  in  a  manner 
which  "shall  secure  the  said  objects 
hereof  other  than  the  manner  Pre- 
scribed by  this  code.  Applications  for 
such  permission  shall  be  filed  with  the 
Building  Inspector  and  shall  contain  a 
full  statement  of  the  reasons  there- 
for relied  upon  by  the  applicant,  to- 
gether with  such  maps,  plans  and  dia- 
grams as  may  be  necessary  to  a  com- 
plete understanding  thereof.  The 
Building  Inspector  shall  transmit  each 
such  application  to  the  Commission 
with  his  recommendation  thereon.  The 
Commission  shall  promptly  act  upon 
such  application  by  order  made  upon 
motion  which  order  shall  recite  the 
reasons  upon  which  .  such  action  is 
based,  and  shall  fully  appear  upon  the 
minutes  of  the  Commission." 

SECTION  2.  That  Section  14  of  Or- 
dinance No.  1312  be  and  is  hereby 
amended  to  read  as  follows: 

"SECTION  14.  BOARD  OF  APPEAL: 
The  Commission  of  the  City  of  Pasa- 
dena shall  constitute  a  Board  of  Ap- 
peal for  the  determination  of  all  mat- 
ters left  by  this  Code  to  the  discretion 
of  the  Building  Inspector  when  any 
person  or  persons  affected  by  any  rul- 
ing in  such  matter  may  feel  aggrieved 
thereby.  Such  appeal  shall  be  taken 
by  filing  with  the  City  Clerk  a  petition 
stating  in  concise  terms  the  ruling  apr 


pealed  from  and  the  grievance  com- 
plained of.  At  the  time  of  filing  such 
petition,  the  sum  of  Five  Dollars 
($5.00)  shall  be  deposited  with  the  City 
Clerk  arid  without  such  deposit  the  ap- 
peal shall  have  no  effect.  The  City 
Clerk  shall  thereupon  notify  the  Build- 
ing Inspector  of  the  appeal.  After 
such  petition  and  deposit  have  been 
filed  with  the  City  Clerk,  the  Commis- 
sion shall,  at  its  next  regular  meeting, 
hear,  and  promptly  determine  all  ques- 
tions raised  by  said  appeal.  If  the  de- 
termination of  the  Commission  is 
wholly  in  support  of  the  determination 
made  by  the  Building  Inspector,  and 
appealed  from,  the  said  deposit  of  Five 
Dollars  ($5.00)  shall  be.  forfeited  and 
become  the  property  of  the  City.  If 
the  determination  of  the  Commission 
is  wholly  in  favor  of  the  petitioner,  the 
deposit  of  Five  Dollars  ($5.00)  shall 
be  returned  to  the  petitioner.  If  the 
determination  of  the  Commission  shal1 
sustain  the  ruling  complained  of  in 
part,  the  deposit  of  Five  Dollars 
($5.00)  shall  be  apportioned  to  the 
City  and  to  the  petitioner  in  such  pro- 
portion as  to  the  Commission  may  ap- 
pear equitable. 

The  Commission  may  engage  the  ser- 
vices of  experts  to  assist  in  the  de- 
termination of  such  appeals.  The  fil- 
ing of  such  appeal  shall  suspend  the 
enforcement  of  the  ruling  or  determ- 
ination appealed  ft*om  until  the  hear- 
ing and  disposition  of  the  appeal  by 
the  Commission." 

SECTION  3,  That  the  definition  of 
the  word  "theater"  as  contained  in 
Section  19  of  Ordinance  No.  1312  be 
and  is  hereby  amended  to  read  as  fol- 

"A  theater  is  a  room,  hall  or  audi- 
torium having,  a  stage  either  with  or 
without  scenery,  used  or  designed  to 
be  used  for  the  public  entertainment  of 
pesons  and  adapted  to  the  presenta- 
tion of  plays,  operas,  spectacles  or  sim- 
ilar forms  of  entertainment,  provided, 
however,  that  such  room,  hall  or  audi- 
torium, if  on  the  first  noor  and  if  used 
and  intended  for  use  exclusively  for 
Religious,  or  educational  purposes,  or 
both,  and  of  a  seating  capacity  of  less 
than  eight  hundred  (800)  persons,  shall 
fipt  be  considered  a  theater,  nor  be 


required  to  comply  with  the  provisions 
hereof   relating   to   theaters." 

SECTION  4.  That  subdivision  (c)  of 
Section  28  of  Ordinance  No.  1312  be 
and  is  hereby  amended  to  read  as  fol- 
lows- 

"(c)  Any  wash  rack  when  within 
or  used  in  connection  with  a  stable 
must  be  provided  with  a  surface  drain 
which  shall  connect  with  the  sewer." 

SECTION  5.  That  subdivision  (d) 
of  Section  28  of  Ordinance  No.  1312  be 
and  is  hereby  amended  to  read  as  fol- 
lows: 

"(d).  Every  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion now  or  hereafter  maintaining  any 
stable  or  other  place  in  Fire  District 
No.  1,  in  which  manure  or  staole  refuse 
accumulates,  shall  provide  a  bin  or  pit 
constructed  of  masonry  not  less  than 
four  (4)  inches  thick  at  a  point  desig- 
nated therefor  by  the  Health  Depart- 
ment of  the  City.  Said  bin  or  pit  may 
have  a  door  in  the  encf  or  side  thereof, 
providing  the  bottom  of  said  door  shall 
be  eighteen  (18)  inches  from  the  floor 
of  said  bin,  and  shall  be  equipped  with 
a  tight  door  and  cover;  otherwise,  said 
bin  or  pit  shall  be  entirely  closed.  Such 
bin  or  pit  shall  be  vented  by  means  of 
a  duct  or  flue  not  less  man  twelve  (12) 
inches  in  diameter,  and  if  inside  of  a 
otiilding  such  vent  shall  extend 
through  the  roof.  The  outer  termina- 
tion of  said  vent  shall  be  effectually 
screened  against  flies,  and  shall  be  car- 
ried above  the  roofs  of  all  buildings 
within  twenty-five  (25)  feet  thereof,  and 
shall  in  no  instance  be  closer  than  ten 
(10)  feet  to  any  window  or  light  well." 

SECTION  6.  That  the  first  para- 
graph of  Section  32  of  Ordinance  No. 
1312  be  and  is  hereby  amended  to  read 
as  follows: 

"It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person, 
firm  or  corporation,  as  principal,  agent, 
officer,  clerk  or  employee,  for  himself, 
or  itself,  or  for  another  person, 
firm  or  corporation,  to  commence 
or  proceed  with  the  erection,  con- 
struction, alteration,  repair,  moving 
or  demolition  (restoration  of  plaster- 
ing Or  painting  and  repairs  to  doors 
and  windows  and  fences  and  wrecking 
of  buildings  outside  of  Fire  District 
No.  1  excepted)  of  any  building  or 
other  structure  in  the  City  of  Pasa- 
dena (other  than  structures  erected  by 
the  United  States  of  America),  unless 
a  permit  so  to  do  has  been  first  ob- 
tained as  herein  provided,  except  that 
a  permit  need  not  be  procured  for  work 
(not  exceeding  in  cost  Twenty-five  Dol- 
lars ($25.00)  )  outside  of  Fire  District 
No.  1,  when  chimneys  and  vents  are 
not  involved." 

SECTION  7.  That  the  first  para- 
graph of  Section  45  of  Ordinance  No. 
1312  be  and  is  hereby  amended  to  read 
as  follows: 

"Every  building  of  Class  "A,"  if  two 
or  more  stories  in  height,  shall  have  at 
least  one  interior  stairway  from  the 
ground  to  the  topmost  story,  and  if 
such  building  has  three  or  more  stories 
such  stairway  shall  extend  to  the  roof. 
All  stairways  in  such  buildings  shall 
be  constructed  of  fireproof  material 
throughout." 

SECTION  8.  That  the  first  para- 
graph of  Section  55  of  Ordinance  No. 
1312  be  and  is  hereby  amended  to  read 
as  follows: 

"Buildings  of  Class  "B"  if  two  or 
more  stories  in  height  shall  have  one 
main  interior  stairway  not  less  than 
four  (4)  feet  wide  from  the  floor  to  the 
topmost  story,  but  in  no  case  shall  there 
be  less  than  two  interior  stairways 


from  the  top  floor  to  the  second  flooi 
in  any  building  having  more  than  six 
thousand  (6000)  square  feet  of  second 
floor  area.  Every  such  building  shall 
have  at  least  one  interior  stairway  re- 
moved not  less  than  ten  (10)  feet  from 
any  elevator  shaft  or  open  well-hole, 
and  every  such  building  over  two 
stories  in  height  shall  have  one  inter- 
ior stairway  to  the  roof " 

SECTION  9.  That  the  first  para- 
graph of  Section  74  of  Ordinance  No. 
1312  be  and  is  hereby  amended  to  read 
as  follows: 

"Buildings  of  Class  "C"  of  two  or 
more  stories  shall  have  one  main  inter- 
ior stairway  not  less  than  four  (4)  feet 
wide  from  the  first  to  the  topmost 
story,  but  in  no  case  shall  there  be  less 
than  two  interior  stairways  from  the 
top  floor  to  the  second  floor  in  any 
such  building  having  more  than  six 
thousand  (6000)  square  feet  of  second 
floor  area.  Every  such  building  shall 
have  at  least  one  interior  stairway  re- 
moved not  less  than  ten  (10)  feet  'from 
any  elevator  shaft  or  open  wellhole, 
and  every  such  building  over  two 
stories  in  height  shall  have  o-e  inter- 
ior stairway  to  the  roof." 

SECTION  10.  That  the  last  para- 
graph of  Section  74  of  Ordinance  No. 
1312  be  and  is  hereby  amended  to  read 
as  follows: 

"Every  basement  used  or  intended 
to  be  used  for  the  exhibition  of  goods, 
wares,  or  merchandise,  or  for  the  sale 
thereof  at  retail,  shall  be  provided  with 
at  least  one  stairway  not  less  than  five 
(5)  feet  in  width  for  every  three  thous- 
and (3000)  square  feet  of  floor  area  of 
such  basement,  and  shall  be  increased 
in  width  one  (1)  foot  six  (6)  inches  for 
each  additional  one  thousand  (1000) 
square  feet  or  fractional  part  thereof 
If  such  basement  contains  six  thous- 
and (6000)  square  feet,  it  shall  have 
two  (2)  five  (5)  foot  stairways,  and 
shall  be  increased  one  (1)  foot  in 
width  for  each  additional  one  thousand 
(1000)  square  feet  or  fractional  part 
thereof.  If  a  passenger  elevator  is  ir: 
use,  the  increase  in  width  of  stairs 
shall  be  but  one  (1)  foot  for  one  thous- 
and (1000)  square  feet  or  fractional 
part  thereof.  Every  such  stairway 
shall  have  a  hand  rail  on  each  side." 

SECTION  11.  That  Section  85  of  Or- 
dinance No.  1312  be  and  is  hereby 
amended  by  striking  therefrom  the  fol- 
lowing words: 

"1st.  That  the  second  story  have  a 
double  floor  over  the  entire  area." 

SECTION  12.  That  Section  91  of  Or- 
dinance No.  1312  be  and  is  hereby 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow- 
ing words: 

"A  scuttle  hole  not  smaller  than 
eighteen  (18)  inches  by  twenty-four 
(24)  inches  is  required  in  each  attic 
space " 

SECTION  13.  That  Section  130  of 
Ordinance  No.  1312  be  and  is  hereby 
amended  by  adding  to  the  first  para- 
graph thereof  the  words: 

"If  no  woodwork  be  permitted  with- 
in one  and  one-half  (1|)  inches  of  the 
brick,  the  walls  of  chimneys  in  one 
story  dwellings  may  be  four  (4)  or 
more  inches  thick  if  all  joints  are 
struck,  and  the  outside  thereof  plas- 
tered from  floor  to  roof  one-half  (i) 
inch  thick  of  ten  (10)  per  cent  cement 
mortar." 

SECTION  14.  That  Section  139  of 
Ordinance  No.  1312  be  and  is  hereoy 
amended  by  striking  therefrom  the 
first  two  paragraphs  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  the  following: 


"Open  fireplaces  for  gas  only  may  be 
used  if  constructed  in  the  following 
manner: 

All  walls  thereof  when  finished  shall 
be  not  less  than  eight  (8)  inches  thick. 
Said  fireplaces  shall  be  provided  with  a 
terra  cotta  vent  not  more  than  three 
(3)  inches  in  diameter,  which  shall  ex- 
tend to  the  roof  as  provided  in  Section 
140  hereof  for  similar  gas  vents.  No 
such  gas  fireplace  shall  rest  on  wood- 
work. Hearths  shall  be  constructed 
therefor  as  provided  in  Section  131 
hereof." 

SECTION  15.  That  Section  141  of 
Ordinance  No.  1312  be  and  is  hereby 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow- 
ing words: 

"Furnaces  constructed  under  this  and 
the  preceding  section  shall  be  inspected 
by  the  Plumbing  Inspector  and  shall 
not  be  used  until  approved  by  him." 

SECTION  16.  That  Section  159  of 
Ordinance  No.  1312  be  and  is  hereby 
amended  by  adding  to  the  sixth  para- 
graph thereof  the  following  words: 

"Class  "A"  buildings  of  not  over  five 
thousand  (5000)  square  feet  of  floor 
surface  on  any  one  floor,  shall  not  be 
required  to  have  more  than  one  stand- 
pipe,  if  such  standpipe  be  located  so 
that  a  fifty  (50)  foot  hose  attached 
thereto  will  reach  any  part  of  said 
floor  surface." 

SECTION  17.  That  there  be  added 
to  Ordinance  No.  1312  a  new  section  to 
be  known  as  Section  182J  to  read  as 
follows: 

"SECTION  182|.  Any  building  con- 
taining a  room,  hall  or  auditorium  of 
the  class  described  in  the  proviso  fol- 
lowing the  definition  of  a  "Theater"  as 
contained  in  Section  19  hereof,  may  be 
constructed  in  the  manner  prescribed 
in  this  section,  or  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  relat- 
ing to  theaters  and  in  no  other  man- 
ner. 

(a)  Subdivisions    (a),     (b)    and    (c) 
of    Section    24    of    Ordinance    No.     1312 
shall  apply  to  buildings  constructed  or 
maintained  under  the  provisions  of  this 
section. 

(b)  No   such   room,   hall  or  auditor- 
ium shall  have  more  thau  «ne  gallery. 
The    seating    capacity    of    such    gallery 
shall    not    exceed    two    hundred     (.200). 
There    shall    be   a    staircase    leading    to 
said  gallery  not  less  than  five   (5)   feet 
in    width,    and    descending    directly    to 
the   auditorium    or   the   lobby   or   vesti- 
bule   thereof.      There   shall    be   a   hand- 
rail on  each  side  of  all  stairways  lead- 
ing   to    a    gallery    or    basement.      There 
shall  be  no  winders  in  any  such  stair- 
way.      Every     landing    of    every    such 
stairwa.y  shall  be  full  aggregate  width 
of  the  flights  of  stairs  leading  thereto 
from    above,    and    the    depth    of    every 
such  landing  shall  be  equal  to  the  ag- 
gregate   width      of      stairs    so    leading 
thereto.     The  minimum  head  room  per- 
mitted   over      such      stairway    shall    be 
eight  (8)   feet. 

(c)  There  shall  be  one  exit  from  the 
stage  of  such  room,  hall  or  auditorium, 
opening  directly   to   the   outside   of   the 
building,   not  less   than   six    (6)    feet   in 
width,  and  six  (6)  feet  etght  (8)  inches 
in   height,    or   in   lieu    thereof,    two    (2) 
such  exits  not  less  than  three   (3)   feet 
six    (6)    inches    wide    and    six    (6)    feet 
eight    (8)    inches   high. 

(d)  There   shall   be   one    (1)    exit   on 
each  side  of  such  room,  hall  or  auditor- 
ium   not    less    than    five    (5)    feet    wide 
and  seven  (7)  feet  high,  or  one  (1)  exit 
on   one   side   thereof   not  less   than   ten 
(10)   feet  wide  and  seven   (7)   feet  high 


if  such  room,  hall  or  auditorium  is  of 
five  hundred  (500)  seating  capacity  or 
less.  The  width  of  such  exits  shall  be 
increased  ten  (10)  per  cent  for  each 
additional  one  hundred  (100)  persons 
(or  fractional  part  thereof)  increase 
in  seating  capacity.  The  main  entrance 
(which  shall  be  constructed  in  addi- 
tion to  the  side  entrances  in  this  sub- 
division required)  shall  be  at  leadt  fif- 
teen (15)  per  cent  greater  in  width 
than  the  aggregate  width  of  aisle  space 
required  for  such  room,  hall  or  audi- 
torium, or  in  lieu  thereof,  two  (2)  such 
entrances  may  be  provided  each  of 
which  shall  be  not  less  than  five  (5) 
feet  wide  by  seven  (7)  feet  high.  All 
doors  in  the  walls  of  such  room,  hall 
or  auditorium  shall  swing  out.  Al\ 
exits  shall  be  lighted  as  provided  in 
Section  188  hereof. 

(e)  The    proscenium    wall     of     such 
room,  hall  or  auditorium  shall  be  con- 
structed   of    masonry,    provided,    how- 
ever, that  between  the  floor  and  ceiling 
of  such   room,   hall  or  auditorium  such 
proscenium    wall    may    be    constructed 
of    deep    rib    plastering    lath    plastered 
solid  with  approved  hard  wall  plaster. 
Any   other  make   of   lath   may   be   used 
if    equally    effective.      If    such    plaster 
wall  is  used  there   shall   be  a  masonry 
wall  at  least  eight  (8)  inches  thick  ex- 
tending  from    the   ground   to   the   level 
of    the    top    of    the    joists    forming    the 
floor   of   the   stage.      Such    plaster   wall 
shall   rest   on   such   masonry  wall.      All 
openings  in  the  proscenium  wall  either 
above  or  below  the  stage  floor   (except 
the      proscenium      opening)     shall      be 
equipped    with      standard      fire      doors 
which  shall  not  be  locked  at  any  time 
during  a  performance  or  entertainment 
of  any  kind. 

(f)  The    proscenium    opening    shall 
be  strengthened  at  each  side  by  a  chan- 
nel iron  extending  from  the  stage  floor 
to.  the  roof,  and  shall  be  provided  with 
a    fireproof      curtain      of      asbestos    or 
other    fireproof    material    which     shall 
slide   at   each   end   within   iron   grooves 
securely  fastened  to  the  wall,   or  shall 
slide    in    the    channel    iron    hereby    re- 
quired. 

(g)  There  shall  be  no  dressing  room 
or  rooms  or  closet  of  any  kind  located 
on  the  auditorium  side  of  the  proscen- 
ium wall.     All  dressing  rooms  and  clos- 
ets   located    on    the    stage    side    of    the 
proscenium    wall    shall    be    constructed 
on   cement   floor  and    lined   with    metal 
lath   and    plaster.    All   plastering   on   or 
in   connection   with    the   stage    shall   be 
based   upon   metal   lath   of   an    effective 
design.     All   doors  upon   the  stage  side 
of    the    proscenium      opening      in    such 
room,    hall      or      auditorium      shall    be 
equipped  with   standard   fire  doors. 

(h)  There  shall  be  at  least  one  pipe 
of  not  less  than  one  and  one-half  (1J) 
inches  diameter  located  on  the  stage  of 
such  room,  hall  or  auditorium,  which 
pipe  shall  be  equipped  with  a  hose  and 
nozzle  of  sufficient  length  to  render 
all  parts  of  the  stage  and  wings  read- 
ily accessible  therewith.  Said  pipe 
shall  be  connected  to  a  water  main  and 
shall  contain  water  under  pressure  at 
all  times,  ready  for  immediate  use. 
Said  hose  shall  be  hung  upon  a  suitable 

(i)  All  scenery  and  combustible  ma- 
terial used  or  kept  in  connection  with 
such  room,  hall  or  auditorium  shall  be 
kept  in  a  fireproof  property  room.  Such 
room  may  be  made  fireproof  by  mas- 
onry walls  or  by  deep  rib  metal  lath 
and  plaster.  Other  metal  lath  may  be 
used  if  equally  effective.  All  doors  to 


such  rooms  shall  be  equipped  with 
standard  fire  doors, 

(j)  Permits  may  be  granted  for  the 
exhibition  of  moving  pictures  in  rooms, 
halls  and  auditoriums  constructed  ac- 
cording to  the  provisions  of  this  sec- 
tion, provided  that  the  moving  picture 
machine  and  apparatus  be  placed  in  an 
enclosure  or  room,  rendered  proof 
against  fire  by  having  the  walls,  ceil- 
ing and  floor  thereof  effectively  pro- 
tected with  one-quarter  (£)  inch  as- 
bestos or  other  material  equally  ef- 
fective. All  openings  into  such  in- 
closure  or  room  shall  be  equipped  with 
doors  or  shutters  of  non-combustible 
material  so  arranged  as  to  effectively 
close  such  openings  when  not  in  use. 
Such  doors  or  shutters  shall  open  out- 
ward." 

SECTION  18.  That  Section  185  of 
Ordinance  No.  1312  be  and  is  hereby 
amended  to  read  as  follows: 

"SECTION  185.  REQUIREMENTS  OF 
CONSTRUCTION.  Except  as  otherwise 
provided  in  Section  182|,  subdivision 
(j),  any  room  in  which  a  moving  pic- 
ture exhibition,  or  any  entertainment 
at  which  moving  pictures  are  exhibited, 
is  held,  conducted  or  carried  on,  shall 
be  on  the  first  or  ground  floor,  or  side- 
walk level,  and  such  room  shall  front 
on  a  public  street,  and  the  back  or  rear 
of  such  room  or  one  side  thereof  shall 
abut  upon  a  public  street  or  alley. 

Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this 
section  and  in  Section  182|,  subdivision 
(j),  any  moving  picture  exhibition,  or 
any  entertainment  at  which  moving 
pictures  are  exhibited  shall  be  held, 


conducted  or  carried  on,  in  a  room  of 
the  character  specified  in  this  section, 
in  strict  compliance  with  the  provisions 
of  all  other  sections  hereof." 

SECTION  19.  That  the  first  para- 
graph of  Section  191  of  Ordinance  No. 
1312  be  and  is  hereby  amended  to  read 
as  follows: 

"Except  as  otherwise  provided  in 
Section  182|,  subdivision  (j),  it  shall 
be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or 
corporation,  as  principal,  agent,  offi- 
cer, clerk  or  employee,  for  himself  or 
itself,  or  for  another  person,  firm  or 
corporation  to  use  or  operate,  or  to 
cause  or  permit  to  be  used  or  operated, 
any  moving  picture  machine  unless  the 
same  and  the  inclosure  or  room  in 
which  the  same  is  operated,  conform  to 
the  following  requirements": 

SECTION  20.  The  City  Clerk  shall 
certify  to  the  adoption  of  this  ordin- 
ance and  shall  cause  the  same  to  be 
published  once  in  The  Pasadena  Star. 

I  hereby  certify  that  the  foregoing- 
ordinance  was  adopted  by  the  Com- 
mission of  the  City  of  Pasadena  at  its 
meeting  held  September  29,  1913,  by 
the  following  vote: 

Ayes:  Commissioners  Allin,  Hamil- 
ton, Loughery,  Metcalf  and  Salisbury. 

Noes:  None. 

HEMAN  DYER, 
Clerk  of  the  City  of  Pasadena. 

Signed  and  approved  this  29th  day 
of  September,  1913. 

R.   L.   METCALF, 
Chairman   of   the   Commission   01* 
the  City  of  Pasadena. 


ORDINANCE  NO.  1437 


An  Ordinance  of  the  City  of  Pasadena  Amending  Ordinance 
No.  1312  Entitled  "An  Ordinance  of  the  City  of  Pasadena 
Regulating  the  Construction,  Alteration,  Repair,  Moving 
and  Demolition  of  Buildings  and  Structures,  and  the  Use 
Thereof,  Providing  for  the  Issuing  of  Permits  for  the 
Same,  Establishing  Fire  Limits  and  Providing  for  the 
Demolition  of  Buildings  and  Other  Structures  Dangerous 
to  Life  or  Property. 


The  Commission  of  the  City  of  Pasadena 
ordains  as  follows: 

SECTION  1.  That  the  portion  of  Sec- 
tion 130  of  Ordinance  No.  1312  added  by 
Section  13  of  Ordinance  No.  1398,  be,  and 
is  hereby  repealed. 

SECTION  2.  That  Section  89  of  Ordin- 
ance No.  1312  be,  and  is  hereby  amended 
to  read  as  follows: 

"SECTION  89.  SKYLIGHTS:  Skylight 
frames  in  buildings  of  Class  "D"  other 
than  dwellings,  shall  be  constructed  en- 
tirely of  metal  and  all  joints  riveted  with 
tinner's  rivets.  Said  skylights  shall  be 
glazed  with  ribbed  glass,  and  no  light 
therein  shall  be  larger  than  sixteen  inches 
by  seventy-two  inches." 

SECTION  3.  That  the  first  paragraph 
of  Section  116  of  Ordinance  No.  1312  be 
and  is  hereby  amended  by  striking  out 
the  words  "outside  of  Fire  District  No. 
1,"  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the 
words  "In  Fire  District  No.  1." 

SECTION  4.  That  the  second  para- 
graph of  Section  '15  of  Ordinance  No.  1312 
be  and  is  hereby  amended  to  read  as  fol- 
lows : 

"Fire  District  No.  1  shall  include  all 
that  portion  of  the  City  of  Pasadena 
bounded  by  the  following  described  lines: 

Beginning  at  a  point  which  is  the  inter- 
section of  the  center  lines  of  Los  Robles 
Avenue  and  Colorado  Street;  thence  south 
along  the  center  line  of  Los  Robles  Ave- 
nue two  hundred  and  twenty-five  (225) 
feet;  thence  west  and  parallel  with  Colo- 
rado Street  to  a  point  two  hundred  thirty 
(230)  feet  west  of  the  center  line  of  Euclid 
Avenue;  thence  south  parallel  with  the 
center  line  of  Euclid  Avenue  to  a  point 
three  hundred  thirty  (330)  feet  south  of 
the  center  line  of  Colorado  Street;  thence 
west  parallel  with  the  center  line  of  Colo- 
rado street  to  a  point  one  hundred  sixty- 
two  and  twenty-five  one  hundredths  (162. 
35)  feet  east  of  the  center  line  of  Marengo 
\venue;  thence  south  parallel  with  the 
center  line  of  Marengo  Avenue  to  the 
center  line  of  Green  Street;  thence  west 
along  the  center  line  of  Green  Street  to 
the  center  line  of  Marengo  Avenue; 
thence  south  along  the  center  line  of  Ma- 
rengo Avenue  to  the  center  line  of  that 
portion  of  Green  Street  west  of  Marengo 
Avenue;  thence  west  along  the  center 
line  of  that  portion  of  Green  Street  west 
of  Marengo  Avenue  to  a  point  one  hun- 
dred and  sixty  (160)  feet  east  of  the  cen- 
ter line  of  Broadway;  thence  south  and 
parallel  with  the  center  line  of  Marengo 


Avenue  to  the  center  line  of  Center  Street; 
thence  west  along  the  center  line  of  Cen- 
ter Street  to  the  center  line  of  Raymond 
Avenue;  thence  north  along  the  center 
line  of  Raymond  Avenue  to  the  center 
line  of  Dayton  Street;  thence  west  along 
the  center  line  of  Dayton  Street  to  the 
center  line  of  Fair  Oaks  Avenue;  thence 
south  along  the  center  line  of  Fair  Oaks 
Avenue  to  the  center  line  of  Valley 
Street;  thence  west  along  the  center  line 
of  Valley  Street  to  the  center  of  a  cer- 
tain alley  running  between  Valley  Street 
and  Dayton  Street,  the  center  line  of 
which  is  one  hundred  fifty-two  and  five- 
tenths  (152.5)  feet  west  of  the  center  line 
of  Fair  Oaks  Avenue;  thence  north  along 
the  center  line  of  said  alley  to  the  center 
line  of  Dayton  Street;  thence  west  along 
the  center  line  of  Dayton  Street  to  the 
center  line  of  Delacy  Street;  thence  north 
along  the  center  line  of  Delacy  Street  to 
the  center  line  of  Green  Street;  thence 
west  along  the  center  line  of  Green 
Street  to  the  center  line  of  Vernon  Ave- 
nue; thence  north  along  the  center  line  of 
Vernon  Avenue  to  the  production  west  of 
the  north  line  of  Lot  Numbered  Seven 
(7),  Amended  Map  of  Colorado  Street 
Subdivision,  as  per  map  recorded  in  Book 
83,  page  31,  Miscellaneous  Records  of  Los 
Angeles  County;  thence  east  to  the  north- 
east corner  of  said  Lot  Numbered  Seven 
(7) ;  thence  -south  along  the  east  line  of 
said  Lot  Numbered  Seven  (7),  to  a  point 
three  hundred  seven  and  seven-tenths 
(307.7)  feet  north  of  the  center  line  of 
Colorado  Street;  thence  east  parallel  with 
and  distant  three  hundred  seven  and 
seven-tenths  (307.7)  feet  north  of  the  cen- 
ter line  of  Colorado  Street  to  the  center 
line  of  Pasadena  Avenue;  thence  north 
along  the  center  line  of  Pasadena  Avenue 
to  the  center  line  of  Union  Street;  thence 
east  along  the  center  line  of  Union  Street 
to  the  east  line  of  Carr  Alley;  thence 
north  along  the  east  line  of  Carr  Alley  to 
the  south  line  of  B.  F.  Ball's  Home 
Place,  as  per  map  recorded  in  Book  9, 
page  51,  Miscellaneous  Records  of  Los  An- 
geles County;  thence  east  along  the  south 
line  of  said  B.  F.  Ball's  Home  Place  to 
the  center  line  of  Miller  Alley;  thence 
north  along  the  center  line  of  Miller  Al- 
ley to  the  center  line  of  Ball  Alley; 
thence  east  along  the  center  line  of  Ball 
Alley  to  a  point  two  hundred  twenty-five 
(225)  feet  west  of  the  center  line  of  Fair 
Oaks  Avenue;  thence  north  parallel  with, 
the  center  line  of  Fair  Oaks  Avenue  to 


— ^ 


jo  A";to 
aq;  jo  uotssiuimoo  aq;  jo 


•H6I 
Jo    A"Bp    q;oe    sim    paAo.iddB    PUB    pauSig 

jo  A-;IO  aq;  jo 
NVHHH 


'UO;IIUIBH 


PUB  jii30}oi/\[ 


aq;    A-q    'H6I    'U10S 
Sui;aatu    s;t    ;B   BuapBSBj    jo 
uoissiuiuio^)   aq;    A"q    pa^dop^   SBAV 
-ao   SuioSeaoj   aq;    ^Bq;   Aji;.iao 


:a;oA 

piaq 

aq;    jo 


ui   eouo   paqsiiqnd    sq    o^    euiBs    aq; 

PUB  aouBuipao  siqq.  jo  uoi;dopB  aqj  o^  AJI; 

-aao  HBqs  ^aaio  AlO   am     '2  NOIXDHS 

,,-SuiuuiSaq  jo 

PUB   }aau}g   opB-iopo   jo   auii 
aq^   o;  anuaAv  saiqon  SOT   J°  9U 
aq^    SUOIB    q^nos    aouaq^    lanuaAy 
sorT  J°  9UII  J 

jo  euti  qi'nos  aq;  jo  ;saM  uon^npoad  aq; 
SUOIB  ^SBa  aouaq;  :jaa.i;g  aauii5i.iaH  J°  9UH 
q^nos  eq^  jo  }saA\.  uoponpoad  aq^  o^  anu 
-eAV  saiqoH  SOT  JO  9nn  aa;uao  aq^  q;iAV 
lail'B-i'Bd  q^aou  aouaq}  lanuaAy  saiqon  SOT 
jo  auq  ja^uao  aq;  jo  ;saAi.  ;aaj  (izz)  uaAas 
-A^uaM^  paapunq  OM.}  ^uiod  B 
opBJO[oo  jo  auii  aa^uao  aq;  q;i 
;sBa  aouaq^  :;aaa;g  opB.ioioo  jo  aun  aa^ 
-uao  aq;  jo  q;aou  ;aaj  (%Z"V&)  sq^paapunq 
-auo  jnoj-^uaMj  PUB  auo-^qSia  pa.ipunq 
OM.]  ^uiod  B  o^  anuaAy  .lajsaoao^i  jo  aun 
aa;uao  aq}  SUOJB  q;nos  aouaq;  ianuaAy 


aa;uao  aq;  o; 


jo   aun     aa^uao     aq^   oj 
jo  aun  aa^uao  sq;   q;iA\ 

(86T)  ^qSia-A;aum  pa.ip 
-unq  auo  anuaAv  oSuaaBj\[  jo  auii  aa^uao 
aq;  SUO^B  q;nos  aouaq;  JanuaAy  oSuaa 
-BM  jo  auit  aa;uao  eq;  o;  ;aa-ng  A-JIOH 
jo  auit  q;aou  aq;  jo  ;sBa  uoi;onpoad  aq; 
SUOIB  ';sBa  aouaq;  .';aaa;g  ^IIOH  JO  aun 
q;aou  aq;  jo  ;sBa  uoi;cmpoad  aq;  o;  XBM 
-pBoag  PJBS  jo  auii  aa;uao  aq;  SUOJB  A{ja 
-q;nos  aouaq;  !;aa\i;g  ;nuiB^l  PUB  ;aa.i;g 
uaaAi;aq  ABAipBoag  pu'6  ^^^^S 
jo  saun  aa;uao  aq;  jo  uoi;oasaa;ui 
aq;  o;  ;aaa;g  ;nuiB^i  jo  ami  .ia;uao  aq; 
;sBa  aouaq;  :;aaa;g  ;nuiBAi  jo  auti 
uoi;Dnpoad  s;i  PUB 
T3;uBg  PUB  'Bj^ad 
-oj,  'uosiqo;v  su.;  jo  ABM  jo  ;qSia  PIBS  jo 
auii  Aiaa;saA\  aq;  SUOIB  Aiaaq;aou  aouaq; 
:;aaa;g  ;nuiBAi  PUB  ;aaa;g  AH 
Au'Bduioo  ABMIIBH  a^  >e;uBg  PUB 
'uosiqo;v  oq;  jo  A-BM.  jo  ;qSia  aq;  50  uoi; 
-aod'  ;Bq;  jo  aun  Aiaa;saM  aq;  jo  A[jaq;nos 
uoi;Dnpo.id  aq;  o;  ;aaa;g  Anon  jo  aun  Ja; 
-uao  aq;  SUOIB  ;SBa  eouaq;  :;aaa;g 
jo  auii  aa;uao  aq;  o;  anuaAv 
jo  aun  aa;uao  aq;  SUO\TS  q;nos  aouaq; 
lanuaXy  puouiABH  J°  9UU  ^a;uao  aq;  o; 
;aaa;g  ;nu;saqo  jo  auti  aa;uao  aq;  SU 
;sBa  aouaq;  :;aaa;g  ;nu;saqo  PUB 
s^BQ  -ii^iJ  jo  sauit  aa;uao  aq;  jo  uot; 
-Dasaa;ui  aq;  o;  A[ja;sBa  aouaq;  !A;unoo 
SOT  J°  sp.iooaH  snoauBUQ^sipj 
'oi  itoog;  ut  papaooaj  SB  ';DBJJ,  aau 
-anj,  jo  qng-an  '(8)  99-^>L  paaequinM  ;OT 
jo  aauaoo  A[aa;saMq;nos  aq;  o;  Xiaaq;aou 
aouaq;  '.;aaa;g  ;nuiBAi  jo  aun  aa;uao  aq; 


6AYLOS1D    BROS. 

MAKERS 

SYRACUSE,  -  N.Y. 


GENERAL  LIBRARY -U.C.  BERKELEY 


BDDD8flDDa3 


293047 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 
BERKELEY 

Return  to  desk  from  which  borrowed. 


